From ac5244f1442637cbb1db17534c45bf17eb3e45d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Anas Nashif Date: Tue, 30 Oct 2012 16:56:31 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 1/1] Imported Upstream version 2.2 --- COPYING | 63 + ChangeLog | 3473 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ INSTALL | 291 +++ Makefile.am | 24 + Makefile.in | 794 +++++++ README | 30 + XI.h | 308 +++ XI2.h | 236 ++ XI2proto.h | 1044 +++++++++ XIproto.h | 1756 +++++++++++++++ aclocal.m4 | 2725 +++++++++++++++++++++++ config.guess | 1561 +++++++++++++ config.sub | 1686 ++++++++++++++ configure | 6179 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ configure.ac | 16 + inputproto.pc.in | 9 + install-sh | 507 +++++ missing | 367 ++++ specs/Makefile.am | 14 + specs/Makefile.in | 431 ++++ specs/XI2proto.txt | 2445 +++++++++++++++++++++ specs/XIproto.txt | 2576 ++++++++++++++++++++++ 22 files changed, 26535 insertions(+) create mode 100644 COPYING create mode 100644 ChangeLog create mode 100644 INSTALL create mode 100644 Makefile.am create mode 100644 Makefile.in create mode 100644 README create mode 100644 XI.h create mode 100644 XI2.h create mode 100644 XI2proto.h create mode 100644 XIproto.h create mode 100644 aclocal.m4 create mode 100755 config.guess create mode 100755 config.sub create mode 100755 configure create mode 100644 configure.ac create mode 100644 inputproto.pc.in create mode 100755 install-sh create mode 100755 missing create mode 100644 specs/Makefile.am create mode 100644 specs/Makefile.in create mode 100644 specs/XI2proto.txt create mode 100644 specs/XIproto.txt diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0b75c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + +Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next +paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the +Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de735ff --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,3473 @@ +commit e752e92dbdcf01b1cd46a3853f582ff765d19e90 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 12:58:18 2012 +1000 + + inputproto 2.2 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit b02b0b42e266560bd48f7e8f38c8338417394fd0 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Feb 29 15:08:01 2012 +1000 + + specs: XI 2.2 release date is March 2012 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 950a7a0b2e733d9713a88612b669603b0c155329 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Feb 29 14:55:26 2012 +1000 + + specs: Remove work in progress warning + + We're close enough to a release now. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3ac053f2c7ef8d07b4a6dcb64d8ca47edad15716 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:31:26 2012 +1000 + + specs: remove "since" from TouchOwnershipEvent + + It's already in a section "Events introduced in version 2.2" + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b42e4d24a26fb8467ed54183480c9dacd66fc804 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:28:46 2012 +1000 + + specs: remove TouchOwnership mention from DeviceEvent + + TouchOwnership is described separately below. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit a09ca92ce31ede86b883cb74fb1767f8ed687ca5 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:26:04 2012 +1000 + + specs: whitespace fix to avoid wrong asciidoc formatting + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b1458f6fa9952365f4ad86dc87b385d467318fb1 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:25:03 2012 +1000 + + specs: fix link to touch ownership section + + Introduced in 535a4377ddb4c2680d54b4cbbb273134bb5f58a3 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b321ea46fbb251970c2d655b73209750f24c0b8e +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:21:12 2012 +1000 + + specs: GrabtypeTouchBegin was added in XI 2.2 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3773e33579f0b5bd6de9f01481b8608fa3101a2b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:19:42 2012 +1000 + + specs: formatting fix, move AcceptTouch and RejectTouch onto their own line + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 4de6f26a705062343f5b93dd9827a736c721e265 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:08:33 2012 +1000 + + specs: replace † with ² + + † looks too much like a letter and we can't use * and ** because asciidoc + interprets it as lists. + + Use numbers instead, and replace all current * with ¹. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 000a20296a3c52f4232aa466d29faa2e424ca626 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 10:07:21 2012 +1000 + + specs: XITouchClass doesn't have properties + + Leftover from an earlier version. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 0d7bfc10bffa29de1b7217d6399e8f0d5b24c579 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 09:55:21 2012 +1000 + + specs: Formatting fix + + asciidoc requires caption to be on one line but this one here is too long. + Split it up instead. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 883143e3454c7fe44b12b11fc12ff3ec2267ecd1 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 2 09:32:18 2012 +1000 + + specs: some wording fixes + + Button press events are insufficient even on scroll wheels, so don't say + they are good enough. + + Remove duplicate claim of event emulation + + Don't claim we send touch events "without delay" + + Touch screens hardly ever "physically move" an object. + + Hyphenate "implementation-dependent" + + Remove unnecessary "however" + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 9a2e10213c996010124a3d58e71140f41202416c +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Feb 29 14:56:37 2012 +1000 + + specs: fix typos 'hierachy' → 'hierarchy' + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 5e18f74e24a17d6a1f18339600a00f5591dc6a82 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Feb 8 03:17:28 2012 +1000 + + Unbreak protocol ABI for XIAllowEvents - inputproto 2.1.99.6 + + XIAllowEvents was extended with touchid and grab_window in + 2ea2f99f4fe1dcd3b8e539ca41c482fc40a0533d. This extended the size of + the request from 12 to 20 but also broke the ABI. Older server + match the request size exactly, so compiling libXi 1.5 against + inputproto 2.2 and then running it against a pre-XI 2.2 server causes a + BadLength for any XIAllowEvent request. + + Add a new request for the new data. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Keith Packard + +commit 217afacda01b082f39fb6816e62ec20e4791857f +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Jan 26 13:56:38 2012 +1000 + + specs: explain touch behaviour for dependent devices + + Dependent devices don't send touch events until the interaction is a true + touch interaction (i.e. doesn't just serve to move the pointer). Once that + happens, all touchpoints send touch events exclusively. Pointer movement + restarts once we're down to one touch that controls the pointer again. + + For clients listening to touch events in addition to pointer events, this + also means that a two-finger tap looks identical to holding one finger down + and tapping with a second-finger. Both actions will result in short + TouchBegin/TouchEnd sequences for both fingers. + + The above is the default behaviour we expect from touchpads, the protocol is + more generically worded to leave more room for drivers to decide when a + touch only controls the pointer and when it doesn't. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit fc9372868bb772f38a6b17299ef26e3dc9c2ff87 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Jan 26 13:36:24 2012 +1000 + + specs: move touch support details to "Touch device support" section + + Keep the changelog small. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 92f769675b0e39c51280db9690db4b3d80637069 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Jan 26 13:33:40 2012 +1000 + + specs: remove superfluous "Changes introduced by ..." + + The line right above says the same thing. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 556ea96060071ab807ece4f77304208e15f25f9b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Jan 26 13:32:33 2012 +1000 + + specs: move touch mode explanations to where it belongs + + Rather than have two different explanations to the touch modes, remove it + from the "Changes in version 2.2" section and merge the content into the + text. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 535a4377ddb4c2680d54b4cbbb273134bb5f58a3 +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:15 2012 -0500 + + specs: replace hard coded number in some "See section" references + + The glossary does not accept <> however. + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit f3d2feead483f6637ef8ff004afad55b5bbf2c62 +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:13 2012 -0500 + + specs: fix Appendix A title + + This section starts a new numbered sequence. + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 9ff28b092f91ea1d7ff58f54a9404347f517361b +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:12 2012 -0500 + + specs: remove older manually typed in section number + + These would come out in html as 5.2, 6.3 and 6.4.3.4 + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 508a360f6530e75d94cd2999e56cb329b315ce5d +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:14 2012 -0500 + + specs: use subsections to group use cases description + + It makes an entry in the appendix for quick navigation. + It looks more readable with subtitles. + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 08ba2d4e1094fb196d1b7a7b3a3b27a81cb9834c +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Wed Jan 25 17:03:11 2012 -0500 + + specs: Edit titles for section 3 and 4 + + In the htlm version, the section number appeared to be 3.2.1 and + 4.2.2 because of the generated section number. + + A section title should not begin with a number. + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 1306ccf9f262c0c699bec093ffdc4b6695601599 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Jan 6 13:35:25 2012 +1000 + + inputproto 2.1.99.5 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 997ae0343730c66d581fd147741cbe27fbe55af2 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Jan 3 09:26:22 2012 +1000 + + Set a flag on the pointer-emulating touch event + + Toolkits need to know which touch event emulated a pointer event and which + ones do not. To quote Carlos Garnacho: + + GTK+ does client-side windows by default (GdkWindows without a backing X + window), for this to work the toplevel window in the client needs to + select for more events that it wouldn't normally select for in order to + cater for the event masks in such child "windows". This means that + ideally GTK+ should set the touch events mask in the toplevel, and then + find out whether the "window" would receive pointer or touch events for + the sequence emulating the pointer, and perform the emulation itself. + + Reported-by: Carlos Garnacho + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 5ee845c1bf457159a034111c3d0df584aa600cd6 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Jan 3 09:24:38 2012 +1000 + + specs: purge leftover TouchAccepted note + + This flag does not exist anymore. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit e65ba758c2d4147c3873c63c262db36ec23bba63 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Jan 3 09:23:23 2012 +1000 + + specs: only pointer events have a PointerEmulated flag + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 9611be0a5bc7f4d583d49d51a0e98d3b9b75fc7a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Dec 23 18:03:09 2011 +1000 + + specs: Clarify rejection for touch events on current owner + + The current owner never gets a TouchUpdate(PendingEnd), that event is + superfluous for the owner. The owner receives a TouchEnd when the touch + physically ends. If the touch is still active, the owner receives a + TouchEnd after rejecting the touch. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b9f1b26f076cdba373e8b7a0b73384b35e8d799c +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 21 15:30:22 2011 +1000 + + inputproto 2.1.99.4 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit b4da32ed2856fef3e8135f03c9194f9dd0287f66 +Merge: 8640944 c508e93 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 21 15:28:44 2011 +1000 + + Merge branch 'multitouch-devel' + + Conflicts: + configure.ac + specs/XI2proto.txt + +commit c508e9360414f9724cc875a4731a5fd8a3969d2b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 21 15:27:47 2011 +1000 + + specs: add XI 2.1 release to history section + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 5c9a6569e5182a4c4c6ec052bcd76a9ca3b8f645 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 21 15:24:44 2011 +1000 + + Remove --enable-unstable-protocol configure option + + Protocol is reasonably stable and about to be merged onto the master + branch. People should be used to stuff on master being a tad unstable, don't + require any specific configure flags. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit aef700dbac09d3c8a576387be47e5693460f1393 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 21 15:23:23 2011 +1000 + + specs: remove parts of the "Work in progress" warning + + The protocol is stable enough now that a simple warning should be enough. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 9a9746b95f3585bba9730105769e9c74520f6bc4 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Dec 20 08:23:55 2011 +1000 + + Reinstate libXi's version defines + + Realistically, we can't remove these from the protocol without breaking + older libraries. + + Introduced in a02566ca7fd37d279b957037e1251a3b3419866d + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit ee0bc61ee3fd775127f8cd222d83314f66255f2b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Dec 20 08:22:52 2011 +1000 + + Drop wrong comment for sourceid in TouchOwnershipEvents + + Copy/paste error from DeviceChangedEvent + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 8640944f4ff193027ce0f21622918b88da910e72 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Dec 16 11:06:13 2011 +1000 + + inputproto 2.1 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit b701750ee99e1e227ad8baa994b6fd3398949a3a +Author: Cyril Brulebois +Date: Thu Dec 15 17:07:54 2011 +0100 + + specs: Fix tiny typo. + + Signed-off-by: Cyril Brulebois + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 8687f155d8072763c2c7d52cb48eb5f46bfaf705 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 14 08:56:59 2011 +1000 + + specs: clarify button state in touch events + + Emulated pointer events will have button 1 logically down, but touch events + only represent the actual button state, irrespective of the touches. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b1d71fe4cd3871a78e442159443c141193e79a7f +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Dec 14 08:56:09 2011 +1000 + + specs: drop leftover from active_touches removal + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 02eadf00f07abb9b0f19a05728b70e42eac08adb +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Dec 13 10:35:18 2011 -0800 + + inputproto 2.1.99.3 + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 84c049b6603e370afcd267ce4c53a566f842fd69 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Mon Dec 12 10:50:58 2011 -0800 + + State that future touch IDs are indeterminate + + This just makes it absolutely clear that clients should not make any + assumptions about future touch ID values. + + I also added "strictly monotonically" increasing to the definition of + touch IDs. It's a more precise definition of the protocol. + + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 7d20c9bf38d3d47adc7fb1a70faa370dda1a390c +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Dec 9 13:32:35 2011 -0800 + + Touch IDs must be globally unique + + XIAllowEvents with a master device and a touch ID must uniquely identify + a touch sequence. If touch IDs were unique per slave device, multiple + slave devices could have valid sequences with the same touch ID, and the + sequences may both be grabbed through the same master device grab. + + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit c4703fd9d97c962d5c599a7f826a9a11fc91ee70 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Dec 12 10:26:20 2011 +1000 + + Remove XI2.1 and XI2.2 warnings and errors + + This is too much of a pain, anyone who includes XI headers needs to define + this. And that affects input and output drivers as well as legacy clients + that don't even need the new stuff. + + Removing the need for defines would be enough but then the warnings clog up + the output and hide real warnings. Just ditch them and laugh at those that + use an experimental branch and expect it to work. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 019a252a59c1d076b07a0162cb3ee6af42ceea14 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Dec 2 15:03:46 2011 +1000 + + specs: typo fix + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit a9fcea66eb18fab330f3b27b3daedef2b5c9210a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Nov 11 14:33:34 2011 +1000 + + specs: smooth scrolling was added in 2.1, say so + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit c9c4e13e8a3eb90b45c5ef65f729089b7f742e6a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Nov 11 14:22:08 2011 +1000 + + inputproto 2.1.99.2 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 279524b089c7b42871ee072cfc03a1fad7421b7b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Nov 8 15:36:02 2011 +1000 + + specs: scroll events have no specific event type, state so. + + This wasn't clear enough in the current spec. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 9f2b1a33063b139756e08951affe802e8af39a76 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Nov 8 15:29:24 2011 +1000 + + specs: We're up to version 2.1 now, say so + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit b289b1c039e36a9440c238ff09dfa3eb67e141e4 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Oct 20 15:55:54 2011 +1000 + + XI2: Use touchid, not touch_id in XIAllowEvents + + Be consistent with other usages of touchid. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 86ce2d05e86852d52f5b135ad03288e4cb16d5df +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Nov 3 09:30:20 2011 +1000 + + XI2: swap (Raw)TouchUpdate and (Raw)TouchEnd + + Not having the event codes in the order begin/update/end does my head in + when debugging. It also means there's no symmetry between raw and normal + touch events as the ownership event is wedged in between. + Rearrange event codes to be Begin/Update/End for both, with the + OwnershipEvent being in between. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 463ffaabab506ad6ddb3b55c5781ae91fcccfd04 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Sep 23 08:41:18 2011 +1000 + + specs: clarify that Preferred scroll valuators are per scroll direction + + Reported-by: Daniel Stone + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit cec7567863c3d363b6b75c707540cfe524f849ba +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Sep 14 22:09:28 2011 -0500 + + Revert addition of active_touches to device events + + I can't remember why it's there, and I don't see how it may be useful. + If a client really wants to know how many touches are on the device, + they can listen to raw events and count the number of active touches. + + (Real reason: extending events is hard :) + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 22c06a5ddb1d3be2743a79b78eff3844f457dc5e +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Sep 14 20:15:49 2011 -0500 + + Fix Xi 2.x version comment in XI2.h + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 88410aa51d03dbb5599e979998137ba6558ff677 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 16:59:54 2011 -0500 + + inputproto 2.1.99.1 (first snapshot of 2.2) + + Note that this is built on top of 2.0.99.1, which is a development + snapshot of 2.1. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit fa16231f0e5244cdcf77e262647525716f507bdd +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Sep 14 10:10:14 2011 -0500 + + Allow grabbing clients to accept or reject touches any time + + This is potentially both a performance and client complexity + improvement. An example is a gesture recognizer using touch grabs on + each window with a subscription. If events on a child window are known + to not match any subscription on the child window, then the client + should be able to reject the touch grab even if the parent window hasn't + accepted any of the touches, perhaps because the parent window + gesture hasn't timed out or crossed other thresholds yet. + + As an inverse example, the events may match a child window subscription + before the root window has rejected ownership. The child window should + be able to accept the touch proactively. This allows for further clients + to receive a TouchEnd event earlier, and means the client may be able to + reduce state being tracked. If this were not allowed, the client would + need to wait until it received ownership before accepting the sequence. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 2ea2f99f4fe1dcd3b8e539ca41c482fc40a0533d +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Sep 14 09:46:18 2011 -0500 + + Extend XIAllowEvents for handling touch grab processing + + This removes the XIAllowTouchEvents request, which was the only new + request added for multitouch. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 3c400af4f98740debd7916ad711cf91124a0f994 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 15:47:15 2011 -0500 + + Add event windows to ownership events + + Also, match device event structure to make things easy. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit dd9e4bc5f5f2e0eb87b08199ce417849070249ab +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 15:30:34 2011 -0500 + + Really kill touch valuators + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 05fc509fdca8d8b414a20f1359b9cb80caf5240a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Sep 14 05:46:43 2011 +1000 + + specs: if a sequence ends, all clients get TouchPendingEnd + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 94fecdf129d8ab5bece049a26eed03d24affb549 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Sep 14 05:26:54 2011 +1000 + + specs: remove broken asciidoc link to XIAllowTouchEvents + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 4782a76b6e679493f130a53afe158a13628fa504 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Sep 14 05:25:15 2011 +1000 + + specs: remove comment about overlapping selections, not true + + There are no overlapping selections for touch events. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit dd32802d2e6134cf9c4efd49c56c118ed02e6a2b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Sep 14 05:21:31 2011 +1000 + + specs: misc typos, rewording, etc. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit cfa06b98d50d6892e5961e86f6223b6b096d9ef4 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 15:09:57 2011 -0500 + + Bump version to 2.1.99 for XI 2.2 multitouch changes + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 24e7dac91fb919c1668736f6e4309ae522a96d86 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 14:27:13 2011 -0500 + + Switch multitouch additions to XI 2.2 + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b95adf9b14ff5ba2142e8521f02728dc6d903409 +Merge: d6dcfd4 9cfdeed +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Sep 13 14:20:31 2011 -0500 + + Merge remote-tracking branch 'inputproto/master' into multitouch-devel + + Conflicts: + XI2.h + XI2proto.h + specs/XI2proto.txt + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit d6dcfd4039ede37e9c858ab6e890fdb9582a5a9d +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Mon Sep 12 16:01:53 2011 -0500 + + Revert "Specify dependent device pointer/touch handling" + + See parent commit for details. + + This reverts commit 4adfb5ad6c064981e2c7eb57db4bdd81cc7029ea. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 42284fa0a233240d365ff2b49cc34c257e2d2bee +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Mon Sep 12 15:55:28 2011 -0500 + + Revert "Fix touch cancel/resume semantics" + + The main use case for this was drag and drop, which we realized does not + need any special handling that requires canceling touches. + + This reverts commit 9e46820e4a206ae48b3e87f6ef7506e583fa3793. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 1b40cc4ff63ebbf0a4b17507762b17fa1e91bea9 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:32 2011 +1000 + + specs: extend XI2.1 raw events to include touch events + + RawEvents are simple enough that we can re-use the detail field for the + touch ID tracking and just update the respective event types. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b55d236a66a614b2192da6d8a7ed4b7d831976f5 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:31 2011 +1000 + + Add comment to XI2.h to mark where the 2.1 events start + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3d23bf3782c9962b70dfa46ea34c86efee57eeb2 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:30 2011 +1000 + + Change file header to note version 2.x + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 63f3097d264f790419ce59744e8d2733f9bb1026 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:29 2011 +1000 + + specs: Fix event lists for asciidoc parsing + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 4329d45d49741aad0e93f8e064042ba83e6a23a0 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 29 09:20:28 2011 +1000 + + specs: Fix in-document references + + The primary format for the specs is still the txt format (since that's + guaranteed to be available anywhere, including cgit). Having in-paragraph + references breaks the flow of reading. Fix up some references that aren't + strictly necessary anyway, reword some to be easier to read and change the + titles of some to match the actual title of the section. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 9cfdeedd16e96c0e67e70537e97a8f8dd0358244 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Jun 2 16:09:23 2011 +1000 + + inputproto 2.0.99.1 (first snapshot of 2.1) + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 7d5a303cd8976a7eac1b96897c70d5d25c57ecf1 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Mon Aug 15 12:33:04 2011 +1000 + + Move scroll information into a new class. + + Using labels only to mark smooth scrolling axes disallows scrolling from + hardware events (e.g. a mouse wheel). If those axes are marked as scrolling + axes instead, the clients lose information which hardware axis this event + corresponds to. + + For example, on Wacom devices, the client can benefit from smooth scrolling + on the strip or wheel event but may still require the knowledge whether the + axis is a vertical strip (e.g. Intuos3) or a absolute scrolling wheel (e.g. + Intuos4). + + Thus, add a new class to XIQueryDevice that represents scrolling information + on a valuator. One of these ScrollClass may exist for each ValuatorClass if + that valuator is a scrolling valuator. The increment field of this class + removes the requirement for 1.0 == 1 unit of scrolling. + + This isn't true in most cases, especially where physical scroll axes are + involved. Wacom Intuos4 scroll rings have a unit size of 3.0 and the driver + historically sent one scroll event per 3.0 increment or decrement. Mapping + one scroll event to 1.0 makes the ring mostly unusable through legacy + button events. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 186aa20619d1720bde49fd92d2834c8f9eadf49b +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Wed Feb 23 17:37:29 2011 +0000 + + Document smooth-scrolling support + + Two new axes are added to support smooth scrolling: Rel Vert Scroll and + Rel Horiz Scroll. Cumulative values of 1.0 with either magnitude on + these axes are considered to be equivalent to one legacy ButtonPress + event on the scroll buttons. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 53b58e679f977550301130794c8cb19391ecceb7 +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Tue Feb 15 14:27:53 2011 +0000 + + Add XIPointerEmulated for emulated events + + The XIPointerEmulated flag on pointer events means that the event was + emulated from a smooth-scroll or touch event to support legacy events, + and the client may ignore this if it is listening to the other events. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit af1fb609beece899188469a81ac9d8c5e07bfa4a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Jul 29 10:09:02 2011 +1000 + + Add sourceid to RawEvents (#34420) + + RawEvents in XI2 do not provide the source ID. The libXi headers however do + and it is currently always 0. Given that the sourceid may be useful for + some clients, send it down the wire. + + This has no effect on the wire size of the struct, we can re-use a pad byte + here. + + X.Org Bug 34420 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 1e63d01d041108db6fe5be32d033e80419a6ab05 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Apr 12 13:07:53 2011 +1000 + + XI2.1: send RawEvents at all times. + + When a client grabbed a device, XI 2.0 only sends RawEvents to that client. + This behaviour is problematic and cannot be worked around for many + applications that need to continue receiving events. + + On the other hand, no client seems to rely on this behaviour or use it to + its advantage. For XI 2.1, disable this behaviour and continue to send raw + events regardless of the grab state of the device. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Acked-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston + +commit b35f20b7bd9620710a7a6b63e39758fe83b4dec8 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Apr 8 13:26:27 2011 +1000 + + Announce 2.1 availability through the XI_2_Major and XI_2_Minor defines + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 47a2cc250398648732ba2086ca6ecb21e7dabdc0 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Apr 8 12:59:17 2011 +1000 + + Bump to 2.0.99 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 9e46820e4a206ae48b3e87f6ef7506e583fa3793 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Aug 24 15:10:21 2011 -0700 + + Fix touch cancel/resume semantics + + If a touch is ended through a cancel, the client may never know if the + touch will come back as a resumed sequence. Instead, send a touch update + with the cancel flag, like the pending end flag, and send an end event + only when the full touch sequence has ended. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 79c22a2e7b3c2bf73cd8af7eba7182198f13d2e4 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Aug 24 13:34:47 2011 -0700 + + Fix indentation of active_touches definition + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit cec253561ab3feaa0a5a57fa8aa47db15662cf3d +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Wed Aug 24 13:32:30 2011 -0700 + + Introduce Touch grab mode + + Touch grabs are not really synchronous nor asynchronous. Use a separate + grab mode value for touch grabs, just to make the protocol seem more + sane. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 1cb00433583341b3c52c8d3f62dcd19a55ddca29 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:23 2011 +1000 + + DeviceEvents: a TouchPendingEnd won't generate further TouchUpdate events + + Update, not motion. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b025106fe8d8aa3043abd48ba3f50bde29527939 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:22 2011 +1000 + + DeviceEvent: active_touches needs marker that it's XI 2.1 + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit f469fa99ae9ffda806c3e935bbebc73d633f8c10 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:21 2011 +1000 + + AllowTouchEvents can take any device id, not just slaves + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit d7fd289ee02d7ebc4cac5357edaaac1b55a7d10c +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:19 2011 +1000 + + Indent Ownership explanation for consistent formatting + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit e51dd1b6bd4aa506231a41cbb400a8ece5a6aeaa +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:18 2011 +1000 + + Reword the passive touch grab rules to be similar to the others + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 67e06b8f14ac39c6c38e851b94b879024ff806a9 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:17 2011 +1000 + + Fix missing 'and' in GrabTypeFocusIn description + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 5b8a8bd0b4e779b947093f9722a2af2568c27118 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:16 2011 +1000 + + XISelectEvents: BadValue is generated, not returned + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit ae6ba6b37e47134914b8fedb6524372f0a8119c0 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:15 2011 +1000 + + Coordinates are always absolute, no need to re-state it + + Coordinates in DeviceEvents are always absolute, regardless of the axis + mode. The same is true for touch events, stating it again here just adds to + the confusion. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 544ce0cee3cc146ed1df06ed5762d21ecdfe9e8a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:14 2011 +1000 + + Add two linebreaks for asciidoc list parsing + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 9e46dd35896c2517b1c95224b979fc7126dce49f +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:13 2011 +1000 + + Changing the touch device mode generates a DeviceChangedEvent + + State it explicitly. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 1b0c016d1f7615e3670fa97fc8f24bc6b79e4f7b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 24 09:07:11 2011 +1000 + + XITouchClass' props needs a num_props + + In XI2 requests, the length field isn't enough to determine the number of + elements since it may vary in future versions. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 94b21b47b51c2c66aa0372dfc323d6aedf12b549 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Aug 23 15:28:50 2011 +1000 + + specs: fix two typos in XI2proto.txt + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 9f33733fffddd166c64f0bfd293c3de385cf4411 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Aug 17 16:02:39 2011 +1000 + + specs: ValuatorClass includes a mode + + Documented in the description, but missing in the definition. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 4adfb5ad6c064981e2c7eb57db4bdd81cc7029ea +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Aug 5 15:28:51 2011 -0700 + + Specify dependent device pointer/touch handling + + With the added rules, trackpads should be manageable no matter what + occurs (button presses and pointer motion). Gesture and touch semantics + during these actions are not well defined, and cancelling touches cleans + up the protocol and implementation. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 29cd8aac674b1d831814b48b2ee2f2f7ff16497b +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Aug 5 14:41:59 2011 -0700 + + Use the same valuator axes for pointer and touch events + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b5e357c76dc5d8b2176fa470186688ec943d08e6 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Aug 5 14:49:32 2011 -0700 + + Remove touch "Observe" grabs + + The semantics of these grabs doesn't work for all use cases. Raw touch + events will likely work better. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3172e3c52eb45e4830d85ae53888d0b28c13df62 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Aug 5 14:20:05 2011 -0700 + + Fix up pointer event emulation section + + * Wording cleanups for tense and to make some sentences flow better. + * Upon further review, it does seem to make more sense to deliver + emulated pointer events through the same slave device rather than the + master device. Thus, slave devices (including floating devices) may + emit emulated pointer events. + * Peter is correct, it doesn't make sense to set the PointerEmulated + flag on touch events. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit b15ad6e0dc1759e514c998eecd7e61b25308add6 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Fri Aug 5 13:59:05 2011 -0700 + + Peter is right, floating devices can emit touch events + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 951cb8314343fcd5cdc392dfc78024fa184fc694 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Aug 2 15:53:35 2011 -0700 + + Prettyify touch device types + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 45387042f8fa767dda610936557548adf76306c5 +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Aug 2 15:29:54 2011 -0700 + + Update device type terminology + + Remove IndepedentTouch and SemiMultitouch devices. These may be handled + in an implementation specific manner through the props array of ATOMs in + the touch class information. + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3a2f149b33531d02fff8e46181ffdcfcecb0c8cb +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Aug 2 15:23:21 2011 -0700 + + Yes, send TouchEnd to owner, TouchPendingEnd to other listeners + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 343fd699457483d1572b5229874f8ce6460a9b2d +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Aug 2 15:22:15 2011 -0700 + + Separate "XI2.x" into "XI 2.x" for readability + + Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas + +commit 3cbc9b68a314b2986afa811f81f76c941be1973b +Merge: d331251 2ba875f +Author: Chase Douglas +Date: Tue Aug 2 14:09:11 2011 -0700 + + Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/master' into multitouch + + Conflicts: + XI2.h + +commit 2ba875f4f2907bb9735ee3317b7e07c5b9d1304b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Tue Aug 2 10:20:53 2011 +1000 + + Put a warning in about not adding any further libXi defines + + The matching commit in libXi is + e8531dd6a981c6cf19a1d256c29e886e34e8f51a + libXi-1.4.2-21-ge8531ddp + + Add XI2 library-internal array offsets to XIint.h + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit ee91dcda461513cdca45160df580841daa6f50e2 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Mar 17 16:29:08 2011 +1000 + + specs: add a linebreak for asciidoc parsing + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 2cd2adb7a454072954704e1a215df49ce9dac410 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Jun 3 15:56:21 2011 +1000 + + Provide convenience defines for owner_events. + + No functional effect, just to improve readability of code. + + It's not obvious what "True" or "False" stands for in a function with 11 + arguments. Compare + XIGrabButton(dpy, deviceid, button, grab_window, cursor, + GrabModeAsync, GrabModeSync, True, + event_mask, num_modifiers, &modifiers); + + vs. + + XIGrabButton(dpy, deviceid, button, grab_window, cursor, + GrabModeAsync, GrabModeSync, XIOwnerEvents, + event_mask, num_modifiers, &modifiers); + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + +commit bef7648827a0696debdd629472a45508a30144b1 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Jun 3 15:13:12 2011 +1000 + + Add XI2-specific defines for grab and property requests + + XI 2.0 headers forced clients to mix XI2 specific constants with defines for + core input. Most notable here are the grab code which required GrabModeAsync + or GrabModeSync from core, but _not_ AnyModifier (XIAnymodifier != + AnyModifier). This is a hard-to-debug cause for bugs. + + Add defines for grab modes, grab return codes and property modes as well as + a define for the AnyPropertyType. These defines are identical to the ones + defined in core but stop the use of input-related defines from either core + or XI 1.x. + + Clients must use the core defines None and CurrentTime where applicable. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Daniel Stone + +commit d331251884101c503c533e088bcace6b830b5a95 +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Tue May 3 18:44:53 2011 +0100 + + Clean up and reword multitouch ownership/emulation + + Remove 'withheld' indirect section as well. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit f17598c1beeadbc648588d192d2e7eb616019e2d +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Tue May 3 17:21:34 2011 +0100 + + Mostly typographical + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 2d5294cb0b9dc641e0f8ef1ff5f2a1a1803a57ee +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Thu Apr 28 12:02:43 2011 +0100 + + Further cleanups and clarifications + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 75790691706447cecc9f7948ea55caba05dc0d7d +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Tue Apr 26 20:30:13 2011 +0100 + + Reword touch introduction, labels for all + + Reword the introduction to the multitouch section to try to be a bit + clearer, and go on a mad section-labelling spree. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 400365a9bfa9ab3eaaa0bec08e32023f54d04207 +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Tue Apr 26 19:51:41 2011 +0100 + + typo fix + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 416f077d8747d3d96dd5a71600e1e394226c3dc1 +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Fri Apr 22 16:14:54 2011 +0100 + + Add FIXME sidebars, remove single-grab stipulation + + Add very visible FIXME sections to more clearly mark what's broken; also + remove the stipulation that only one grab may be active at a time. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit a500bc990ba61bf32637114d1840db7147a0deaa +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Fri Apr 22 15:42:09 2011 +0100 + + Add inline references, fix usecase bulleting + + Replace 'see section x.y.z' with better inline links; fix nested + bulleting of XI 2.1 usecases. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit 3a89a5a3003309f810c9273fac8cf5943238df28 +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Fri Apr 22 15:31:52 2011 +0100 + + Doc note: No seriously, this is WIP + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit b46a3bafd95f1bb507e4851aaa6967cf20c4eb8e +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Fri Apr 22 14:27:06 2011 +0100 + + Formatting fixups and minor rewording + + No semantic changes. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone + +commit e19eaef83db9181787a13fa95d642971c33d559b +Author: Daniel Stone +Date: Mon Apr 11 10:09:57 2011 +1000 + + Require configure flag to build this proto version. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit ca39f67c2aa5b255f2b85d7c649edff8295eed5e +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Apr 8 13:27:47 2011 +1000 + + Put a #warning and #error in to avoid unsuspecting XI 2.1 users. + + The #warning directive is intentionally outside the define to disable the + error. Early adopters of the protocol can't see this warning often enough. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit b1149ab782619eaeadf70affd94239184e082d03 +Author: Alexandre Julliard +Date: Tue Apr 12 22:39:25 2011 +0200 + + XI2.h: Fix off-by-one error in the XIMaskLen definition. + + The previous definition would give the wrong result for events that are + a multiple of 8. + + Signed-off-by: Alexandre Julliard + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit ab930a51047f48c7befd4316a9b116f37075697f +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Mar 23 13:27:02 2011 +1000 + + specs: enable asciidoc parsing for XIproto.txt + + The vast majority of this patch are indentation changes, removing preceding + spaces from text. + Header lines and some linebreaks to enable list parsing were added. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon + +commit ef7518cc6260e05a00c496c9e0f3a13c8a785b85 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Mar 23 13:32:42 2011 +1000 + + specs: move erroneous Errors: line to where it belongs + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + Reviewed-by: Julien Cristau + +commit ed840d79d3cac60b2fb17448afcc28828236e91b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 16:17:09 2011 +1000 + + specs: rewrite pointer emulation section + + plus a fixme + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 15e76dd365fce4e936a9f468496be3789495103b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 15:29:25 2011 +1000 + + specs: rewrite pointer emulation for indirect devices + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 9c2817fd761bbe6c6da4e2a5638d80fa53975c4b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 15:10:34 2011 +1000 + + specs: Rewrite Touch events delivery section + + And add a fixme + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit c883261f2bad6196e5ff1b3c1397300775e55da7 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 14:48:15 2011 +1000 + + specs: Add a fixme for using raw events instead of GrabModeObserve + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 35710924957791e389e10fcc67b75967769f001c +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 14:16:55 2011 +1000 + + specs: clean/rewrite touch grab and ownership bits + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit f24c9ae749c84d953ee3b35be1ea937dce7b86d3 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 13:58:29 2011 +1000 + + spec: Move ClientPointer up again. + + Prep work to have a separate first-class headline for touch processing + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 0e4a782339403f270de6e072262680b3a4baec01 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 13:52:09 2011 +1000 + + specs: move warning about out-of-band processing up a bit. + + The out-of-band processing is really only important for pointer emulation. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 1d720b30c996a693014f2c70004c9717945b574f +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 12:12:47 2011 +1000 + + specs: move touch sequence handling (owner-only) up a bit. + + This is to restructure to get the simple cases clarified up first before + explaining more complex changes. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit a4583dcd3e1c18e5c0cc616c143aafbf7ec1d88b +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Fri Mar 18 12:02:21 2011 +1000 + + specs: move from "init move destroy" to "begin update end" + + And rewrite that paragraph a bit. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit fe19202c220ce010a85fe5abc0b5a6a0c314ea9a +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Mar 17 16:29:08 2011 +1000 + + specs: add a linebreak for asciidoc parsing + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit f9fa8f9a7dc333b45bfac0b0c6f97b8b1a72d260 +Merge: a02566c 47901cd +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Thu Mar 17 14:51:52 2011 +1000 + + Merge branch 'master' into chase-multitouch + + Conflicts: + specs/XI2proto.txt + + Fixed up (added) asciidoc for touch proto. + + Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer + +commit 47901cd142e832eb930166cbfa769e4fbca969c5 +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Tue Mar 15 21:37:39 2011 -0400 + + XIproto.txt: fix whitespace issues + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + +commit 5f43b8b19e6abd00a6295692f3346295bb01b973 +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Tue Mar 15 21:29:43 2011 -0400 + + XI2proto.txt: fix whitespace issues + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + +commit 0ac450f47c55fb2bac394f6377f1aabde1ab8429 +Author: Gaetan Nadon +Date: Tue Mar 15 15:43:48 2011 -0400 + + specs: convert XI2proto.txt to html using asciidoc + + Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon + +commit f21f00bd9b8e641d639d70d086df1b14faa34e38 +Author: Peter Hutterer +Date: Wed Mar 16 09:57:10 2011 +1000 + + Add minimal asciidoc syntax + + Though this protocol description is mainly to be viewed as textfile, a few + minor changes make it parsable for asciidoc to spit out reasonably + nicely-formatted html code. + + Changes include: + - underline section headers with the matching lines + - add linebreaks before lists to parse them as lists + - change indentation level for normal text to be left-marging aligned and + for 
 text to be indented
+    - comment out section dividers
+    
+    It's possible to run asciidoc XI2proto.txt and get some nice html output
+    now.
+    
+    Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+    Reviewed-by: Chase Douglas 
+
+commit a02566ca7fd37d279b957037e1251a3b3419866d
+Author: Chase Douglas 
+Date:   Thu Mar 10 11:53:57 2011 -0500
+
+    Many more updates to the XI 2.1 protocol
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas 
+
+commit db7c0eccc74e95f247d78541e4c4a28cfa87b5b4
+Author: Chase Douglas 
+Date:   Sun Feb 20 16:35:09 2011 -0500
+
+    Updates for pointer emulation and more touch device modes
+    
+    Also includes resolutions for dependent devices and implicit grabs and
+    how to handle slave touch device attachment and touch selections.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas 
+
+commit 99f15a2346c882237c78afbd638932f132d6113c
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Mon Feb 7 10:19:06 2011 +0000
+
+    Add touch classes and events, bump to 2.1
+    
+    Introduce multitouch support through a new TouchClass, as well as new
+    TouchBegin, TouchEnd, TouchOwnership, TouchUpdate, and TouchUpdateUnowned
+    events.  Bump to version 2.1.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone 
+    Co-authored-by: Chase Douglas 
+    Co-authored-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 13baef91f071ee1607f4c3bf6c1fea60e6651b89
+Author: Fernando Carrijo 
+Date:   Thu Jan 27 22:40:11 2011 -0200
+
+    Fix typos in XIproto.txt
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Fernando Carrijo 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 5c2d5fd99d73ae52aef62376046b5708c58a4271
+Author: Chase Douglas 
+Date:   Fri Dec 17 17:11:09 2010 +0000
+
+    Include stdint.h
+    
+    I'm now getting build failures due to missing stdint.h. It seems we
+    should include it explicitly in XI2proto.h anyways.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Chase Douglas 
+    Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 56ffb564712257e0f998170e83071a6ee85aa231
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Nov 11 14:10:26 2010 +1000
+
+    inputproto 2.0.1
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 52e92f280c4e065d6a3f040493a0b46d2c8bee1d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Aug 2 15:53:52 2010 +1000
+
+    Typo fix: GrabTypeFocusIn -> GrabtypeFocusIn
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 3dc8e70f761f7da338c632a5acb0176bef515b33
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 6 09:52:33 2010 +1000
+
+    Spell out event types for XIDeviceEvent.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 993ca70d7ecfb88037edfd77bccfcb671aea4c7b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jan 11 17:02:55 2010 +1000
+
+    Define the error cases for XSetDeviceMode better.
+    
+    Take the error codes as described in the man page for XSetDeviceMode. This
+    is more likely to be what clients expect, especially since the protocol spec
+    doesn't actually define when BadMode is to be reported.
+    
+    This behaviour is the same as specified in the XSetDeviceMode man page.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+    Reviewed-by: Fernando Carrijo 
+
+commit 617c4a2db48e98d06f728fa6b8caa18fbbfb66fc
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Nov 23 10:21:17 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: fix up some request names.
+    
+    Leftovers from previous versions of the spec before the requests were
+    renamed.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b2e8bd74f0922e742ab41e9ccc202c0fdd9e152f
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Mar 28 19:25:52 2010 -0400
+
+    config: update AC_PREREQ statement to 2.60
+    
+    Unrelated to the previous patches, the new value simply reflects
+    the reality that the minimum level for autoconf to configure
+    all x.org modules is 2.60 dated June 2006.
+    
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.60.tar.gz
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon 
+
+commit 5e22edcb54a29393ffb72e4014010835d1ceab69
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Mar 28 19:00:31 2010 -0400
+
+    config: remove the pkgconfig pc.in file from EXTRA_DIST
+    
+    Automake always includes it in the tarball.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon 
+
+commit 33bab5091b5c16133d88269744f5305dfd4e4fcb
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Mar 28 17:46:57 2010 -0400
+
+    config: install and distribute XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+    
+    It will now be installed in $docdir in addition
+    to being distributed in the tarball.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon 
+
+commit 0746aed42e50d7ac10fd1545cf6b89a8bc809884
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Mon Dec 21 19:00:00 2009 -0500
+
+    Add Red Had Copyright in the COPYING file.
+    
+    Refer to XI2.h and XI2proto.h
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon 
+
+commit e0ec5c81eef67a2b98396189b22b439953b616c0
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Nov 22 19:24:48 2009 -0500
+
+    Makefile.am: add ChangeLog and INSTALL on MAINTAINERCLEANFILES
+    
+    Now that the INSTALL file is generated.
+    Allows running make maintainer-clean.
+
+commit 30c2e875941b1dcce06821fb0c5af6a15ca98d4e
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Mon Nov 16 11:13:30 2009 -0500
+
+    README: file created or updated #24206
+    
+    Contains a set of URLs to freedesktop.org.
+
+commit 7ddcd9b428797e37c3d362b27975b157647aceeb
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Nov 15 19:45:26 2009 -0500
+
+    Makefile.am: ChangeLog not required: EXTRA_DIST or *CLEANFILES #24432
+    
+    ChangeLog filename is known to Automake and requires no further
+    coding in the makefile.
+
+commit ee09bc24cebbb18c2a2ed81336ab4ead600d2e94
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Nov 15 18:31:28 2009 -0500
+
+    Makefile.am: INSTALL file is missing or incorrect #24206
+    
+    The standard GNU file on building/installing  tarball is copied
+    using the XORG_INSTALL macro contained in XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+    Add INSTALL target
+
+commit 2ee03af19d17c973072bbacaf7ab44a8fd8b64b1
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Nov 15 18:11:36 2009 -0500
+
+    configure.ac: deploy the new XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS #24242
+    
+    This macro aggregate a number of existing macros that sets commmon
+    X.Org components configuration options. It shields the configuration file from
+    future changes.
+
+commit bf66af595c9b43e4086401a11c5a7b269857f039
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sun Nov 15 13:55:25 2009 -0500
+
+    configure.ac: AM_MAINTAINER_MODE missing #24238
+    
+    This turns off maintainer mode build rules in tarballs.
+    Works in conjunction with autogen.sh --enable-maintainer-mode
+
+commit 9ad88d954d544db29972144f5a778bb05d9b19ad
+Author: Gaetan Nadon 
+Date:   Sat Nov 14 18:26:47 2009 -0500
+
+    .gitignore: use common defaults with custom section # 24239
+    
+    Using common defaults will reduce errors and maintenance.
+    Only the very small or inexistent custom section need periodic maintenance
+    when the structure of the component changes. Do not edit defaults.
+
+commit 34a9ab1151fb7b35a371cc98a34a20993816f78a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Oct 2 11:38:12 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 2.0
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 0470d29c1e690f3784ca1a42f6d27aa322f9b37a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Oct 1 16:47:11 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XIproto.txt
+    
+    This is the XI protocol specification document that used to be in xorg-docs.
+    It's now moved here, and if it ever sees updates, the updates will only
+    apply to here.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit bda99e7e5ac528aaa08664b21f0380db67bd2ac2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Oct 2 11:31:13 2009 +1000
+
+    Require macros 1.3 for XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 472309905a66245c9fd420ef64716ec630216323
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 21 14:25:51 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.902 (RC 2)
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit f3f79c0642f33b6a39a0f7fdab2bcb06d9cab0f7
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Aug 25 10:04:01 2009 +1000
+
+    Device cursors are deleted once the window or the device disappear.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit ae4588ff0c6e5cc7009e4ac78a3f953bc399bd84
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 21 14:24:23 2009 +1000
+
+    XIWarpPointer needs to take FP1616 for positions.
+    
+    This was already in the spec but the protocol itself hadn't cought up with
+    it.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 8eccc169c045fcf68b5a0974c49a8e6863894cf3
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 21 13:56:11 2009 +1000
+
+    Replace four leftover INT16 with int16_t.
+
+commit 68cdaf8d26e133f700404bca93b18240aa6b8f86
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 21 13:55:52 2009 +1000
+
+    XIQueryPointer only works on master pointers and floating slaves.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit d9aa0917b491e9d6ef887ac59fb7a01fb428fa62
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Aug 18 15:05:09 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto: XIChangeCursor request requires a master pointer.
+    
+    State that the server will return BadDevice in this case.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 4f9d8d49eca460b24daca2a28a2c644f7edc19bd
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Aug 18 15:04:47 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: typo fix
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 6719ae1ed024270f7fe1cb6bbee1f84cdaeba90c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 7 10:39:46 2009 +1000
+
+    Remove eventtype field from xXIRawEvent.
+    
+    With c455db2, raw events were split up into using multiple evtypes instead
+    of a sub event type. The eventtype field itself however has not been removed
+    and was unused by both the server and the library.
+    
+    Field converted into a padding field, wire layout stays the same.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 1a7eb6de82bd61fc16f2a3f000d4d3b9d418dcd0
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Aug 4 10:43:52 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.901 (RC 1)
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit d8a1c1b1aba92e60d2fcad7cdf5abe77f3c9ae10
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Aug 5 14:52:45 2009 +1000
+
+    Revert "XI2proto.txt: grabbing a slave does not detach it anymore."
+    
+    Detaching a slave device during an explicit grab makes sense from a UI
+    perspective. It allows a client to get exclusive access to a device without
+    that device's events also feeding into the respective master device.
+    
+    Thanks to Thomas Jaeger for his contribution.
+    
+    This reverts commit d0b1e55b876a29a7c820ec12d7b9cb5e081e1944.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b31776bb5b416ffa15235611954e68d386edf674
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Jul 31 08:52:43 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: document ClientPointer in more detail.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 221aed39ac45ce4bf3b28c7956bc00ea3c9dbf57
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 11:15:12 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: don't put field names in quotes.
+    
+    This was done inconsistently anyway so get rid of it alltogether.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 5e76f4ca69fedab770280854ab238587eb5e10fb
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 10:12:06 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: typo fixes and minor clarifications.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 26f244fadc188cc76f53c82c10bc3b308964f20c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 11:12:50 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: sourceid on DeviceChanged is the device.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b877309713930f92f04e2485bc40e1b6730d7e77
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 11:12:26 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: passive grabs can take XIAll{Master}Devices.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit d0b1e55b876a29a7c820ec12d7b9cb5e081e1944
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 10:53:08 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: grabbing a slave does not detach it anymore.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 9f5d450fda41f936a8e12863aec544d69b30132f
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 10:38:21 2009 +1000
+
+    XIproto.txt: clarify that the ClientPointer is set, even if implicitly.
+    
+    It is indistinguishable for the client whether the the server chooses a
+    ClientPointer or whether the CP was set through an XISetClientPointer
+    request. The only thing that matters is that a device was actually assigned
+    and will be used in the future.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 7b988fcae5135d064388084ef190966c3e38702c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 28 10:10:10 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: padding bytes must be zero.
+    
+    Padding bytes zeroed out ensures that future versions of the XI2 protcol may
+    use these padding bytes with a defined state. The server should ignore
+    padding bytes depending on the client's version anyway but better safe than
+    sorry.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 4b414dcdbb5641ea528ccc212584f9dac816b571
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 27 15:51:17 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.h: Remove special doxygen tags.
+    
+    The protocol header does not include enough documentation to make the use of
+    doxygen really worthwile. Special doxygen tags beyond the very simple use of
+    /** and /**< contribute too much to the noise and make it hard to actually
+    read the code itself.
+    
+    While no extra tags are added now, a run of doxygen over XI2proto and XI.h
+    still produces an acceptable output.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 0542581edcef2795c613921e66736871b44408d7
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 27 14:29:00 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: Add some XI1 vs. XI2 interoperability descriptions.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 7cf46d64e0f2816f76ff3e23a77e5414a8625d10
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 27 14:20:38 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: update list of XI2 event types.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 0e7af09fcedc3f6f86306dbf2c683d065fc41f29
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jul 22 12:11:13 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.15
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 006afb766ac1d01ad9d57035af56a5b48c6ec5d3
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 20 16:25:08 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2: remove Keysym grabs, use Keycode grabs instead.
+    
+    Keysym grabs are tricky to get right for applications that are more
+    complicated than demo applications. otoh, we know keycode grabs are working.
+    So let's go with keycode grabs for now and add keysym grabs later when we've
+    sorted out the details.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit aaefb1e12229cc7bed40f6aaec3641db840aa4f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 13 16:05:07 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.14
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 1357361d6b2a72a3decd9307ca59cc7678ba3063
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 14 16:15:19 2009 +1000
+
+    Add the enter/leave detail defines, same as the core protocol ones.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 2a3dc6c47145356a7c9e1cef59165a7ed2f2e9e2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 14 16:15:06 2009 +1000
+
+    Formatting fix, s/tabs/spaces/
+
+commit 51244a1a4f7165d995c139ba1f0d03d8a1140015
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Mon Jul 13 16:49:33 2009 +1000
+
+    Device{,Raw}Event: Add flags field.
+    
+    Add a flags member to DeviceEvent and DeviceKeyEvent; the only currently
+    defined flag is KeyRepeat, indicating a repeat event (a la XKB detectable
+    autorepeat), which is only valid for key events.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Daniel Stone 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit c455db2c251770a729d2747e6f05d53c2563b428
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 13 15:30:50 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2: Split up raw events into multiple event types.
+    
+    Instead of a single XI_RawEvent type with subtypes to represent the actual
+    event, split up the event into XI_RawButtonPress, XI_RawButtonRelease, etc.
+    This way clients can select for specific raw events only instead of all of
+    them at once.
+    
+    Note that raw events may be selected on master devices too, the server will
+    route them through master devices.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit f345258bf44e018e04643ccc6f02f5e40267d78c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 13 14:37:13 2009 +1000
+
+    Fix XIMaskLen macro.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 6280b53cdbb750ef2363f5b55346a4271678ddef
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sun Jul 12 16:19:19 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.13
+
+commit 2367e52404761ab14e0f908432f736cfc0813f8b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jun 23 21:01:27 2009 +1000
+
+    Add effective group and modifiers to XIGroupInfo/XIModifierInfo.
+    
+    Effective modifiers are easy to calculate but let's send them down the wire
+    nonetheless. Effective group is slightly more complicated since group
+    wrapping must be taken into account - sending it down the wire simplifies
+    clients.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 3f0067b45e66ef8db785b67a36f015fd4e6a9f6c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Jun 18 00:29:44 2009 +1000
+
+    XIDeviceChangedEvents may occur on master devices too.
+    
+    Prime example is a change in the number of buttons due to the availability
+    of a new slave device.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b40f48b15e3362cc7b5aeb800b7de072ce20e4aa
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jun 17 09:09:56 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.12
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit a6edd59c440cae9cd8ac775bb4d67ab433f2aae3
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jun 17 08:53:26 2009 +1000
+
+    Use the term 'labels' to refer to button and axes labels.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b0f7e24d210cb6d0a1c47cae39b54e56a5e996d8
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jun 16 13:14:47 2009 +1000
+
+    Include valuator value in XIValuatorClasses
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit b2fb9f81a2a7af8656309420facd58ab610d5da1
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sun Jun 14 08:23:56 2009 +1000
+
+    Include button state in XIButtonClasses.
+    
+    Without including the state in a button class, it is impossible to know the
+    state of a device until this device has pressed or released another button
+    (and thus sends an event).
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit db98b817355ed12609cff077c4a12948ac41f88d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sun Jun 7 17:51:04 2009 +1000
+
+    Add a source field to the class information.
+    
+    In some cases it is required to know the source device of a particular
+    device class. In the future we might also do lazy copying of classes,
+    meaning that for a given device, each class may come from a different
+    source. Hence the source id should be included for each class.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 48cf9a56066c4b5a2136310da3cd6846dcf3b607
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jun 10 15:13:03 2009 +1000
+
+    Add note that bumping XI_LASTEVENT requires changes to the server.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit bac0e02889392534138e8b98e516a0ea3c76847a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jun 10 15:12:39 2009 +1000
+
+    Ensure XIAnyModifier is an unsigned int.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 1d59de593c5aac8e109fcb3c1173d4dc14742dee
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Jun 12 15:50:26 2009 +1000
+
+    XISelectEventsReq should use win (not window), like all requests.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit f711dfae6872371ec41aeeecda9570a57d0a746c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Jun 12 15:50:07 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto: document XSetClientPointer behaviour on None window, etc.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 17a6ad094266cc14efb75cca36de0b8adff9d35b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 8 15:40:21 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.11
+
+commit 03309cfbc19fc16b5ae25f8511b3ef28fcd66818
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 8 14:23:27 2009 +1000
+
+    xXIHierarchyEvent should list num_info, not num_devices.
+    
+    The structures following the request are referred to as "info", having a
+    name of "num_devices" is misleading as the number of info structs does not
+    always reflect the number of devices (e.g. if a device got removed).
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 751f2d6c0fa88a6bfc380b57d72ae41ec790249d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 8 13:31:28 2009 +1000
+
+    Rename XICreateMaster to XIAddMaster for consistency.
+    
+    We use add/remove for slave devices, add/remove for the hierarchy changed
+    flags, so let's use add/remove to create a new device as well.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 44f2419e56b006b8f182ea5746e9b6eef205ff37
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 8 12:35:29 2009 +1000
+
+    Update comment referring to an old naming scheme.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 6e20d1fc2517e68b17f9da2e94f78e9d64a8c408
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 8 09:51:53 2009 +1000
+
+    Document BadValue error for XIHierarchyEvents selection on devices.
+    
+    These events may only be selected on the XIAllDevices fake device.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 56da196866d8c883b9b25b04dd584fbcb159ffd3
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Jun 4 13:35:42 2009 +1000
+
+    XIQueryVersion may return a BadValue for major_version less than 2.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 0d75208a554577d652ca9e2856a4f12b0d720a1f
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jun 1 09:12:42 2009 +1000
+
+    Move the XI2 index into versions[] over to XI2.h
+
+commit 8aff0836afaef4397f9df273cc90edeca1ab9641
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri May 29 13:25:32 2009 +1000
+
+    Specify modifier interactions with attached slave devices on passive grabs.
+
+commit e102c504ec58e6bc4620e7cd01ea34de665e5fd9
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 27 14:12:58 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.10
+
+commit 6b61bef5da91ca24d1bfcf9d314b8b8587c3e4fc
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 28 08:20:37 2009 +1000
+
+    Mirror the core enter/focus modes and add the passive grab mode.
+    
+    If an enter/focus grabs activates (or deactivates), send an extra set of
+    enter/focus in (or leave/focus out) events to the grabbing client with mode
+    XIPassiveGrabNotify.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 1b2dc24bf51a325ea3fafb46768467675b00be52
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 25 15:48:25 2009 +1000
+
+    Add Enter/FocusIn passive grabs.
+    
+    Same behaviour as button/keysym grabs but triggered on enter/leave and
+    focus in/out events.
+
+commit d0c6633f7bc2519c0b6c662a1f39a8ce56ab768a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 27 13:11:49 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: remove one more keycode mentioning, fix typo
+
+commit 31f492bf9471fc593275fb95f97312db21439641
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 25 12:14:12 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XIGetSelectedEvents request and reply.
+    
+    Counterpart to XISelectEvents, used to retrieve event masks from the server.
+
+commit f065f6c12aa5c2e79f1af38908e86d20a2efdc86
+Author: Benjamin Close 
+Date:   Tue May 19 11:27:03 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.h: fix two comments referring to the old naming scheme.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 3aca2d6ba53c8ddf5c40ae4b1411e50134b404a5
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri May 15 20:14:16 2009 +1000
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.9
+
+commit 8c2872367765170c37f829d635c97dc3d68861b7
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat May 16 11:49:21 2009 +1000
+
+    Document naming conventions for XI2proto.h.
+
+commit b32e5830c0acbdba4798fad107bf8404c978753c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat May 16 11:46:44 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto: define Window, Cursor, Atom and Time as uint32_t.
+    
+    Since we're using stdint in the rest of the file, might as well ignore
+    CARD32 here.
+
+commit f4f09d40e0fd94d267b280f2a82385dca1141347
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat May 16 11:31:03 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2.h: remove XI2Mask, add XISetMask and friends.
+    
+    XISetMask, XIClearMask, XIMaskIsSet serve to set, clear or check a bit in
+    the provided array.
+    XIMaskLen is a macro to get the minimum length of a mask for a given event
+    type.
+    
+    They are expected to be common ways to deal with event masks, i.e. clients
+    will do:
+    
+    unsigned char mask[XIMaskLen(XI_ButtonRelease)] = {0};
+    XISetMask(mask, XI_ButtonPress)
+    XISetMask(mask, XI_ButtonRelease)
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 0ae6581bc62b3b734c84b12e9a92d945d3e98aa7
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat May 16 11:25:49 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XIAnyButton and XIAnyKeysym.
+
+commit 4cc6992b08b6c7aed0d1242e3382fb53d51a0fe2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 14 12:09:38 2009 +1000
+
+    XIQueryPointer needs to include sensible button/modifier state.
+    
+    This includes shuffling the xXIModifierInfo and xXIGroupInfo structs to the
+    common structs section.
+
+commit d041f30777c09f07ac79fface61bfbfa654306f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 14 10:29:49 2009 +1000
+
+    Add an introduction to XI2proto.txt
+
+commit e1138da90235797248f38d7f613566fb8418c396
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue May 12 19:24:31 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: remove more mentioning of keycode grabs
+
+commit 7aba20ed4c404b80112a0bb28220a2c646f319e4
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue May 12 16:51:05 2009 +1000
+
+    Remove superfluous "Device" from protocol requests and events.
+    
+    Anything with prefix XI is per-device anyway.
+
+commit 12635cbd4aea0ba3b38b96682d63bb71ba8c737e
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue May 12 16:14:01 2009 +1000
+
+    Add per-device flags to XIDeviceHierarchyEvents
+
+commit 886d2aceb77070292e984ed2b25e31ac9c82aba7
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue May 12 13:45:48 2009 +1000
+
+    Define Cursor as CARD32.
+    
+    Reported-by: Benjamin Close 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 32277164bcff6b18a498f12886828187e1f96249
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 11 14:35:35 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.h: doxygen-ify
+
+commit e9dfa4015520abd49779e96e7d54da763a54484b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 11 13:46:53 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.h: s/uint32_t/Time/ where appropriate
+
+commit a47a2b50845499e3f9144739db5644952faf8ea2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 7 16:19:47 2009 +1000
+
+    Prefix all XI2 constants with "XI" -> inputproto 1.99.9.8
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 2edc35c032c2792d9528a396f596d466d4f10764
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 6 16:33:34 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XI2 property requests.
+    
+    Basically the same as XI 1.5, save the 16 bit deviceids.
+
+commit 504b480c946fe4c4a96500ef8c5da100b787ab32
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat Apr 25 11:08:21 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2: add passive grabs.
+    
+    Most notably XI2 provides keysym grabs instead of keycode grabs.
+
+commit 5d60550fdeb375a88ac9da42bcad4ee69b0df64a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat Apr 25 10:43:43 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2 spec: Add some more Grab/Ungrab/AllowEvents documentation.
+
+commit 6d28cb22ada7a1abb6ab11863c82c9834d1a4b00
+Author: Benjamin Close 
+Date:   Wed Apr 22 13:10:50 2009 +0930
+
+    Define the Cursor datasize correctly
+    
+    On 64 bit machines, without Cursor defined Xlib would allocate 64 bits
+    rather than 32 to any structs using Cursor. This led to data not
+    correctly being available on the wire hence the Xserver would do strange
+    things. We hence define Cursor to what it should be and make sure
+    we undefine it after we've finished to users of XIproto.h aren't affected
+    
+    Fix-by: Peter Hutterer 
+    Signed-off-by: Benjamin Close 
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 589dc6ffa509c1c7da2d94dc89b2246c3dfdc81d
+Author: Paul "TBBle" Hampson 
+Date:   Wed Apr 22 09:00:14 2009 +1000
+
+    Fix typo in XI2proto.txt
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 3380ae0ac0220c7f8fea9df855113819b472a233
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Apr 16 11:37:20 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XIAllowEvents.
+    
+    Basically the same as the core protocol AllowEvents.
+
+commit 3c273d7145ed5f53b54d2812ad2ac8430d449555
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sun Apr 19 21:33:42 2009 +1000
+
+    Change FP1616 into a single int32_t.
+
+commit 8914a9a2a99e334f66d6040d05b3d5f5b603780f
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 10 17:31:05 2009 +1000
+
+    Add GrabDevice and UngrabDevice XI2 requests.
+
+commit 1956df7e45a49464dee2d7beff36f38ea00e9cb8
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 10 14:56:20 2009 +1000
+
+    Revert "Add major/minor version as supported by client to GetExtensionVersionReq."
+    
+    This reverts commit f6e41306f76de966884d4b72c5fb5e5d6d534ce4.
+    Sending the supported version hidden in another request is potentially
+    dangerous, so let's not do it.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 55ee1f97d446403b9c2ed2e3c321afa4d683c93f
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 10 14:35:00 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2proto.txt: fix typo
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit d5105dc8516dd89cad0cd841081ff85d0a672bae
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 10 14:17:51 2009 +1000
+
+    We don't need to define KeyCode and Mask.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 75daa0db2c87d065e80afdf248965f34f7073cd5
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 10 14:17:02 2009 +1000
+
+    Undef Window, Time, etc. after usage again to avoid pollution.
+    
+    Signed-off-by: Peter Hutterer 
+
+commit 6c9785ea2581924fc748f61160a2faa4ab8eded0
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 3 15:15:50 2009 +1000
+
+    Remove IsFloating - we don't need this in XI 1.x anymore.
+
+commit 069880638b1c2af821c6d84fde4119668c533063
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 3 15:13:22 2009 +1000
+
+    Move XI_2_Major/Minor to XI2.h
+
+commit 2570457174fb951d3f5f725f87e8f7f45059158b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 3 16:13:05 2009 +1000
+
+    Move AttachToMaster, Floating to XI2.h
+
+commit 1d933800acfa31f0a8f014224c1708f0076f3db0
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 3 15:58:24 2009 +1000
+
+    Move CH_* constants to xi2
+
+commit 5aa07308a10315f9305cd9637c71f98432c75ecf
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Feb 4 14:33:57 2009 +1000
+
+    Remove XI2 requests from XIproto.h
+    
+    All requests been moved to XI2proto.h. Only ExtendedGrabDevice is gone for
+    good.
+
+commit 05f997e68921a1443728a9c58050eb82b73eaea8
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 26 15:22:55 2009 +1000
+
+    Bump to 1.9.99.7
+
+commit 7a73c3c64b1affa946deb66dd22042ee12fd747d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Mar 12 15:43:26 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XISetDeviceFocus and XIGetDeviceFocus requests
+
+commit 0ca1de737aa5cd714a4df3a45422dce415f9df55
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Mar 11 16:32:06 2009 +1000
+
+    Add focus events
+
+commit da74983b7d18ad06fe828040072d4a985ce4d448
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Mar 11 13:32:09 2009 +1000
+
+    Add buttons + modifier/group information to enter/leave events.
+
+commit c9ebfba4a128f0d0eda920a02af013b795adfec5
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Mar 11 12:30:16 2009 +1000
+
+    Define FP1616 as one int16_t, one uint16_t.
+
+commit 2339bc5b0eea89e676ac58a38ac5eb6a8ae6e6f9
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 10 15:42:28 2009 +1000
+
+    ValuatorInfo moved to FP3232
+
+commit cac1bcbf6d544f29c3379bc0462bb237e8ff8399
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 10 15:35:04 2009 +1000
+
+    Add FP3232 typedef.
+
+commit fc7f67959ad72c76e852827963d6a42b7d533b89
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 10 12:26:18 2009 +1000
+
+    XI2: remove button state from the RawEvent.
+    
+    A RawEvent is supposed to represent the state posted by the device. If a
+    client needs button state, then the client must keep track of it.
+
+commit d2ba9af0517f54fb58358e41859f5e4ead9b64f2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 26 15:10:28 2009 +1000
+
+    Split CH_ChangeAttachment into CH_AttachSlave and CH_DetachSlave
+    
+    CH_ChangeAttachment is still there, but won't be for long.
+
+commit 69f5b8a3ff8258cc6d50cca7d5382b0fe9fed893
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 5 15:57:56 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XI2.h and XI2proto.h, and a few required defines to XI.h
+
+commit 27dc5a8313d48a78a628563132142a97f7a47843
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 5 14:18:28 2009 +1000
+
+    Add XI2 protocol specification document.
+
+commit f39d3c8d6035fe65ad788987e291b99ad22448dd
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Feb 4 15:21:55 2009 +1000
+
+    Whitespace cleanups.
+    
+    Yep. Slow day today.
+
+commit c2d426f232f214f24fba2e30766c94e643716a72
+Author: Paulo Cesar Pereira de Andrade 
+Date:   Tue Jan 27 20:06:28 2009 -0200
+
+    Janitor: Correct make distcheck and dont distribute autogen.sh
+
+commit 7203036522ba9d4b224d282d6afc2d0b947711ee
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Oct 31 16:33:25 2008 +1030
+
+    Bump to 1.9.99.6.
+
+commit f8064629496c6061bedb7a99b788fb9d3a170f11
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Oct 31 17:53:39 2008 +1030
+
+    PropertyNotify, move deviceid back to last byte.
+    
+    This way, it can be type-cast to deviceKeyButtonPointer to extract the
+    deviceid, which is (aside from time) the only thing it has in common with
+    those anyway.
+
+commit 90a86701e3b9feafa05f44649a8314f06285fab5
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Oct 8 21:39:20 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove window access protocol requests.
+    
+    This is a bad idea. It didn't provide security and you can get the same
+    functionality as you did with normal event registration.
+
+commit 36c8a6f3faf56a8f8ca31455812c9132b379b1b3
+Author: Julien Cristau 
+Date:   Wed Oct 15 10:33:51 2008 +0200
+
+    Undef Atom after we're done so we don't pollute users of XIproto.h
+
+commit c919917e375aefaf473570c1b25b3c22231e858d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Oct 15 10:34:21 2008 +1030
+
+    Make sure Atoms are defined as CARD32.
+
+commit 2166b77ea60bd9cd87f1311a2e7d461db071cb07
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Sep 26 10:11:04 2008 +0930
+
+    Bump to 1.9.99.5.
+
+commit 93c1ea035b46614fd907e33303c6a876d32e2c78
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Sep 26 09:37:48 2008 +0930
+
+    Remove default properties (XI_PROP_MODE, XI_PROP_ENABLED)
+    
+    These should be defined by the server, not the protocol.
+
+commit 18ef04f8a2026cca5d2d2b796ec2ea1c949bad36
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Sep 18 15:00:54 2008 +0930
+
+    Remove Configure/QueryDeviceProperty.
+
+commit c9454a8e84b2dce54bb346ff1aafb32e3c0ac5b9
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Sep 18 16:28:09 2008 +0930
+
+    Add XI_JOYSTICK type.
+
+commit 20a0c8433ee50ecef1dfdb218674c7729bbacb99
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Sep 18 15:00:01 2008 +0930
+
+    Don't include Xmd.h.
+
+commit 3e7b663e7d5a40a115eba3cabfc173549ff89357
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 15 15:01:16 2008 +0930
+
+    inputproto 1.9.99.4
+    
+    Backported device properties.
+
+commit fabe087cebb11c6a2600e57c6f7a52fda2efea29
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 15 14:50:23 2008 +0930
+
+    Protect against C++ includes.
+
+commit c2d47b04c55cf72aef6c13a9e2cc4b41abfca673
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 15 14:21:24 2008 +0930
+
+    Remove RCS tags, typo fix.
+
+commit 7c9620d8232e5c05115746055a832363a528ac2d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Aug 13 10:00:12 2008 +0930
+
+    Back out Device Properties from XI 2, push into XI 1.5.
+
+commit 54465c743354dd138f4ccacc196198e36c2ecdba
+Author: Alan Hourihane 
+Date:   Tue Jul 29 14:15:04 2008 +0100
+
+    bump to 1.99.9.3
+
+commit 0daf8328cfa90b038753fc409c5eb05ba3fac6d5
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jul 29 08:58:53 2008 +0930
+
+    Add DeviceControlChanged define.
+    
+    This value is used for the devchange field in the DevicePresenceNotify event
+    when a device's control has been modified.
+
+commit 0d300ce64c277f4f7c7fe5fd6dca1ed768880af1
+Author: Alan Hourihane 
+Date:   Mon Jul 21 10:33:47 2008 +0100
+
+    Bump to 1.9.99.2 for inputproto
+
+commit fe74239e93e6562ba6c268b50d6cfb36d2426bef
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sun Jul 13 20:49:51 2008 +0930
+
+    Add #defines for XI_PROP_ENABLED, XI_PROP_MODE
+    
+    These two props are expected to be supported by the server.
+
+commit 5f686651087ac9d1a15b4d8aa631f2d7f2096871
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jul 9 18:28:26 2008 +0930
+
+    Set IEVENTS back to 18, got set to 8 inadvertantly.
+
+commit bbbe35b3513510afb524e02b8227826dbd5ea87e
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jul 7 15:38:50 2008 +0930
+
+    Add XI device property requests and replies.
+    
+    New requests:
+    ListDeviceProperties ... list all props of a device
+    QueryDeviceProperty  ... query meta-information about a property
+    ChangeDeviceProperty ... change the content of a property
+    DeleteDeviceProperty ... delete a property
+    GetDeviceProperty    ... retrieve a property
+    
+    New event:
+    DevicePropertyChangedNotify ... the given property on the device has changed
+
+commit 9f1f3ef7a36fddacf30ecf867ddad90253103b6a
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 28 17:13:49 2008 +0930
+
+    Bump to 1.9.99.1.
+
+commit 834c9ba8b4a1746a5d87d793f7c40bb882712656
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 12 17:30:30 2008 +0930
+
+    Remove a leftover typedef, the code that requires it has since been removed.
+    
+    Was part of the FakeDeviceData request, this request does not exist anymore.
+
+commit c6df1392e52b5edf3f25e0198c06a3a1ae3c0356
+Merge: f6e4130 8525689
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 12 17:30:15 2008 +0930
+
+    Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+    
+    Conflicts:
+    
+    	XI.h
+
+commit f6e41306f76de966884d4b72c5fb5e5d6d534ce4
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Sat Apr 26 10:03:19 2008 +0930
+
+    Add major/minor version as supported by client to GetExtensionVersionReq.
+    
+    This sort-of breaks old clients. Behaviour to be assumed is that if nbytes is
+    0, major/minorVersion is set and specifies the version as supported by the
+    client.
+    If nbytes is non-zero, the request is trailed by the extension name (INAME)
+    and major/minorVersion is undefined. This is the behaviour of pre-MPX clients.
+    
+    And then there may be clients who found that no other extension uses this
+    request and supplying a name wasn't actually necessary since it was XI anyway.
+    These clients will break. Tough luck. Read the man pages next time.
+
+commit 746f61a86d1fd37216508a3f913bf2a1d1287478
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 25 18:09:32 2008 +0930
+
+    Remove XInput.h. This file is now part of libXi.
+    
+    XInput.h only belongs to libXi and is should not be part of the protocol
+    headers. For future revisions of this file refer to
+    git://anongit.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXi
+
+commit b762dad06c33a9bdcdedecb9a20d218aa38d05d6
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 25 10:34:01 2008 +0930
+
+    Add #define IREQUESTS 45. Specifies the number of requests in XI.
+
+commit 852568991b251e9366da167f1b746a0a1db6adf0
+Author: Adam Jackson 
+Date:   Mon Mar 10 09:31:51 2008 -0400
+
+    Typo fix.
+
+commit b5cbe2d93f6c0129b8f29da97778f6d1b15c38f9
+Author: Adam Jackson 
+Date:   Mon Mar 10 09:08:21 2008 -0400
+
+    C sucks: define XEventClass in terms of unsigned int, not CARD32.
+    
+    Apparently pulling in Xmd.h here breaks qt, since they both define an
+    INT32 type (and incompatible ones even, since Xmd's is unsigned long on
+    ILP32 because whoever wrote Xmd.h is a C novice).
+
+commit 3edc1bf23b07ea47d7e1e32047e15c67333c663e
+Author: Adam Jackson 
+Date:   Wed Mar 5 22:06:19 2008 -0500
+
+    inputproto 1.4.3
+
+commit 83fe5a31cbba502482ee1f2e720aaed8f4fa86b8
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Mar 4 18:10:00 2008 +1030
+
+    Add deviceid to QueryDevicePointer reply.
+    
+    Doesn't hurt, we have padding left over anyway.
+
+commit 52e366d845163cdc1ffa8955d36914cd6b5f21f9
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Feb 25 16:51:31 2008 +1030
+
+    Squash opcode range for MPX XI requests.
+    
+    This removes the opcode holes that were left by the excessive request removal
+    of the last weeks.
+
+commit 66ba434bc5c5fd343e558b758a7e0d61dcebb1c4
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Feb 25 16:45:16 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove GetPairedPointer, paired device can be found through ListInputDevices.
+
+commit 1f37b09c99df0890fbf347f3767934cdd4e586c2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Feb 25 16:28:05 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove "ungrab" from ExtendedGrabDevice request, remove XUngrabExtDevice().
+    
+    That's what UngrabDevice is for, it does the same anyway.
+
+commit 1f6d53f553e580757d4c7391838a44b659812ab0
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Feb 18 17:21:37 2008 +1030
+
+    Add WindowAccessAllowAll constant.
+    
+    Not surprisingly the inverse of DenyAll.
+
+commit b512f47795bd125f6b04806d8a831f888febb67d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 14 18:25:24 2008 +1030
+
+    Change XChangeDeviceHieararchy API.
+    
+    Single-pointer to changes is enough since we have a union now.
+    Provide array first, then number of elements. This at least gives us
+    consistency within the MPX-related stuff. The rest of Xlib can't seem to make
+    its mind up about that.
+
+commit 330cfbd0ca6e6d1557e08ab0c555fe87acc7be29
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 14 16:33:03 2008 +1030
+
+    Make XAnyDeviceHierarchyChangeInfo a union of the possible types.
+    
+    Kinda the same as the XEvent union.
+    
+    Some whitespace fixes too.
+
+commit d5245e8b85deec6f76bec2c9599da59516e50cca
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 14 09:17:34 2008 +1030
+
+    Whitespace fixing and sz_RegisterPairedClient removal.
+
+commit 3c24865ad98557a5bc3e12c954eefaffff01bf36
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 14 09:15:11 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove GrabAccessControl and FakeDeviceData.
+    
+    Both aren't thought out enough to justify their inclusion in the first version
+    of MPX.
+
+commit 6a91ee1bd1d4751d09f2e4aa832913bc66ae4602
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Feb 12 19:19:58 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove RawDeviceEvent - for now anyway.
+    
+    Wasn't quite as thought-out as it should be. Throwing it out for now, to get
+    the rest of MPX more stable.
+
+commit 1d097c26264b657689d74f3f0a77cd1aa4f7e576
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Feb 12 19:17:51 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove pairingChangedNotify event.
+    
+    I swear I already removed that before... Anyway, we don't need it anymore,
+    since pairings can't be changed anyway. Hooray for the device hierarchy.
+
+commit be9e285258b8ea90628bbb5ae65bf74bdc59338b
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Feb 12 15:04:24 2008 +1030
+
+    Remove "shared" field from QueryDevicePointer.
+    
+    If it's a slave device, it's shared, if it's a master device it has its own
+    cursor. No need for this field.
+
+commit bd20f0ebd5e71fd03b3140960c3960bc50bd4273
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jan 23 15:47:56 2008 +1030
+
+    Add a device id to XiSelectEvent.
+
+commit 096b20bf5492d248b5c8ff0c1c28e221d59db724
+Author: Jesse Barnes 
+Date:   Mon Jan 21 15:28:49 2008 -0800
+
+    Use Xmd.h instead of X.h to pull in CARD32 definition
+    
+    On 64 bit hosts, CARD32 may be undefined unless we use Xmd.h to define it for
+    us.  Apparently X.h is no longer sufficient.
+
+commit 640a97d321cdc5fd2f34265cba86da40463f8e48
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Dec 18 15:47:01 2007 +1030
+
+    Move deviceid in XDeviceCrossingEvent up to follow window.
+    
+    This makes XDeviceCrossingEvents in line with the other events who have the
+    same initial ordering of things.
+
+commit 9359e625787761e6b3df15f29bbf842c67a9516d
+Author: James Cloos 
+Date:   Thu Dec 6 16:39:02 2007 -0500
+
+    Replace static ChangeLog with dist-hook to generate from git log
+
+commit 92f083437f3129bb67cd4599ad776b8b691f0b56
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Nov 13 17:22:21 2007 +1030
+
+    Remove RegisterPairingClient, deprecated with the device hierarchy now.
+
+commit 14e6e7bad06a560ec943654b94e05d4293709f2c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Nov 13 11:29:06 2007 +1030
+
+    Add DeviceClassesChangedEvent.
+
+commit 685a2dd32736956f5175afb9bc5773c829725fea
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Nov 8 17:26:35 2007 +1030
+
+    Add DeviceHierarchyChangedEvent.
+    
+    Uses same event type as the now removed PointerKeyboardPairingChangedNotify.
+    
+    (removing the RandomStringEvent too, should have been gone a while ago)
+
+commit 6037b37a5bf03f0b38db6a83fe1bc48551b8363c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Oct 19 10:22:51 2007 +0930
+
+    Add XChangeDeviceHierarchy and its components.
+
+commit 52e2f24b3a21741d2fb0614642fd5b12b72c0d3d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Oct 18 12:23:34 2007 +0930
+
+    Create new XAttachInfo class for attachment info (slave devices).
+    
+    Thanks to XLibs design we can't just change XDeviceInfo without breaking the
+    ABI. So here's a new class that isn't actually a class on the wire.
+
+commit 3c5555544e06f1be70e6981446e2a92dc1e2aecd
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Oct 18 10:39:40 2007 +0930
+
+    Add XI version 2 defines.
+
+commit 6a0ffc2f461bd41a223732551e0ea1f05c293028
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Oct 17 12:38:38 2007 +0930
+
+    xDeviceInfo: add "attached" field (replace previous padding).
+    
+    If use is set to IsXExtensionPointer/Keyboard/Devices, attached indicates the
+    device ID of the master device it is attached to. If the device is floating,
+    attached is set to IsFloating.
+
+commit 4b22047f347d8fd65a36b2fc90e1a87dff8e93e3
+Author: Eamon Walsh 
+Date:   Thu Sep 27 12:27:19 2007 -0400
+
+    XI.h needs X.h for CARD32 on 64-bit systems.
+
+commit f033750780b74d72056da93fd9a91140a978891b
+Merge: 369dd28 96b0c13
+Author: James Cloos 
+Date:   Mon Sep 3 06:17:20 2007 -0400
+
+    Merge branch 'master' of ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+commit 369dd283cfcf006e2cfe3496ebc5157839a3d04e
+Author: James Cloos 
+Date:   Mon Sep 3 05:54:06 2007 -0400
+
+    Add *~ to .gitignore to skip patch/emacs droppings
+
+commit 96b0c13a5a689b3a6dbc4249ca4ef364f778c003
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Aug 31 17:58:27 2007 +0930
+
+    Bump to 1.4.2.1
+    
+    No source changes, the 1.4.2 tarball had a busted configure script.
+
+commit 0e9f8468ba15a55ddba7fb8c263a80091e9decde
+Author: Paulo Ricardo Zanoni 
+Date:   Tue Jul 10 10:16:06 2007 +0930
+
+    Change some calls to use XID* instead of char* for device id lists.
+
+commit 5e4ff6bf4590d856966f151529d27be0eb070804
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 17 20:19:29 2007 +0930
+
+    Move deviceid around in deviceEnterNotify, make room for detail field.
+
+commit 3d164140845c2ff65d84b56977b1722e95882f1c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu May 17 20:19:02 2007 +0930
+
+    Add event_type to RawDeviceEvent to store matching core event type.
+
+commit 42a6b9b643d22ca8df64757cf497d2c7ac2dee65
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon May 14 18:03:53 2007 +0930
+
+    Add ExtendedGrabRequest and the matching reply.
+
+commit ccbe2e63123c58041a3c32ae6a21b05bd8c72b04
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 2 18:19:11 2007 +0930
+
+    Add xFakeDeviceDataReq
+
+commit b12514254cb1d2b91381b59251440b22e36052fb
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed May 2 09:43:48 2007 +0930
+
+    Providing a device id for a RawDeviceEvent may not be a bad idea.
+
+commit ce7bbfb7e0ecaf977c4ec8e760c634cebf8ac167
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue May 1 22:31:09 2007 +0930
+
+    Add XGE support and event types for RawDeviceEvent and PairingChanged event.
+
+commit 02c50062d357bc5d43ab4440eb195a33df0ec8b9
+Merge: f0baffd 310a93f
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Apr 27 14:43:43 2007 +0930
+
+    Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+
+commit 310a93f8e194aa070b0f1d40c8fd5ae941908dbe
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Apr 26 11:06:18 2007 +0930
+
+    bump to 1.4.2
+
+commit c9bed7d4750c314002c16430a4dd75f95cc2f78d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Apr 24 22:53:27 2007 +0930
+
+    Add flags to be used for DevicePrensence's devchange field.
+
+commit f0baffd3a04dfe8a09b59667e5dcaa0216a94e65
+Merge: a928365 c608d82
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Apr 2 16:42:46 2007 +0930
+
+    Merge branch 'master' into mpx
+
+commit a928365b91a2e25d02291844e430db9a9a62673d
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Mar 22 21:14:11 2007 +1030
+
+    Change XSetClientPointer API to use an XDevice instead of deviceid.
+
+commit 4ed9be75a5d3d75782351269481db5856f7e3f60
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Mar 22 17:27:32 2007 +1030
+
+    add GetClientPointer request and reply.
+    add GetPairedPointer request and reply.
+    move declaration of _XiGetDevicePresenceNotifyEvent out of the macro and wrap
+    it between extern "C". Otherwise C++ code won't be able to find it.
+
+commit 9dd8dcfa7e084d94cf3b7429eae65c93416159e3
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Mar 9 15:51:07 2007 +1030
+
+    add SetClientPointer request.
+    fix typos and wrong names for access function declarations.
+
+commit de6f3fcaffe204e8f7c811f8a1599e9ed0999f9c
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 22 20:03:36 2007 +1030
+
+    add access control requests.
+    fix wrong field lengths for RegisterPairing request and reply.
+
+commit bb5c144c53fcb03c56b247b439915d72ad284856
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Feb 21 10:03:24 2007 +1030
+
+    add xRegisterPairingClient request and reply
+
+commit c608d82c6b5b87ddc8d14862f528bdd69f5f5b72
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Thu Feb 15 16:33:07 2007 +0200
+
+    bump to 1.4.1
+
+commit 157a7984f1d2e2630191b6d392bc15975a3786db
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Fri Feb 9 11:37:54 2007 +1030
+
+    add missing XWarpDevicePointer declaration
+
+commit 025e4cdde8267d678dc5105e11c7cd66e2ad89b5
+Merge: 328cd82 ad2edb6
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 8 10:55:55 2007 +1030
+
+    Merge branch 'master'
+
+commit 328cd827e89424292ca020d0b828154f8e4f2c17
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Thu Feb 8 10:54:34 2007 +1030
+
+    add flags field to deviceEnterNotify struct
+    add same_screen, focus to XDeviceCrossingEvent struct
+
+commit 4ab02ccbdad477a0d7a0bee79c947f50826f1a36
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jan 29 18:18:56 2007 +1030
+
+    add ChangePointerKeyboardPairing request
+    add pairingChangedNotify event
+
+commit b50c4424020d1b2b641ce15ee3ffea41a287a160
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Jan 10 14:53:01 2007 +1030
+
+    add deviceEnterNotify event, DeviceEnterNotify, DeviceLeaveNotify support
+    add MPX Major/Minor version numbers
+
+commit ad2edb61ffd8baf87b9ab249aa36b0c04a765f79
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Tue Jan 9 13:32:39 2007 +1030
+
+    Fix typo in DevicePresence() macro
+
+commit 3b84ea85ace4dc9fe1caf7d7c45c0c51ee35b4b2
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Mon Jan 8 12:33:41 2007 +1030
+
+    	add ChangeDeviceCursor request
+
+commit cc055ae804f4dfd8b09b8993673b4670e5cf61ce
+Author: Peter Hutterer 
+Date:   Wed Dec 20 13:36:06 2006 +1030
+
+            add QueryDevicePointer request + reply
+            add WarpDevicePointer request
+
+commit a0be30da79e35e7d503c6eeb9021c2f63beb2176
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Sun Oct 22 16:40:11 2006 +0300
+
+    DeviceAbs{Area,Calib}: properly align 32-bit types
+    Decorate CARD32s and INT32s with B32.
+
+commit b1b3dbfd9b00d47c84c213bc6b7d61c5e8c80466
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Sun Oct 22 16:30:56 2006 +0300
+
+    DevicePresenceNotify: add deviceid field, with explanation
+    Add deviceid field, and an explanation of same in XInput.h.
+    deviceid is only used if a specific device changed, and control
+    is non-zero if a specific control on that device changed.
+
+commit 06ffd1e6b600d4e3f55ce7da69448a284ff5dac6
+Author: Zephaniah E. Hull 
+Date:   Sat Oct 21 03:58:53 2006 -0400
+
+    DEVICE_TOUCHPAD -> DEVICE_ABS_CALIB.
+    
+    As it's really calibration for absolute devices, add some stuff.
+    
+    DEVICE_ABS_AREA
+    
+    Defines the area of the screen that an absolute device covers if it is sending
+    core events.
+
+commit 1fab95863efc2bbf9a5b836b3de31da4a956b4bd
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Fri Oct 20 00:33:13 2006 +0300
+
+    add DEVICE_ENABLE control, add core indication
+    Add DEVICE_ENABLE control, which allows specific devices to be
+    enabled or disabled at runtime.
+    Add 'iscore' flag to DEVICE_CORE, which indicates whether or not the
+    device is a virtual core device.
+
+commit 926251a486b57197d735a426887acad6fdfd7dc6
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Tue Jul 18 11:56:37 2006 -0400
+
+    add XExtensionKeyboard and XExtensionPointer classes
+    Add two new classes of device, XExtensionKeyboard, and XExtensionPointer.
+
+commit 7a4a2a3e733378abced0a184627adfda4ed387b9
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Mon Jul 17 19:34:45 2006 -0400
+
+    add DevicePresenceNotify event, clean up
+    Add DevicePresenceNotify event, which indicates that something in the device
+    list changed (Kristian Høgsberg, Red Hat).
+    Add a core event control, which toggles the sending or not of core events by
+    an extended device.
+    Clean up some random detritus from the MetroLink merge.
+
+commit 6767671f502964d385aa41de3a45fb479c6330c0
+Author: Alan Coopersmith 
+Date:   Fri Jul 14 18:56:18 2006 -0700
+
+    renamed: .cvsignore -> .gitignore
+
+commit 4cc2697880ae61723094dacf78ffe77d81f6e0ee
+Author: Kevin E Martin 
+Date:   Thu Dec 15 00:24:37 2005 +0000
+
+    Update package version number for final X11R7 release candidate.
+
+commit 3ade2fe8443f572abeee73b4fa8e986e4a054017
+Author: Kevin E Martin 
+Date:   Wed Oct 19 02:48:14 2005 +0000
+
+    Update package version number for RC1 release.
+
+commit 67498db2df7435d9d59eda4ac444c6560da839b3
+Author: Eric Anholt 
+Date:   Tue Aug 2 19:19:38 2005 +0000
+
+    Add basic .cvsignore files for proto modules.
+
+commit 742a1eb222d662fc9247ab7c1bd337ffef01eafb
+Author: Kevin E Martin 
+Date:   Fri Jul 29 21:22:55 2005 +0000
+
+    Various changes preparing packages for RC0:
+    - Verify and update package version numbers as needed
+    - Implement versioning scheme
+    - Change bug address to point to bugzilla bug entry form
+    - Disable loadable i18n in libX11 by default (use --enable-loadable-i18n to
+        reenable it)
+    - Fix makedepend to use pkgconfig and pass distcheck
+    - Update build script to build macros first
+    - Update modular Xorg version
+
+commit 9161a356397a07002e03cf1846d212c7154f4c52
+Author: Daniel Stone 
+Date:   Sat May 21 04:04:21 2005 +0000
+
+    Set version to 1.3.
+
+commit 492f0a9e16bfe9cfb2c7b888b5b5e511db2bf83b
+Author: Adam Jackson 
+Date:   Thu May 19 00:22:39 2005 +0000
+
+    revert last change, didn't do right thing at all, sorry for the noise
+
+commit ec71e17293b90ff5eeaa97566751fc5c3955904a
+Author: Adam Jackson 
+Date:   Thu May 19 00:10:18 2005 +0000
+
+    Require automake 1.7 in AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+
+commit 242316c65e53d1bba244e4f35e5a93718b0ea8d0
+Author: Josh Triplett 
+Date:   Mon May 16 03:30:03 2005 +0000
+
+    Add COPYING file for Input.
+
+commit 5c5945a47990b7bc077bcfdbabb6e0003cbf1659
+Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen 
+Date:   Mon May 9 18:20:04 2005 +0000
+
+    Change all the protonames from Ext to Proto.
+
+commit 518f527ab685d2d082796460113bb7a9ea9bfe15
+Author: Kevin E Martin 
+Date:   Fri May 6 01:46:30 2005 +0000
+
+    Initial build system files for proto module.
+
+commit 4254b2967e3c5f256138f35de1ab49efff87220c
+Author: Egbert Eich 
+Date:   Fri Apr 23 18:43:06 2004 +0000
+
+    Merging XORG-CURRENT into trunk
+
+commit ca910a158bdc060d17cf3c00f93c82c3a6ee6f05
+Author: Egbert Eich 
+Date:   Sun Mar 14 08:31:35 2004 +0000
+
+    Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_99_1 on Sun Mar 14 00:26:39 PST 2004
+
+commit 08e413c25f385e51466ef3309d880c1f63bf0a73
+Author: Egbert Eich 
+Date:   Wed Mar 3 12:10:54 2004 +0000
+
+    Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_0 on Wed Mar 3 04:09:24 PST 2004
+
+commit 1b98dbf2eab5a8ef74afda0c669c9fdfc6461cda
+Author: Egbert Eich 
+Date:   Thu Feb 26 13:35:11 2004 +0000
+
+    readding XFree86's cvs IDs
+
+commit f276a601f272742ea8570fae4326c172cf4b8723
+Author: Egbert Eich 
+Date:   Thu Feb 26 09:22:27 2004 +0000
+
+    Importing vendor version xf86-4_3_99_903 on Wed Feb 26 01:21:00 PST 2004
+
+commit 47d36cccfdf0e65848bb2e9595779501a76d6000
+Author: Kaleb Keithley 
+Date:   Tue Nov 25 19:28:02 2003 +0000
+
+    XFree86 4.3.99.16 Bring the tree up to date for the Cygwin folks
+
+commit 4383a95e0bbc2f09394deefc453c2edd1c813d0f
+Author: Kaleb Keithley 
+Date:   Fri Nov 14 16:48:42 2003 +0000
+
+    XFree86 4.3.0.1
+
+commit 51468f1607f0b88576628c89e85d159afbb4628e
+Author: Kaleb Keithley 
+Date:   Fri Nov 14 15:54:35 2003 +0000
+
+    R6.6 is the Xorg base-line
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b82ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *Note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3312f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+SUBDIRS = specs
+
+inputdir = $(includedir)/X11/extensions
+input_HEADERS = \
+	XI.h \
+	XIproto.h \
+	XI2.h \
+	XI2proto.h
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = inputproto.pc
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+INSTALL:
+	$(INSTALL_CMD)
+
+ChangeLog:
+	$(CHANGELOG_CMD)
+
+dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a28f66e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = .
+DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(input_HEADERS) \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/inputproto.pc.in $(top_srcdir)/configure COPYING \
+	ChangeLog INSTALL config.guess config.sub install-sh missing
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno config.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = inputproto.pc
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_at_0 = @
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+	install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
+	installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
+	ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"
+DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+HEADERS = $(input_HEADERS)
+RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive	\
+  distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
+	$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+	distdir dist dist-all distcheck
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+  { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \
+    || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+         && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; }
+am__relativize = \
+  dir0=`pwd`; \
+  sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
+  sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
+  while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
+    first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+    if test "$$first" != "."; then \
+      if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
+        dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
+        dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
+      else \
+        first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+        if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
+          dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+        else \
+          dir2="../$$dir2"; \
+        fi; \
+        dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
+      fi; \
+    fi; \
+    dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+  done; \
+  reldir="$$dir2"
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ASCIIDOC = @ASCIIDOC@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
+MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+SUBDIRS = specs
+inputdir = $(includedir)/X11/extensions
+input_HEADERS = \
+	XI.h \
+	XIproto.h \
+	XI2.h \
+	XI2proto.h
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = inputproto.pc
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+am--refresh:
+	@:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
+	      $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+	    $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+inputproto.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/inputproto.pc.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(pkgconfigdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
+	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-pkgconfigDATA:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" && rm -f $$files
+install-inputHEADERS: $(input_HEADERS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(inputdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"
+	@list='$(input_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(inputdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-inputHEADERS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(input_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(inputdir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)" && rm -f $$files
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
+	    echo "     am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
+	    ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$new_distdir" \
+		am__remove_distdir=: \
+		am__skip_length_check=: \
+		am__skip_mode_fix=: \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-hook
+	-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
+	|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
+		-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
+dist-gzip: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-lzma: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-xz: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+	shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+	-rm -f $(distdir).zip
+	zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+	*.tar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.bz2*) \
+	  bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.lzma*) \
+	  lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.xz*) \
+	  xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.Z*) \
+	  uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.shar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+	*.zip*) \
+	  unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+	esac
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
+	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+	  && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+	  && am__cwd=`pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+	        distuninstallcheck \
+	  && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+	  && ({ \
+	       (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+	            distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+	      } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+	  && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+	  && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
+	  && cd "$$am__cwd" \
+	  || exit 1
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+	  list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+	  sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
+distuninstallcheck:
+	@$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \
+	&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+	   || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+	        if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+	          echo "  (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+	        fi ; \
+	        $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+	        exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+	@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+	  exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	  || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+	       exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(DATA) $(HEADERS)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(inputdir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-inputHEADERS install-pkgconfigDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-recursive
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-recursive
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-inputHEADERS uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
+	install-am install-strip tags-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
+	all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \
+	dist-hook dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \
+	distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags \
+	distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \
+	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-inputHEADERS install-man install-pdf \
+	install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps install-ps-am \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-inputHEADERS \
+	uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
+
+
+.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+INSTALL:
+	$(INSTALL_CMD)
+
+ChangeLog:
+	$(CHANGELOG_CMD)
+
+dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b98e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+				X Input Extension		
+
+This extension defines a protocol to provide additional input devices
+management such as graphic tablets.
+
+Extension name: XInputExtension
+
+All questions regarding this software should be directed at the
+Xorg mailing list:
+
+        http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/xorg
+
+Please submit bug reports to the Xorg bugzilla:
+
+        https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
+
+The master development code repository can be found at:
+
+        git://anongit.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+        http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/proto/inputproto
+
+For patch submission instructions, see:
+
+	http://www.x.org/wiki/Development/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+
+For more information on the git code manager, see:
+
+        http://wiki.x.org/wiki/GitPage
+
diff --git a/XI.h b/XI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b44399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/XI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* Definitions used by the server, library and client */
+
+#ifndef _XI_H_
+#define _XI_H_
+
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReq             8
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReply           32
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReq			4
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReply		32
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReq			8
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReply			32
+#define sz_xCloseDeviceReq			8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReq			8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReply			32
+#define sz_xSelectExtensionEventReq		12
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq	8
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply	32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq	12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq	8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply	32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq		16
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply		32
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq		8
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply		32
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReq		8
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReply		32
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReq			20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReply			32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceReq			12
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReq			20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReply			32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceKeyReq			16
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReq			20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReply		32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceButtonReq		16
+#define sz_xAllowDeviceEventsReq		12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReq			8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReply			32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceFocusReq			16
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReq		8
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReply		32
+#define sz_xChangeFeedbackControlReq		12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply		32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply	32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply		32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq		8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply		32
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReq			8
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReply		32
+#define sz_xSendExtensionEventReq		16
+#define sz_xDeviceBellReq			8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReq		8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReply		32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReq			8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReply		32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReq		8
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReply		32
+#define sz_xListDevicePropertiesReq             8
+#define sz_xListDevicePropertiesReply           32
+#define sz_xChangeDevicePropertyReq             20
+#define sz_xDeleteDevicePropertyReq             12
+#define sz_xGetDevicePropertyReq                24
+#define sz_xGetDevicePropertyReply              32
+
+#define INAME		"XInputExtension"
+
+#define XI_KEYBOARD	"KEYBOARD"
+#define XI_MOUSE	"MOUSE"
+#define XI_TABLET	"TABLET"
+#define XI_TOUCHSCREEN	"TOUCHSCREEN"
+#define XI_TOUCHPAD	"TOUCHPAD"
+#define XI_BARCODE	"BARCODE"
+#define XI_BUTTONBOX	"BUTTONBOX"
+#define XI_KNOB_BOX	"KNOB_BOX"
+#define XI_ONE_KNOB	"ONE_KNOB"
+#define XI_NINE_KNOB	"NINE_KNOB"
+#define XI_TRACKBALL	"TRACKBALL"
+#define XI_QUADRATURE	"QUADRATURE"
+#define XI_ID_MODULE	"ID_MODULE"
+#define XI_SPACEBALL	"SPACEBALL"
+#define XI_DATAGLOVE	"DATAGLOVE"
+#define XI_EYETRACKER	"EYETRACKER"
+#define XI_CURSORKEYS	"CURSORKEYS"
+#define XI_FOOTMOUSE	"FOOTMOUSE"
+#define XI_JOYSTICK	"JOYSTICK"
+
+/* Indices into the versions[] array (XExtInt.c). Used as a index to
+ * retrieve the minimum version of XI from _XiCheckExtInit */
+#define Dont_Check			0
+#define XInput_Initial_Release		1
+#define XInput_Add_XDeviceBell		2
+#define XInput_Add_XSetDeviceValuators	3
+#define XInput_Add_XChangeDeviceControl	4
+#define XInput_Add_DevicePresenceNotify	5
+#define XInput_Add_DeviceProperties	6
+/* DO NOT ADD TO HERE -> XI2 */
+
+#define XI_Absent		0
+#define XI_Present		1
+
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Major		1
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Minor		0
+
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Major		1
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Minor		1
+
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Major	1
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Minor	2
+
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Major	1
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Minor	3
+
+#define XI_Add_DevicePresenceNotify_Major	1
+#define XI_Add_DevicePresenceNotify_Minor	4
+
+#define XI_Add_DeviceProperties_Major		1
+#define XI_Add_DeviceProperties_Minor		5
+
+#define DEVICE_RESOLUTION	1
+#define DEVICE_ABS_CALIB        2
+#define DEVICE_CORE             3
+#define DEVICE_ENABLE           4
+#define DEVICE_ABS_AREA         5
+
+#define NoSuchExtension		1
+
+#define COUNT			0
+#define CREATE			1
+
+#define NewPointer		0
+#define NewKeyboard		1
+
+#define XPOINTER		0
+#define XKEYBOARD		1
+
+#define UseXKeyboard		0xFF
+
+#define IsXPointer		0
+#define IsXKeyboard		1
+#define IsXExtensionDevice	2
+#define IsXExtensionKeyboard    3
+#define IsXExtensionPointer     4
+
+#define AsyncThisDevice		0
+#define SyncThisDevice		1
+#define ReplayThisDevice	2
+#define AsyncOtherDevices	3
+#define AsyncAll		4
+#define SyncAll			5
+
+#define FollowKeyboard 		3
+#ifndef RevertToFollowKeyboard
+#define RevertToFollowKeyboard 	3
+#endif
+
+#define DvAccelNum              (1L << 0)
+#define DvAccelDenom            (1L << 1)
+#define DvThreshold             (1L << 2)
+
+#define DvKeyClickPercent	(1L<<0)
+#define DvPercent		(1L<<1)
+#define DvPitch			(1L<<2)
+#define DvDuration		(1L<<3)
+#define DvLed			(1L<<4)
+#define DvLedMode		(1L<<5)
+#define DvKey			(1L<<6)
+#define DvAutoRepeatMode	(1L<<7)
+
+#define DvString                (1L << 0)
+
+#define DvInteger               (1L << 0)
+
+#define DeviceMode              (1L << 0)
+#define Relative                0
+#define Absolute                1
+
+#define ProximityState          (1L << 1)
+#define InProximity             (0L << 1)
+#define OutOfProximity          (1L << 1)
+
+#define AddToList               0
+#define DeleteFromList          1
+
+#define KeyClass  		0
+#define ButtonClass  		1
+#define ValuatorClass  		2
+#define FeedbackClass  		3
+#define ProximityClass  	4
+#define FocusClass  		5
+#define OtherClass  		6
+#define AttachClass             7
+
+#define KbdFeedbackClass  	0
+#define PtrFeedbackClass  	1
+#define StringFeedbackClass  	2
+#define IntegerFeedbackClass  	3
+#define LedFeedbackClass  	4
+#define BellFeedbackClass  	5
+
+#define _devicePointerMotionHint 0
+#define _deviceButton1Motion	 1
+#define _deviceButton2Motion	 2
+#define _deviceButton3Motion	 3
+#define _deviceButton4Motion	 4
+#define _deviceButton5Motion	 5
+#define _deviceButtonMotion	 6
+#define _deviceButtonGrab	 7
+#define _deviceOwnerGrabButton	 8
+#define _noExtensionEvent	 9
+
+#define _devicePresence		 0
+
+#define _deviceEnter             0
+#define _deviceLeave             1
+
+/* Device presence notify states */
+#define DeviceAdded              0
+#define DeviceRemoved            1
+#define DeviceEnabled            2
+#define DeviceDisabled           3
+#define DeviceUnrecoverable      4
+#define DeviceControlChanged     5
+
+/* XI Errors */
+#define XI_BadDevice	0
+#define XI_BadEvent	1
+#define XI_BadMode	2
+#define XI_DeviceBusy	3
+#define XI_BadClass	4
+
+/*
+ * Make XEventClass be a CARD32 for 64 bit servers.  Don't affect client
+ * definition of XEventClass since that would be a library interface change.
+ * See the top of X.h for more _XSERVER64 magic.
+ *
+ * But, don't actually use the CARD32 type.  We can't get it defined here
+ * without polluting the namespace.
+ */
+#ifdef _XSERVER64
+typedef	unsigned int	XEventClass;
+#else
+typedef	unsigned long	XEventClass;
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension version structure.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+        int   	present;
+        short	major_version;
+        short	minor_version;
+} XExtensionVersion;
+
+#endif /* _XI_H_ */
diff --git a/XI2.h b/XI2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e864b06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/XI2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XI2_H_
+#define _XI2_H_
+
+#define XInput_2_0                              7
+/* DO NOT ADD TO THIS LIST. These are libXi-specific defines.
+   See commit libXi-1.4.2-21-ge8531dd */
+
+#define XI_2_Major                              2
+#define XI_2_Minor                              2
+
+/* Property event flags */
+#define XIPropertyDeleted                       0
+#define XIPropertyCreated                       1
+#define XIPropertyModified                      2
+
+/* Property modes */
+#define XIPropModeReplace                       0
+#define XIPropModePrepend                       1
+#define XIPropModeAppend                        2
+
+/* Special property type used for XIGetProperty */
+#define XIAnyPropertyType                       0L
+
+/* Enter/Leave and Focus In/Out modes */
+#define XINotifyNormal                          0
+#define XINotifyGrab                            1
+#define XINotifyUngrab                          2
+#define XINotifyWhileGrabbed                    3
+#define XINotifyPassiveGrab                     4
+#define XINotifyPassiveUngrab                   5
+
+/* Enter/Leave and focus In/out detail */
+#define XINotifyAncestor                        0
+#define XINotifyVirtual                         1
+#define XINotifyInferior                        2
+#define XINotifyNonlinear                       3
+#define XINotifyNonlinearVirtual                4
+#define XINotifyPointer                         5
+#define XINotifyPointerRoot                     6
+#define XINotifyDetailNone                      7
+
+/* Grab modes */
+#define XIGrabModeSync                          0
+#define XIGrabModeAsync                         1
+#define XIGrabModeTouch                         2
+
+/* Grab reply status codes */
+#define XIGrabSuccess                           0
+#define XIAlreadyGrabbed                        1
+#define XIGrabInvalidTime                       2
+#define XIGrabNotViewable                       3
+#define XIGrabFrozen                            4
+
+/* Grab owner events values */
+#define XIOwnerEvents                           True
+#define XINoOwnerEvents                         False
+
+/* Passive grab types */
+#define XIGrabtypeButton                        0
+#define XIGrabtypeKeycode                       1
+#define XIGrabtypeEnter                         2
+#define XIGrabtypeFocusIn                       3
+#define XIGrabtypeTouchBegin                    4
+
+/* Passive grab modifier */
+#define XIAnyModifier                           (1U << 31)
+#define XIAnyButton                             0
+#define XIAnyKeycode                            0
+
+/* XIAllowEvents event-modes */
+#define XIAsyncDevice                           0
+#define XISyncDevice                            1
+#define XIReplayDevice                          2
+#define XIAsyncPairedDevice                     3
+#define XIAsyncPair                             4
+#define XISyncPair                              5
+#define XIAcceptTouch                           6
+#define XIRejectTouch                           7
+
+/* DeviceChangedEvent change reasons */
+#define XISlaveSwitch                           1
+#define XIDeviceChange                          2
+
+/* Hierarchy flags */
+#define XIMasterAdded                           (1 << 0)
+#define XIMasterRemoved                         (1 << 1)
+#define XISlaveAdded                            (1 << 2)
+#define XISlaveRemoved                          (1 << 3)
+#define XISlaveAttached                         (1 << 4)
+#define XISlaveDetached                         (1 << 5)
+#define XIDeviceEnabled                         (1 << 6)
+#define XIDeviceDisabled                        (1 << 7)
+
+/* ChangeHierarchy constants */
+#define XIAddMaster                             1
+#define XIRemoveMaster                          2
+#define XIAttachSlave                           3
+#define XIDetachSlave                           4
+
+#define XIAttachToMaster                        1
+#define XIFloating                              2
+
+/* Valuator modes */
+#define XIModeRelative                          0
+#define XIModeAbsolute                          1
+
+/* Device types */
+#define XIMasterPointer                         1
+#define XIMasterKeyboard                        2
+#define XISlavePointer                          3
+#define XISlaveKeyboard                         4
+#define XIFloatingSlave                         5
+
+/* Device classes: classes that are not identical to Xi 1.x classes must be
+ * numbered starting from 8. */
+#define XIKeyClass                              0
+#define XIButtonClass                           1
+#define XIValuatorClass                         2
+#define XIScrollClass                           3
+#define XITouchClass                            8
+
+/* Scroll class types */
+#define XIScrollTypeVertical                    1
+#define XIScrollTypeHorizontal                  2
+
+/* Scroll class flags */
+#define XIScrollFlagNoEmulation                 (1 << 0)
+#define XIScrollFlagPreferred                   (1 << 1)
+
+/* Device event flags (common) */
+/* Device event flags (key events only) */
+#define XIKeyRepeat                             (1 << 16)
+/* Device event flags (pointer events only) */
+#define XIPointerEmulated                       (1 << 16)
+/* Device event flags (touch events only) */
+#define XITouchPendingEnd                       (1 << 16)
+#define XITouchEmulatingPointer                 (1 << 17)
+
+/* Touch modes */
+#define XIDirectTouch                           1
+#define XIDependentTouch                        2
+
+/* XI2 event mask macros */
+#define XISetMask(ptr, event)   (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] |=  (1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIClearMask(ptr, event) (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] &= ~(1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIMaskIsSet(ptr, event) (((unsigned char*)(ptr))[(event)>>3] &   (1 << ((event) & 7)))
+#define XIMaskLen(event)        (((event) >> 3) + 1)
+
+/* Fake device ID's for event selection */
+#define XIAllDevices                            0
+#define XIAllMasterDevices                      1
+
+/* Event types */
+#define XI_DeviceChanged                 1
+#define XI_KeyPress                      2
+#define XI_KeyRelease                    3
+#define XI_ButtonPress                   4
+#define XI_ButtonRelease                 5
+#define XI_Motion                        6
+#define XI_Enter                         7
+#define XI_Leave                         8
+#define XI_FocusIn                       9
+#define XI_FocusOut                      10
+#define XI_HierarchyChanged              11
+#define XI_PropertyEvent                 12
+#define XI_RawKeyPress                   13
+#define XI_RawKeyRelease                 14
+#define XI_RawButtonPress                15
+#define XI_RawButtonRelease              16
+#define XI_RawMotion                     17
+#define XI_TouchBegin                    18 /* XI 2.2 */
+#define XI_TouchUpdate                   19
+#define XI_TouchEnd                      20
+#define XI_TouchOwnership                21
+#define XI_RawTouchBegin                 22
+#define XI_RawTouchUpdate                23
+#define XI_RawTouchEnd                   24
+#define XI_LASTEVENT                     XI_RawTouchEnd
+/* NOTE: XI2LASTEVENT in xserver/include/inputstr.h must be the same value
+ * as XI_LASTEVENT if the server is supposed to handle masks etc. for this
+ * type of event. */
+
+/* Event masks.
+ * Note: the protocol spec defines a mask to be of (1 << type). Clients are
+ * free to create masks by bitshifting instead of using these defines.
+ */
+#define XI_DeviceChangedMask             (1 << XI_DeviceChanged)
+#define XI_KeyPressMask                  (1 << XI_KeyPress)
+#define XI_KeyReleaseMask                (1 << XI_KeyRelease)
+#define XI_ButtonPressMask               (1 << XI_ButtonPress)
+#define XI_ButtonReleaseMask             (1 << XI_ButtonRelease)
+#define XI_MotionMask                    (1 << XI_Motion)
+#define XI_EnterMask                     (1 << XI_Enter)
+#define XI_LeaveMask                     (1 << XI_Leave)
+#define XI_FocusInMask                   (1 << XI_FocusIn)
+#define XI_FocusOutMask                  (1 << XI_FocusOut)
+#define XI_HierarchyChangedMask          (1 << XI_HierarchyChanged)
+#define XI_PropertyEventMask             (1 << XI_PropertyEvent)
+#define XI_RawKeyPressMask               (1 << XI_RawKeyPress)
+#define XI_RawKeyReleaseMask             (1 << XI_RawKeyRelease)
+#define XI_RawButtonPressMask            (1 << XI_RawButtonPress)
+#define XI_RawButtonReleaseMask          (1 << XI_RawButtonRelease)
+#define XI_RawMotionMask                 (1 << XI_RawMotion)
+#define XI_TouchBeginMask                (1 << XI_TouchBegin)
+#define XI_TouchEndMask                  (1 << XI_TouchEnd)
+#define XI_TouchOwnershipChangedMask     (1 << XI_TouchOwnershipChanged)
+#define XI_TouchUpdateMask               (1 << XI_TouchUpdate)
+#define XI_RawTouchBeginMask             (1 << XI_RawTouchBegin)
+#define XI_RawTouchEndMask               (1 << XI_RawTouchEnd)
+#define XI_RawTouchUpdateMask            (1 << XI_RawTouchUpdate)
+
+#endif /* _XI2_H_ */
diff --git a/XI2proto.h b/XI2proto.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..733f923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/XI2proto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1044 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Conventions for this file:
+ * Names:
+ * structs: always typedef'd, prefixed with xXI, CamelCase
+ * struct members: lower_case_with_underscores
+ *        Exceptions: reqType, ReqType, repType, RepType, sequenceNumber are
+ *        named as such for historical reasons.
+ * request opcodes: X_XIRequestName as CamelCase
+ * defines: defines used in client applications must go in XI2.h
+ *          defines used only in protocol handling: XISOMENAME
+ *
+ * Data types: unless there is a historical name for a datatype (e.g.
+ * Window), use stdint types specifying the size of the datatype.
+ * historical data type names must be defined and undefined at the top and
+ * end of the file.
+ *
+ * General:
+ * spaces, not tabs.
+ * structs specific to a request or reply added before the request
+ *      definition. structs used in more than one request, reply or event
+ *      appended to the common structs section before the definition of the
+ *      first request.
+ * members of structs vertically aligned on column 16 if datatypes permit.
+ *      otherwise alingned on next available 8n column.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Protocol definitions for the XI2 protocol.
+ * This file should not be included by clients that merely use XI2, but do not
+ * need the wire protocol. Such clients should include XI2.h, or the matching
+ * header from the library.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef _XI2PROTO_H_
+#define _XI2PROTO_H_
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* make sure types have right sizes for protocol structures. */
+#define Window  uint32_t
+#define Time    uint32_t
+#define Atom    uint32_t
+#define Cursor  uint32_t
+
+/**
+ * XI2 Request opcodes
+ */
+#define X_XIQueryPointer                40
+#define X_XIWarpPointer                 41
+#define X_XIChangeCursor                42
+#define X_XIChangeHierarchy             43
+#define X_XISetClientPointer            44
+#define X_XIGetClientPointer            45
+#define X_XISelectEvents                46
+#define X_XIQueryVersion                47
+#define X_XIQueryDevice                 48
+#define X_XISetFocus                    49
+#define X_XIGetFocus                    50
+#define X_XIGrabDevice                  51
+#define X_XIUngrabDevice                52
+#define X_XIAllowEvents                 53
+#define X_XIPassiveGrabDevice           54
+#define X_XIPassiveUngrabDevice         55
+#define X_XIListProperties              56
+#define X_XIChangeProperty              57
+#define X_XIDeleteProperty              58
+#define X_XIGetProperty                 59
+#define X_XIGetSelectedEvents           60
+
+/** Number of XI requests */
+#define XI2REQUESTS (X_XIGetSelectedEvents - X_XIQueryPointer + 1)
+/** Number of XI2 events */
+#define XI2EVENTS   (XI_LASTEVENT + 1)
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                               COMMON STRUCTS                                      *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+/** Fixed point 16.16 */
+typedef int32_t FP1616;
+
+/** Fixed point 32.32 */
+typedef struct {
+    int32_t     integral;
+    uint32_t    frac;
+} FP3232;
+
+/**
+ * Struct to describe a device.
+ *
+ * For a MasterPointer or a MasterKeyboard, 'attachment' specifies the
+ * paired master device.
+ * For a SlaveKeyboard or SlavePointer, 'attachment' specifies the master
+ * device this device is attached to.
+ * For a FloatingSlave, 'attachment' is undefined.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    use;            /**< ::XIMasterPointer, ::XIMasterKeyboard,
+                                     ::XISlavePointer, ::XISlaveKeyboard,
+                                     ::XIFloatingSlave */
+    uint16_t    attachment;     /**< Current attachment or pairing.*/
+    uint16_t    num_classes;    /**< Number of classes following this struct. */
+    uint16_t    name_len;       /**< Length of name in bytes. */
+    uint8_t     enabled;        /**< TRUE if device is enabled. */
+    uint8_t     pad;
+} xXIDeviceInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Default template for a device class.
+ * A device class is equivalent to a device's capabilities. Multiple classes
+ * are supported per device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< One of *class */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXIAnyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes button capability on a device.
+ * Struct is followed by num_buttons * Atom that names the buttons in the
+ * device-native setup (i.e. ignoring button mappings).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always ButtonClass */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint16_t    num_buttons;    /**< Number of buttons provide */
+} xXIButtonInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes key capability on a device.
+ * Struct is followed by num_keys * CARD32 that lists the keycodes available
+ * on the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always KeyClass */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint16_t    num_keycodes;   /**< Number of keys provided */
+} xXIKeyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes an valuator capability on a device.
+ * One XIValuatorInfo describes exactly one valuator (axis) on the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always ValuatorClass       */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint16_t    number;         /**< Valuator number            */
+    Atom        label;          /**< Axis label                 */
+    FP3232      min;            /**< Min value                  */
+    FP3232      max;            /**< Max value                  */
+    FP3232      value;          /**< Last published value       */
+    uint32_t    resolution;     /**< Resolutions in units/m     */
+    uint8_t     mode;           /**< ModeRelative or ModeAbsolute */
+    uint8_t     pad1;
+    uint16_t    pad2;
+} xXIValuatorInfo;
+
+/***
+ * Denotes a scroll valuator on a device.
+ * One XIScrollInfo describes exactly one scroll valuator that must have a
+ * XIValuatorInfo struct.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always ValuatorClass         */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units       */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint16_t    number;         /**< Valuator number              */
+    uint16_t    scroll_type;    /**< ::XIScrollTypeVertical, ::XIScrollTypeHorizontal */
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    flags;          /**< ::XIScrollFlagEmulate, ::XIScrollFlagPreferred   */
+    FP3232      increment;      /**< Increment for one unit of scrolling              */
+} xXIScrollInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Denotes multitouch capability on a device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always TouchClass */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;       /**< source device for this class */
+    uint8_t     mode;           /**< DirectTouch or DependentTouch */
+    uint8_t     num_touches;    /**< Maximum number of touches (0==unlimited) */
+} xXITouchInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Used to select for events on a given window.
+ * Struct is followed by (mask_len * CARD8), with each bit set representing
+ * the event mask for the given type. A mask bit represents an event type if
+ * (mask == (1 << type)).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    deviceid;       /**< Device id to select for        */
+    uint16_t    mask_len;       /**< Length of mask in 4 byte units */
+} xXIEventMask;
+
+/**
+ * XKB modifier information.
+ * The effective modifier is a binary mask of base, latched, and locked
+ * modifiers.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint32_t    base_mods;              /**< Logically pressed modifiers */
+    uint32_t    latched_mods;           /**< Logically latched modifiers */
+    uint32_t    locked_mods;            /**< Logically locked modifiers */
+    uint32_t    effective_mods;         /**< Effective modifiers */
+} xXIModifierInfo;
+
+/**
+ * XKB group information.
+ * The effective group is the mathematical sum of base, latched, and locked
+ * group after group wrapping is taken into account.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     base_group;             /**< Logically "pressed" group */
+    uint8_t     latched_group;          /**< Logically latched group */
+    uint8_t     locked_group;           /**< Logically locked group */
+    uint8_t     effective_group;        /**< Effective group */
+} xXIGroupInfo;
+
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                                   REQUESTS                                        *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Query the server for the supported X Input extension version.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryVersion */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    major_version;
+    uint16_t    minor_version;
+} xXIQueryVersionReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryVersionReq                     8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< ::X_Reply */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryVersion */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    major_version;
+    uint16_t    minor_version;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIQueryVersionReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryVersionReply             32
+
+/**
+ * Query the server for information about a specific device or all input
+ * devices.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryDevice */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXIQueryDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryDeviceReq                    8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< ::X_Reply */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryDevice */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    num_devices;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIQueryDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryDeviceReply                  32
+
+/**
+ * Select for events on a given window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XISelectEvents */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+    uint16_t    num_masks;
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXISelectEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXISelectEventsReq                  12
+
+/**
+ * Query for selected events on a given window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGetSelectedEvents */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+} xXIGetSelectedEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetSelectedEventsReq              8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGetSelectedEvents */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    num_masks;              /**< Number of xXIEventMask structs
+                                             trailing the reply */
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIGetSelectedEventsReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetSelectedEventsReply            32
+
+/**
+ * Query the given device's screen/window coordinates.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryPointer */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIQueryPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIQueryPointerReq                   12
+
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIQueryPointer */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    Window      root;
+    Window      child;
+    FP1616      root_x;
+    FP1616      root_y;
+    FP1616      win_x;
+    FP1616      win_y;
+    uint8_t     same_screen;
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    buttons_len;
+    xXIModifierInfo mods;
+    xXIGroupInfo group;
+} xXIQueryPointerReply;
+#define sz_xXIQueryPointerReply                 56
+
+/**
+ * Warp the given device's pointer to the specified position.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIWarpPointer   */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      src_win;
+    Window      dst_win;
+    FP1616      src_x;
+    FP1616      src_y;
+    uint16_t    src_width;
+    uint16_t    src_height;
+    FP1616      dst_x;
+    FP1616      dst_y;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIWarpPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIWarpPointerReq                    36
+
+/**
+ * Change the given device's sprite to the given cursor.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIChangeCursor  */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+    Cursor      cursor;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIChangeCursorReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangeCursorReq                           16
+
+/**
+ * Modify the device hierarchy.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;                /**< Input extension major code */
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIChangeHierarchy */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint8_t     num_changes;
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIChangeHierarchyReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangeHierarchyReq                        8
+
+/**
+ * Generic header for any hierarchy change.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+} xXIAnyHierarchyChangeInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Create a new master device.
+ * Name of new master follows struct (4-byte padded)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;                   /**< Always ::XIAddMaster */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< 2 + (namelen + padding)/4 */
+    uint16_t    name_len;
+    uint8_t     send_core;
+    uint8_t     enable;
+} xXIAddMasterInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Delete a master device. Will automatically delete the master device paired
+ * with the given master device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;            /**< Always ::XIRemoveMaster */
+    uint16_t    length;          /**< 3 */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint8_t     return_mode;     /**< ::XIAttachToMaster, ::XIFloating */
+    uint8_t     pad;
+    uint16_t    return_pointer;  /**< Pointer to attach slave ptr devices to */
+    uint16_t    return_keyboard; /**< keyboard to attach slave keybd devices to*/
+} xXIRemoveMasterInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Attach an SD to a new device.
+ * NewMaster has to be of same type (pointer->pointer, keyboard->keyboard);
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always ::XIAttachSlave */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< 2 */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    new_master;     /**< id of new master device */
+} xXIAttachSlaveInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Detach an SD from its current master device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint16_t    type;           /**< Always ::XIDetachSlave */
+    uint16_t    length;         /**< 2 */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXIDetachSlaveInfo;
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the window/client's ClientPointer.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XISetClientPointer */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXISetClientPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXISetClientPointerReq                 12
+
+/**
+ * Query the given window/client's ClientPointer setting.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_GetClientPointer */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      win;
+} xXIGetClientPointerReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetClientPointerReq                 8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_GetClientPointer */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    BOOL        set;                    /**< client pointer is set? */
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIGetClientPointerReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetClientPointerReply               32
+
+/**
+ * Set the input focus to the specified window.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XISetFocus */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      focus;
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+} xXISetFocusReq;
+#define sz_xXISetFocusReq                       16
+
+/**
+ * Query the current input focus.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGetDeviceFocus */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+} xXIGetFocusReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetFocusReq                       8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGetFocus */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    Window      focus;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIGetFocusReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetFocusReply                     32
+
+
+/**
+ * Grab the given device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      grab_window;
+    Time        time;
+    Cursor      cursor;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint8_t     grab_mode;
+    uint8_t     paired_device_mode;
+    uint8_t     owner_events;
+    uint8_t     pad;
+    uint16_t    mask_len;
+} xXIGrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIGrabDeviceReq                     24
+
+/**
+ * Return codes from a XIPassiveGrabDevice request.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t    modifiers;              /**< Modifier state */
+    uint8_t     status;                 /**< Grab status code */
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIGrabModifierInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIGrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint8_t     status;
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+    uint32_t    pad6;
+} xXIGrabDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIGrabDeviceReply                  32
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab the specified device.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIUngrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXIUngrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIUngrabDeviceReq                   12
+
+
+/**
+ * Allow or replay events on the specified grabbed device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIAllowEvents */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint8_t     mode;
+    uint8_t     pad;
+} xXIAllowEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXIAllowEventsReq                   12
+
+/**
+ * Allow or replay events on the specified grabbed device.
+ * Since XI 2.2
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIAllowEvents */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint8_t     mode;
+    uint8_t     pad;
+    uint32_t    touchid;                /**< Since XI 2.2 */
+    Window      grab_window;            /**< Since XI 2.2 */
+} xXI2_2AllowEventsReq;
+#define sz_xXI2_2AllowEventsReq                20
+
+
+/**
+ * Passively grab the device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveGrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Time        time;
+    Window      grab_window;
+    Cursor      cursor;
+    uint32_t    detail;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    num_modifiers;
+    uint16_t    mask_len;
+    uint8_t     grab_type;
+    uint8_t     grab_mode;
+    uint8_t     paired_device_mode;
+    uint8_t     owner_events;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReq              32
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveGrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    num_modifiers;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+    uint32_t    pad6;
+} xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveGrabDeviceReply            32
+
+/**
+ * Delete a passive grab for the given device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIPassiveUngrabDevice */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    Window      grab_window;
+    uint32_t    detail;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    num_modifiers;
+    uint8_t     grab_type;
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+} xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq;
+#define sz_xXIPassiveUngrabDeviceReq            20
+
+/**
+ * List all device properties on the specified device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIListProperties */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad;
+} xXIListPropertiesReq;
+#define sz_xXIListPropertiesReq                 8
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always ::X_XIListProperties */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    num_properties;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+    uint32_t    pad4;
+    uint32_t    pad5;
+} xXIListPropertiesReply;
+#define sz_xXIListPropertiesReply               32
+
+/**
+ * Change a property on the specified device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always ::X_XIChangeProperty */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint8_t     mode;
+    uint8_t     format;
+    Atom        property;
+    Atom        type;
+    uint32_t    num_items;
+} xXIChangePropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIChangePropertyReq                 20
+
+/**
+ * Delete the specified property.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always X_XIDeleteProperty */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    Atom        property;
+} xXIDeletePropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIDeletePropertyReq                 12
+
+/**
+ * Query the specified property's values.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     reqType;
+    uint8_t     ReqType;                /**< Always X_XIGetProperty */
+    uint16_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    uint8_t     c_delete;
+#else
+    uint8_t     delete;
+#endif
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    Atom        property;
+    Atom        type;
+    uint32_t    offset;
+    uint32_t    len;
+} xXIGetPropertyReq;
+#define sz_xXIGetPropertyReq                    24
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t     repType;                /**< Input extension major opcode */
+    uint8_t     RepType;                /**< Always X_XIGetProperty */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    Atom        type;
+    uint32_t    bytes_after;
+    uint32_t    num_items;
+    uint8_t     format;
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+} xXIGetPropertyReply;
+#define sz_xXIGetPropertyReply               32
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                                      EVENTS                                       *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *************************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Generic XI2 event header. All XI2 events use the same header.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;
+    uint16_t    evtype;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+} xXIGenericDeviceEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Device hierarchy information.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    uint16_t    attachment;             /**< ID of master or paired device */
+    uint8_t     use;                    /**< ::XIMasterKeyboard,
+                                             ::XIMasterPointer,
+                                             ::XISlaveKeyboard,
+                                             ::XISlavePointer,
+                                             ::XIFloatingSlave */
+    BOOL        enabled;                /**< TRUE if the device is enabled */
+    uint16_t    pad;
+    uint32_t    flags;                  /**< ::XIMasterAdded, ::XIMasterRemoved,
+                                             ::XISlaveAttached, ::XISlaveDetached,
+                                             ::XISlaveAdded, ::XISlaveRemoved,
+                                             ::XIDeviceEnabled, ::XIDeviceDisabled */
+} xXIHierarchyInfo;
+
+/**
+ * The device hierarchy has been modified. This event includes the device
+ * hierarchy after the modification has been applied.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    evtype;                 /**< ::XI_Hierarchy */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+    uint32_t    flags;                  /**< ::XIMasterAdded, ::XIMasterDeleted,
+                                             ::XISlaveAttached, ::XISlaveDetached,
+                                             ::XISlaveAdded, ::XISlaveRemoved,
+                                             ::XIDeviceEnabled, ::XIDeviceDisabled */
+    uint16_t    num_info;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+} xXIHierarchyEvent;
+
+/**
+ * A device has changed capabilities.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    evtype;                 /**< XI_DeviceChanged */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;               /**< Device that has changed */
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    num_classes;            /**< Number of classes that have changed */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;               /**< Source of the new classes */
+    uint8_t     reason;                 /**< ::XISlaveSwitch, ::XIDeviceChange */
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+} xXIDeviceChangedEvent;
+
+/**
+ * The owner of a touch stream has passed on ownership to another client.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;               /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;          /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;             /**< Length in 4 byte units */
+    uint16_t    evtype;             /**< XI_TouchOwnership */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;           /**< Device that has changed */
+    Time        time;
+    uint32_t    touchid;
+    Window      root;
+    Window      event;
+    Window      child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    flags;
+    uint32_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+} xXITouchOwnershipEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Default input event for pointer, keyboard or touch input.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+    uint16_t    evtype;
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+    uint32_t    detail;                 /**< Keycode or button */
+    Window      root;
+    Window      event;
+    Window      child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+    FP1616      root_x;                 /**< Always screen coords, 16.16 fixed point */
+    FP1616      root_y;
+    FP1616      event_x;                /**< Always screen coords, 16.16 fixed point */
+    FP1616      event_y;
+    uint16_t    buttons_len;            /**< Len of button flags in 4 b units */
+    uint16_t    valuators_len;          /**< Len of val. flags in 4 b units */
+    uint16_t    sourceid;               /**< The source device */
+    uint16_t    pad0;
+    uint32_t    flags;                  /**< ::XIKeyRepeat */
+    xXIModifierInfo     mods;
+    xXIGroupInfo        group;
+} xXIDeviceEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * Sent when an input event is generated. RawEvents include valuator
+ * information in both device-specific data (i.e. unaccelerated) and
+ * processed data (i.e. accelerated, if applicable).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+    uint16_t    evtype;                 /**< ::XI_RawEvent */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+    uint32_t    detail;
+    uint16_t    sourceid;               /**< The source device (XI 2.1) */
+    uint16_t    valuators_len;          /**< Length of trailing valuator
+                                             mask in 4 byte units */
+    uint32_t    flags;                  /**< ::XIKeyRepeat */
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+} xXIRawEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Note that the layout of root, event, child, root_x, root_y, event_x,
+ * event_y must be identical to the xXIDeviceEvent.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+    uint16_t    evtype;                 /**< ::XI_Enter */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+    uint16_t    sourceid;
+    uint8_t     mode;
+    uint8_t     detail;
+    Window      root;
+    Window      event;
+    Window      child;
+/* └──────── 32 byte boundary ────────┘ */
+    FP1616      root_x;
+    FP1616      root_y;
+    FP1616      event_x;
+    FP1616      event_y;
+    BOOL        same_screen;
+    BOOL        focus;
+    uint16_t    buttons_len;            /**< Length of trailing button mask
+                                             in 4 byte units */
+    xXIModifierInfo     mods;
+    xXIGroupInfo        group;
+} xXIEnterEvent;
+
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXILeaveEvent;
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXIFocusInEvent;
+typedef xXIEnterEvent xXIFocusOutEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Sent when a device property is created, modified or deleted. Does not
+ * include property data, the client is required to query the data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t     type;                   /**< Always GenericEvent */
+    uint8_t     extension;              /**< XI extension offset */
+    uint16_t    sequenceNumber;
+    uint32_t    length;                 /**< Length in 4 byte uints */
+    uint16_t    evtype;                 /**< ::XI_PropertyEvent */
+    uint16_t    deviceid;
+    Time        time;
+    Atom        property;
+    uint8_t     what;                   /**< ::XIPropertyDeleted,
+                                             ::XIPropertyCreated,
+                                             ::XIPropertyMotified */
+    uint8_t     pad0;
+    uint16_t    pad1;
+    uint32_t    pad2;
+    uint32_t    pad3;
+} xXIPropertyEvent;
+
+
+#undef Window
+#undef Time
+#undef Atom
+#undef Cursor
+
+#endif /* _XI2PROTO_H_ */
diff --git a/XIproto.h b/XIproto.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e00ab61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/XIproto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1756 @@
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XIPROTO_H
+#define _XIPROTO_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* make sure types have right sizes for protocol structures. */
+#define Window CARD32
+#define Time CARD32
+#define KeyCode CARD8
+#define Mask CARD32
+#define Atom CARD32
+#define Cursor CARD32
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * number of events, errors, and extension name.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define MORE_EVENTS	0x80
+#define DEVICE_BITS	0x7F
+
+#define InputClassBits	0x3F	/* bits in mode field for input classes */
+#define ModeBitsShift	6	/* amount to shift the remaining bits   */
+
+#define numInputClasses 7
+
+#define IEVENTS         17       /* does NOT include generic events */
+#define IERRORS         5
+#define IREQUESTS       39
+
+#define CLIENT_REQ      1
+
+typedef struct  _XExtEventInfo
+    {
+    Mask	mask;
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE	word;
+    } XExtEventInfo;
+
+typedef unsigned char *Pointer;
+
+struct tmask
+    {
+    Mask	mask;
+    Pointer     dev;
+    };
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Event constants used by library.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define XI_DeviceValuator		0
+#define XI_DeviceKeyPress		1
+#define XI_DeviceKeyRelease		2
+#define XI_DeviceButtonPress		3
+#define XI_DeviceButtonRelease		4
+#define XI_DeviceMotionNotify		5
+#define XI_DeviceFocusIn		6
+#define XI_DeviceFocusOut		7
+#define XI_ProximityIn			8
+#define XI_ProximityOut			9
+#define XI_DeviceStateNotify		10
+#define XI_DeviceMappingNotify		11
+#define XI_ChangeDeviceNotify		12
+#define XI_DeviceKeystateNotify		13
+#define XI_DeviceButtonstateNotify	14
+#define XI_DevicePresenceNotify		15
+#define XI_DevicePropertyNotify         16
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Protocol request constants
+ *
+ */
+
+#define X_GetExtensionVersion		1
+#define X_ListInputDevices		2
+#define X_OpenDevice			3
+#define X_CloseDevice			4
+#define X_SetDeviceMode			5
+#define X_SelectExtensionEvent		6
+#define X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents	7
+#define X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList 8
+#define X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList	9
+#define X_GetDeviceMotionEvents		10
+#define X_ChangeKeyboardDevice		11
+#define X_ChangePointerDevice		12
+#define X_GrabDevice			13
+#define X_UngrabDevice			14
+#define X_GrabDeviceKey			15
+#define X_UngrabDeviceKey		16
+#define X_GrabDeviceButton		17
+#define X_UngrabDeviceButton		18
+#define X_AllowDeviceEvents		19
+#define X_GetDeviceFocus		20
+#define X_SetDeviceFocus		21
+#define X_GetFeedbackControl		22
+#define X_ChangeFeedbackControl		23
+#define X_GetDeviceKeyMapping		24
+#define X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping	25
+#define X_GetDeviceModifierMapping	26
+#define X_SetDeviceModifierMapping	27
+#define X_GetDeviceButtonMapping	28
+#define X_SetDeviceButtonMapping	29
+#define X_QueryDeviceState		30
+#define X_SendExtensionEvent		31
+#define X_DeviceBell			32
+#define X_SetDeviceValuators		33
+#define X_GetDeviceControl		34
+#define X_ChangeDeviceControl		35
+/* XI 1.5 */
+#define X_ListDeviceProperties          36
+#define X_ChangeDeviceProperty          37
+#define X_DeleteDeviceProperty          38
+#define X_GetDeviceProperty             39
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * Protocol request and reply structures.
+ *
+ * GetExtensionVersion.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;       /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;       /* always X_GetExtensionVersion */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD16	nbytes B16;
+    CARD8	pad1, pad2;
+} xGetExtensionVersionReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_GetExtensionVersion */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD16	major_version B16;
+    CARD16	minor_version B16;
+    BOOL	present;
+    CARD8	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+} xGetExtensionVersionReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ListInputDevices.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_ListInputDevices	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+} xListInputDevicesReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_ListInputDevices	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	ndevices;
+    CARD8	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xListInputDevicesReply;
+
+typedef struct _xDeviceInfo *xDeviceInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAnyClassinfo *xAnyClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAnyClassinfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    } xAnyClassInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xDeviceInfo {
+    CARD32	type B32;
+    CARD8	id;
+    CARD8	num_classes;
+    CARD8	use;      /* IsXPointer | IsXKeyboard | IsXExtension... */
+    CARD8	attached; /* id of master dev (if IsXExtension..) */
+    } xDeviceInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xKeyInfo *xKeyInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xKeyInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    KeyCode	min_keycode;
+    KeyCode	max_keycode;
+    CARD16	num_keys B16;
+    CARD8	pad1,pad2;
+    } xKeyInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xButtonInfo *xButtonInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xButtonInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    CARD16	num_buttons B16;
+    } xButtonInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xValuatorInfo *xValuatorInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xValuatorInfo {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    CARD8	num_axes;
+    CARD8	mode;
+    CARD32	motion_buffer_size B32;
+    } xValuatorInfo;
+
+typedef struct _xAxisInfo *xAxisInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _xAxisInfo {
+    CARD32	resolution B32;
+    CARD32	min_value B32;
+    CARD32	max_value B32;
+    } xAxisInfo;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * OpenDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_OpenDevice		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xOpenDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_OpenDevice		*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	num_classes;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad00 B32;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    } xOpenDeviceReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	event_type_base;
+    } xInputClassInfo;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * CloseDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_CloseDevice	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xCloseDeviceReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceMode.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_SetDeviceMode	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD8       mode;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xSetDeviceModeReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_SetDeviceMode	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xSetDeviceModeReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SelectExtensionEvent.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_SelectExtensionEvent */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	window B32;
+    CARD16	count B16;
+    CARD16	pad00 B16;
+} xSelectExtensionEventReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetSelectedExtensionEvent.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_GetSelectedExtensionEvents */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	window B32;
+} xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* GetSelectedExtensionEvents	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD16	this_client_count B16;
+    CARD16	all_clients_count B16;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	window B32;
+    CARD16	count B16;
+    CARD8	mode;
+    BYTE	pad;
+} xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceDontPropagateList.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_GetDeviceDontPropagateList */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	window B32;
+} xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* GetDeviceDontPropagateList   */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD16	count B16;
+    CARD16	pad00 B16;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    } xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceMotionEvents.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GetDeviceMotionEvents*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Time	start B32;
+    Time	stop B32;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GetDeviceMotionEvents  */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD32	nEvents B32;
+    CARD8	axes;
+    CARD8	mode;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+} xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeKeyboardDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_ChangeKeyboardDevice	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_ChangeKeyboardDevice*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;  /* 0 */
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    } xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangePointerDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_ChangePointerDevice	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	xaxis;
+    CARD8	yaxis;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1;
+} xChangePointerDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_ChangePointerDevice */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;  /* 0 */
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    } xChangePointerDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GrabDevice */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	grabWindow B32;
+    Time	time B32;
+    CARD16	event_count B16;
+    CARD8	this_device_mode;
+    CARD8	other_devices_mode;
+    BOOL	ownerEvents;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    CARD16	pad01 B16;
+} xGrabDeviceReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GrabDevice	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;  /* 0 */
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    } xGrabDeviceReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDevice.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_UnGrabDevice	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Time	time B32;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDeviceKey.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GrabDeviceKey	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	grabWindow B32;
+    CARD16	event_count B16;
+    CARD16	modifiers B16;
+    CARD8	modifier_device;
+    CARD8	grabbed_device;
+    CARD8	key;
+    BYTE	this_device_mode;
+    BYTE	other_devices_mode;
+    BOOL	ownerEvents;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xGrabDeviceKeyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDeviceKey.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_UngrabDeviceKey	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	grabWindow B32;
+    CARD16	modifiers B16;
+    CARD8	modifier_device;
+    CARD8	key;
+    CARD8	grabbed_device;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceKeyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GrabDeviceButton.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GrabDeviceButton	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	grabWindow B32;
+    CARD8	grabbed_device;
+    CARD8	modifier_device;
+    CARD16	event_count B16;
+    CARD16	modifiers B16;
+    BYTE	this_device_mode;
+    BYTE	other_devices_mode;
+    CARD8	button;
+    BOOL	ownerEvents;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xGrabDeviceButtonReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * UngrabDeviceButton.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_UngrabDeviceButton	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	grabWindow B32;
+    CARD16	modifiers B16;
+    CARD8	modifier_device;
+    CARD8	button;
+    CARD8	grabbed_device;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xUngrabDeviceButtonReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * AllowDeviceEvents.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_AllowDeviceEvents	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Time	time B32;
+    CARD8	mode;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xAllowDeviceEventsReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GetDeviceFocus	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceFocusReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GetDeviceFocus	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD32	focus B32;
+    Time	time B32;
+    CARD8	revertTo;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    } xGetDeviceFocusReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_SetDeviceFocus	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	focus B32;
+    Time	time B32;
+    CARD8	revertTo;
+    CARD8	device;
+    CARD16	pad01 B16;
+} xSetDeviceFocusReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetFeedbackControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_GetFeedbackControl	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetFeedbackControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GetFeedbackControl	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD16	num_feedbacks B16;
+    CARD16	pad01 B16;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    CARD32	pad06 B32;
+} xGetFeedbackControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+} xFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8   c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8   class;
+#endif
+    CARD8   id;
+    CARD16  length B16;
+    CARD16  pitch B16;
+    CARD16  duration B16;
+    CARD32  led_mask B32;
+    CARD32  led_values B32;
+    BOOL    global_auto_repeat;
+    CARD8   click;
+    CARD8   percent;
+    BYTE    pad;
+    BYTE    auto_repeats[32];
+} xKbdFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8   c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8   class;
+#endif
+    CARD8   id;
+    CARD16  length B16;
+    CARD8   pad1,pad2;
+    CARD16  accelNum B16;
+    CARD16  accelDenom B16;
+    CARD16  threshold B16;
+} xPtrFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD32	resolution B32;
+    INT32	min_value B32;
+    INT32	max_value B32;
+} xIntegerFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD16	max_symbols B16;
+    CARD16	num_syms_supported B16;
+} xStringFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD8	percent;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD16	pitch B16;
+    CARD16	duration B16;
+} xBellFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD32	led_mask B32;
+    CARD32	led_values B32;
+} xLedFeedbackState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeFeedbackControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_ChangeFeedbackControl	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD32	mask B32;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    CARD8	feedbackid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xChangeFeedbackControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+} xFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    KeyCode	key;
+    CARD8	auto_repeat_mode;
+    INT8	click;
+    INT8	percent;
+    INT16	pitch B16;
+    INT16	duration B16;
+    CARD32	led_mask B32;
+    CARD32	led_values B32;
+} xKbdFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD8	pad1,pad2;
+    INT16	num B16;
+    INT16	denom B16;
+    INT16	thresh B16;
+} xPtrFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    INT32	int_to_display B32;
+} xIntegerFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD8	pad1,pad2;
+    CARD16	num_keysyms B16;
+} xStringFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    INT8	percent;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    INT16	pitch B16;
+    INT16	duration B16;
+} xBellFeedbackCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;	/* feedback class id		*/
+#else
+    CARD8	class;		/* feedback class id		*/
+#endif
+    CARD8	id;		/* feedback id		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* feedback length		*/
+    CARD32	led_mask B32;
+    CARD32	led_values B32;
+} xLedFeedbackCtl;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceKeyMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_GetDeviceKeyMapping */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    KeyCode	firstKeyCode;
+    CARD8	count;
+    BYTE	pad1;
+} xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_GetDeviceKeyMapping */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	keySymsPerKeyCode;
+    CARD8	pad0;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+    CARD32	pad2 B32;
+    CARD32	pad3 B32;
+    CARD32	pad4 B32;
+    CARD32	pad5 B32;
+    CARD32	pad6 B32;
+} xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceKeyMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_ChangeDeviceKeyMapping */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    KeyCode	firstKeyCode;
+    CARD8	keySymsPerKeyCode;
+    CARD8	keyCodes;
+} xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceModifierMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_GetDeviceModifierMapping */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GetDeviceModifierMapping */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	numKeyPerModifier;
+    CARD8	pad0;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+    CARD32	pad2 B32;
+    CARD32	pad3 B32;
+    CARD32	pad4 B32;
+    CARD32	pad5 B32;
+    CARD32	pad6 B32;
+} xGetDeviceModifierMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceModifierMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;        /* input extension major code   */
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_SetDeviceModifierMapping */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    CARD8	numKeyPerModifier;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+} xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_SetDeviceModifierMapping */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	success;
+    CARD8	pad0;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+    CARD32	pad2 B32;
+    CARD32	pad3 B32;
+    CARD32	pad4 B32;
+    CARD32	pad5 B32;
+    CARD32	pad6 B32;
+} xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceButtonMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_GetDeviceButtonMapping     */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;        /* always X_GetDeviceButtonMapping */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	nElts;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceButtonMapping.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* X_SetDeviceButtonMapping     */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    CARD8	map_length;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+} xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;		/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_SetDeviceButtonMapping */
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad0;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+    CARD32	pad2 B32;
+    CARD32	pad3 B32;
+    CARD32	pad4 B32;
+    CARD32	pad5 B32;
+    CARD32	pad6 B32;
+} xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * QueryDeviceState.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_QueryDeviceState */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+} xQueryDeviceStateReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;		/* X_Reply */
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_QueryDeviceState	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	num_classes;
+    BYTE	pad0;
+    CARD16	pad1 B16;
+    CARD32	pad2 B32;
+    CARD32	pad3 B32;
+    CARD32	pad4 B32;
+    CARD32	pad5 B32;
+    CARD32	pad6 B32;
+} xQueryDeviceStateReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    CARD8	num_keys;
+    BYTE	pad1;
+    CARD8	keys[32];
+} xKeyState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    CARD8	num_buttons;
+    BYTE	pad1;
+    CARD8	buttons[32];
+} xButtonState;
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    CARD8	c_class;
+#else
+    CARD8	class;
+#endif
+    CARD8	length;
+    CARD8	num_valuators;
+    CARD8	mode;
+} xValuatorState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SendExtensionEvent.
+ * THIS REQUEST MUST BE KEPT A MULTIPLE OF 8 BYTES IN LENGTH!
+ * MORE EVENTS MAY FOLLOW AND THEY MUST BE QUAD-ALIGNED!
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_SendExtensionEvent */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    Window	destination B32;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    BOOL	propagate;
+    CARD16	count B16;
+    CARD8	num_events;
+    BYTE	pad1,pad2,pad3;
+} xSendExtensionEventReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceBell.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;
+    CARD8	ReqType;        /* always X_DeviceBell */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8	deviceid;
+    CARD8	feedbackid;
+    CARD8	feedbackclass;
+    INT8	percent;
+} xDeviceBellReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * SetDeviceValuators.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_SetDeviceValuators	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD8       first_valuator;
+    CARD8       num_valuators;
+    BYTE	pad1;
+} xSetDeviceValuatorsReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_SetDeviceValuators	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xSetDeviceValuatorsReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_GetDeviceControl	*/
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD16      control B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad2;
+} xGetDeviceControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_GetDeviceControl	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xGetDeviceControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16	control B16;	/* control type		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* control length		*/
+} xDeviceState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16	control B16;		/* control type		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;		/* control length		*/
+    CARD32	num_valuators B32;	/* number of valuators		*/
+} xDeviceResolutionState;
+
+typedef struct {
+     CARD16         control B16;
+     CARD16         length B16;
+     INT32          min_x B32;
+     INT32          max_x B32;
+     INT32          min_y B32;
+     INT32          max_y B32;
+     CARD32         flip_x B32;
+     CARD32         flip_y B32;
+     CARD32         rotation B32;
+     CARD32         button_threshold B32;
+} xDeviceAbsCalibState;
+
+typedef struct {
+     CARD16         control B16;
+     CARD16         length B16;
+     CARD32         offset_x B32;
+     CARD32         offset_y B32;
+     CARD32         width B32;
+     CARD32         height B32;
+     CARD32         screen B32;
+     CARD32         following B32;
+} xDeviceAbsAreaState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16      control B16;            /* control type                 */
+    CARD16      length  B16;            /* control length               */
+    CARD8       status;
+    CARD8       iscore;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceCoreState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16      control B16;            /* control type                 */
+    CARD16      length  B16;            /* control length               */
+    CARD8       enable;
+    CARD8       pad0;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceEnableState;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceControl.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	reqType;	/* input extension major code	*/
+    CARD8	ReqType;	/* always X_ChangeDeviceControl */
+    CARD16	length B16;
+    CARD16      control B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    BYTE        pad0;
+} xChangeDeviceControlReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8	repType;	/* X_Reply			*/
+    CARD8	RepType;	/* always X_ChangeDeviceControl	*/
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32	length B32;
+    CARD8	status;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+} xChangeDeviceControlReply;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16	control B16;	/* control type		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;	/* control length		*/
+} xDeviceCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16	control B16;		/* control type		*/
+    CARD16	length B16;		/* control length		*/
+    CARD8	first_valuator;		/* first valuator to change     */
+    CARD8	num_valuators;		/* number of valuators to change*/
+    CARD8	pad1,pad2;
+} xDeviceResolutionCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+     CARD16         control B16;
+     CARD16         length B16;
+     INT32          min_x;
+     INT32          max_x;
+     INT32          min_y;
+     INT32          max_y;
+     CARD32         flip_x;
+     CARD32         flip_y;
+     CARD32         rotation;
+     CARD32         button_threshold;
+} xDeviceAbsCalibCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+     CARD16         control B16;
+     CARD16         length B16;
+     CARD32         offset_x;
+     CARD32         offset_y;
+     INT32          width;
+     INT32          height;
+     INT32          screen;
+     CARD32         following;
+} xDeviceAbsAreaCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16          control B16;
+    CARD16          length  B16;
+    CARD8           status;
+    CARD8           pad0;
+    CARD16          pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceCoreCtl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD16          control B16;
+    CARD16          length  B16;
+    CARD8           enable;
+    CARD8           pad0;
+    CARD16          pad1 B16;
+} xDeviceEnableCtl;
+
+/* XI 1.5 */
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ListDeviceProperties.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       reqType;        /* input extension major opcode */
+    CARD8       ReqType;        /* always X_ListDeviceProperties */
+    CARD16      length B16;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD8       pad0;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+} xListDevicePropertiesReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       repType;        /* X_Reply                       */
+    CARD8       RepType;        /* always X_ListDeviceProperties */
+    CARD16      sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32      length B32;
+    CARD16      nAtoms B16;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+    CARD32      pad2 B32;
+    CARD32      pad3 B32;
+    CARD32      pad4 B32;
+    CARD32      pad5 B32;
+    CARD32      pad6 B32;
+} xListDevicePropertiesReply;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       reqType;        /* input extension major opcode */
+    CARD8       ReqType;        /* always X_ChangeDeviceProperty */
+    CARD16      length B16;
+    Atom        property B32;
+    Atom        type B32;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD8       format;
+    CARD8       mode;
+    CARD8       pad;
+    CARD32      nUnits B32;
+} xChangeDevicePropertyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeleteDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       reqType;        /* input extension major opcode */
+    CARD8       ReqType;        /* always X_DeleteDeviceProperty */
+    CARD16      length B16;
+    Atom        property B32;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD8       pad0;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+} xDeleteDevicePropertyReq;
+
+/*********************************************************
+ *
+ * GetDeviceProperty.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       reqType;        /* input extension major opcode */
+    CARD8       ReqType;        /* always X_GetDeviceProperty */
+    CARD16      length B16;
+    Atom        property B32;
+    Atom        type B32;
+    CARD32      longOffset B32;
+    CARD32      longLength B32;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+    BOOL        c_delete;
+#else
+    BOOL        delete;
+#endif
+    CARD16      pad;
+} xGetDevicePropertyReq;
+
+typedef struct {
+    CARD8       repType;        /* X_Reply                        */
+    CARD8       RepType;        /* always X_GetDeviceProperty   */
+    CARD16      sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32      length B32;
+    Atom        propertyType B32;
+    CARD32      bytesAfter B32;
+    CARD32      nItems B32;
+    CARD8       format;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD16      pad1 B16;
+    CARD32      pad2 B32;
+    CARD32      pad3 B32;
+} xGetDevicePropertyReply;
+
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * Input extension events.
+ *
+ * DeviceValuator
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    KeyButMask  device_state B16;
+    CARD8	num_valuators;
+    CARD8       first_valuator;
+    INT32	valuator0 B32;
+    INT32	valuator1 B32;
+    INT32	valuator2 B32;
+    INT32	valuator3 B32;
+    INT32	valuator4 B32;
+    INT32	valuator5 B32;
+    }  deviceValuator;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceKeyButtonPointer.
+ *
+ * Used for: DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease,
+ *	     DeviceButtonPress, DeviceButtonRelease,
+ *	     ProximityIn, ProximityOut
+ *	     DeviceMotionNotify,
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        detail;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    Time        time B32;
+    Window      root B32;
+    Window      event B32;
+    Window      child B32;
+    INT16       root_x B16;
+    INT16       root_y B16;
+    INT16       event_x B16;
+    INT16       event_y B16;
+    KeyButMask  state B16;
+    BOOL        same_screen;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    }  deviceKeyButtonPointer;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceFocus.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        detail;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    Time        time B32;
+    Window      window B32;
+    BYTE	mode;
+    CARD8       deviceid;
+    BYTE	pad1, pad2;
+    CARD32	pad00 B32;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    }  deviceFocus;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceStateNotify.
+ *
+ * Note that the two high-order bits in the classes_reported
+ * field are the proximity state (InProximity or OutOfProximity),
+ * and the device mode (Absolute or Relative), respectively.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    Time        time B32;
+    CARD8	num_keys;
+    CARD8	num_buttons;
+    CARD8	num_valuators;
+    CARD8       classes_reported;
+    CARD8       buttons[4];
+    CARD8       keys[4];
+    INT32	valuator0 B32;
+    INT32	valuator1 B32;
+    INT32	valuator2 B32;
+    }  deviceStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceKeyStateNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD8       keys[28];
+    }  deviceKeyStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceButtonStateNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD8       buttons[28];
+    }  deviceButtonStateNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceMappingNotify.
+ * Fields must be kept in sync with core mappingnotify event.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD8       request;
+    KeyCode     firstKeyCode;
+    CARD8       count;
+    BYTE        pad1;
+    Time        time B32;
+    CARD32	pad00 B32;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    }  deviceMappingNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    Time        time B32;
+    CARD8       request;
+    BYTE        pad1, pad2, pad3;
+    CARD32	pad00 B32;
+    CARD32	pad01 B32;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    }  changeDeviceNotify;
+
+/**********************************************************
+ *
+ * devicePresenceNotify.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE	type;
+    BYTE        pad00;
+    CARD16	sequenceNumber B16;
+    Time        time B32;
+    BYTE        devchange; /* Device{Added|Removed|Enabled|Disabled|ControlChanged} */
+    BYTE        deviceid;
+    CARD16      control B16;
+    CARD32	pad02 B32;
+    CARD32	pad03 B32;
+    CARD32	pad04 B32;
+    CARD32	pad05 B32;
+    CARD32	pad06 B32;
+    }  devicePresenceNotify;
+
+
+/*********************************************************
+ * DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+ *
+ * Sent whenever a device's property changes.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    BYTE        type;
+    BYTE        state;               /* NewValue or Deleted */
+    CARD16      sequenceNumber B16;
+    CARD32      time B32;
+    Atom        atom B32;            /* affected property */
+    CARD32      pad0 B32;
+    CARD32      pad1 B32;
+    CARD32      pad2 B32;
+    CARD32      pad3 B32;
+    CARD16      pad5 B16;
+    CARD8       pad4;
+    CARD8       deviceid;            /* id of device */
+    } devicePropertyNotify;
+
+#undef Window
+#undef Time
+#undef KeyCode
+#undef Mask
+#undef Atom
+#undef Cursor
+
+#endif
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2bdc71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,2725 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68.
+You have another version of autoconf.  It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
+
+# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config.            -*- Autoconf -*-
+# serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24)
+# 
+# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant .
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
+# ----------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
+[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
+m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+	AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+	_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
+	if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+		PKG_CONFIG=""
+	fi
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+
+# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists.  Similar
+# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
+#
+# Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+# only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
+# it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
+# have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
+    AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
+  m4_default([$2], [:])
+m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
+  $3])dnl
+fi])
+
+# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
+# ---------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
+[if test -n "$$1"; then
+    pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
+ elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+    PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
+                     [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`],
+		     [pkg_failed=yes])
+ else
+    pkg_failed=untried
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_CONFIG
+
+# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+# -----------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
+        _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
+else
+        _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+
+
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
+# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+#
+# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
+# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
+#
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+
+pkg_failed=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
+
+m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
+and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
+See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
+
+if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
+   	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+        _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+        if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
+	        $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+        else 
+	        $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+        fi
+	# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
+	echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+	m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
+[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
+
+$$1_PKG_ERRORS
+
+Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
+installed software in a non-standard prefix.
+
+_PKG_TEXT])
+        ])
+elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
+     	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+	m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
+[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old.  Make sure it
+is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
+path to pkg-config.
+
+_PKG_TEXT
+
+To get pkg-config, see .])
+        ])
+else
+	$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
+	$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	$3
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+
+dnl xorg-macros.m4.  Generated from xorg-macros.m4.in xorgversion.m4 by configure.
+dnl
+dnl Copyright (c) 2005, 2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+dnl 
+dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+dnl
+dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+dnl Software.
+dnl
+dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(required-version)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# If you're using a macro added in Version 1.1 or newer, include this in
+# your configure.ac with the minimum required version, such as:
+# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
+#
+# To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
+# m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+#     [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+#
+#
+# See the "minimum version" comment for each macro you use to see what 
+# version you require.
+m4_defun([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],[
+m4_define([vers_have], [1.15.0])
+m4_define([maj_have], m4_substr(vers_have, 0, m4_index(vers_have, [.])))
+m4_define([maj_needed], m4_substr([$1], 0, m4_index([$1], [.])))
+m4_if(m4_cmp(maj_have, maj_needed), 0,,
+    [m4_fatal([xorg-macros major version ]maj_needed[ is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
+m4_if(m4_version_compare(vers_have, [$1]), -1,
+    [m4_fatal([xorg-macros version $1 or higher is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
+m4_undefine([vers_have])
+m4_undefine([maj_have])
+m4_undefine([maj_needed])
+]) # XORG_MACROS_VERSION
+
+# XORG_PROG_RAWCPP()
+# ------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Find cpp program and necessary flags for use in pre-processing text files
+# such as man pages and config files
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_PROG_RAWCPP],[
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
+AC_PATH_PROGS(RAWCPP, [cpp], [${CPP}], 
+   [$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib])
+
+# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined,
+# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most
+# of the ones we need for now.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -undef])
+AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp redefine unix ?]])])
+if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+	if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+		RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	# under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef
+	elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
+		RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi"
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, with -ansi])
+	else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef.  I don't know what to do.])
+	fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -traditional])
+AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp preserve   "whitespace"?]])])
+if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+	if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve   \"'` -eq 1 ; then
+		RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional"
+		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+	else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional.  I don't know what to do.])
+	fi
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+AC_SUBST(RAWCPPFLAGS)
+]) # XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
+
+# XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS()
+# -----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Determine which sections man pages go in for the different man page types
+# on this OS - replaces *ManSuffix settings in old Imake *.cf per-os files.
+# Not sure if there's any better way than just hardcoding by OS name.
+# Override default settings by setting environment variables
+# Added MAN_SUBSTS in version 1.8
+# Added AC_PROG_SED in version 1.8
+
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS],[
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])
+
+if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
+fi
+if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
+fi
+if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
+	*)		FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
+	*)		MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
+	*)		DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
+	*)		ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+
+AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX])
+AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_DIR])
+AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_DIR])
+
+XORG_MAN_PAGE="X Version 11"
+AC_SUBST([XORG_MAN_PAGE])
+MAN_SUBSTS="\
+	-e 's|__vendorversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+	-e 's|__xorgversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+	-e 's|__xservername__|Xorg|g' \
+	-e 's|__xconfigfile__|xorg.conf|g' \
+	-e 's|__projectroot__|\$(prefix)|g' \
+	-e 's|__apploaddir__|\$(appdefaultdir)|g' \
+	-e 's|__appmansuffix__|\$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__drivermansuffix__|\$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__adminmansuffix__|\$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__libmansuffix__|\$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__miscmansuffix__|\$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__filemansuffix__|\$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g'"
+AC_SUBST([MAN_SUBSTS])
+
+]) # XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS([MIN-VERSION])
+# ------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.7.0
+#
+# Defines the variable XORG_SGML_PATH containing the location of X11/defs.ent
+# provided by xorg-sgml-doctools, if installed.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS],[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X.Org SGML entities m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])])
+XORG_SGML_PATH=
+PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([xorg-sgml-doctools m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])],
+    [XORG_SGML_PATH=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=sgmlrootdir xorg-sgml-doctools`],
+    [m4_ifval([$1],[:],
+        [if test x"$cross_compiling" != x"yes" ; then
+            AC_CHECK_FILE([$prefix/share/sgml/X11/defs.ent],
+                          [XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml])
+         fi])
+    ])
+
+# Define variables STYLESHEET_SRCDIR and XSL_STYLESHEET containing
+# the path and the name of the doc stylesheet
+if test "x$XORG_SGML_PATH" != "x" ; then
+   AC_MSG_RESULT([$XORG_SGML_PATH])
+   STYLESHEET_SRCDIR=$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11
+   XSL_STYLESHEET=$STYLESHEET_SRCDIR/xorg.xsl
+else
+   AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(XORG_SGML_PATH)
+AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)
+AC_SUBST(XSL_STYLESHEET)
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_STYLESHEETS], [test "x$XSL_STYLESHEET" != "x"])
+]) # XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Defines the variable MAKE_TEXT if the necessary tools and
+# files are found. $(MAKE_TEXT) blah.sgml will then produce blah.txt.
+# Whether or not the necessary tools and files are found can be checked
+# with the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_LINUXDOC"
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF])
+
+AC_PATH_PROG(LINUXDOC, linuxdoc)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
+
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$LINUXDOC != x ; then
+   BUILDDOC=yes
+else
+   BUILDDOC=no
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_LINUXDOC, [test x$BUILDDOC = xyes])
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build pdf documentation])
+
+if test x$have_ps2pdf != xno && test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
+   BUILDPDFDOC=yes
+else
+   BUILDPDFDOC=no
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
+
+MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH GROFF_NO_SGR=y $LINUXDOC -B txt -f"
+MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B latex --papersize=letter --output=ps"
+MAKE_PDF="$PS2PDF"
+MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC  -B html --split=0"
+
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
+]) # XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
+
+# XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Checks for the ability to build output formats from SGML DocBook source.
+# For XXX in {TXT, PDF, PS, HTML}, the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_XXXDOC"
+# indicates whether the necessary tools and files are found and, if set,
+# $(MAKE_XXX) blah.sgml will produce blah.xxx.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
+
+BUILDTXTDOC=no
+BUILDPDFDOC=no
+BUILDPSDOC=no
+BUILDHTMLDOC=no
+
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPS, docbook2ps)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPDF, docbook2pdf)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKHTML, docbook2html)
+AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKTXT, docbook2txt)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build text documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKTXT != x &&
+   test x$BUILD_TXTDOC != xno; then
+	BUILDTXTDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_TXTDOC, [test x$BUILDTXTDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDTXTDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PDF documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPDF != x &&
+   test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
+	BUILDPDFDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PostScript documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPS != x &&
+   test x$BUILD_PSDOC != xno; then
+	BUILDPSDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PSDOC, [test x$BUILDPSDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPSDOC])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build HTML documentation])
+if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKHTML != x &&
+   test x$BUILD_HTMLDOC != xno; then
+	BUILDHTMLDOC=yes
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_HTMLDOC, [test x$BUILDHTMLDOC = xyes])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDHTMLDOC])
+
+MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKTXT"
+MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPS"
+MAKE_PDF="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPDF"
+MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKHTML"
+
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
+]) # XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
+
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-xmlto option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the xmlto package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-xmlto assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_XMLTO: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# XMLTO:	returns the path of the xmlto program found
+#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-xmlto:	'yes' user instructs the module to use xmlto
+#		'no' user instructs the module not to use xmlto
+#
+# Added in version 1.10.0
+# HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT: used in makefiles to conditionally generate text documentation
+#                  xmlto for text output requires either lynx, links, or w3m browsers
+#
+# If the user sets the value of XMLTO, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XMLTO],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([XMLTO], [Path to xmlto command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(xmlto,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xmlto],
+	   [Use xmlto to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_xmlto=$withval], [use_xmlto=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_xmlto" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
+   if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_xmlto=no
+   else
+        have_xmlto=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
+   if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto=yes specified but xmlto not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_xmlto=yes
+elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$XMLTO" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XMLTO environment variable since --with-xmlto=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_xmlto=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# Test for a minimum version of xmlto, if provided.
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_xmlto" = yes; then
+    # scrape the xmlto version
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([the xmlto version])
+    xmlto_version=`$XMLTO --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$xmlto_version])
+    AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$xmlto_version], [$1],
+        [if test "x$use_xmlto" = xauto; then
+            AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
+            have_xmlto=no
+        else
+            AC_MSG_ERROR([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
+        fi])
+fi])
+
+# Test for the ability of xmlto to generate a text target
+have_xmlto_text=no
+cat > conftest.xml << "EOF"
+EOF
+AS_IF([test "$have_xmlto" = yes],
+      [AS_IF([$XMLTO --skip-validation txt conftest.xml >/dev/null 2>&1],
+             [have_xmlto_text=yes],
+             [AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto cannot generate text format, this format skipped])])])
+rm -f conftest.xml
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT], [test $have_xmlto_text = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO], [test "$have_xmlto" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_XMLTO
+
+# XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.12.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.12.0
+#
+# XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations) is a declarative,
+# XML-based language used for the transformation of XML documents.
+# The xsltproc command line tool is for applying XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
+# It is used under the cover by xmlto to generate html files from DocBook/XML.
+# The XSLT processor is often used as a standalone tool for transformations.
+# It should not be assumed that this tool is used only to work with documnetation.
+# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-xsltproc assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_XSLTPROC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# XSLTPROC:	 returns the path of the xsltproc program found
+#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-xsltproc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xsltproc
+#		  'no' user instructs the module not to use xsltproc
+# have_xsltproc: returns yes if xsltproc found in PATH or no
+#
+# If the user sets the value of XSLTPROC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([XSLTPROC], [Path to xsltproc command])
+# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
+m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for xsltproc MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(xsltproc,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xsltproc],
+	   [Use xsltproc for the transformation of XML documents (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_xsltproc=$withval], [use_xsltproc=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+   if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([xsltproc not found - cannot transform XML documents])
+	have_xsltproc=no
+   else
+        have_xsltproc=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+   if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc=yes specified but xsltproc not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_xsltproc=yes
+elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$XSLTPROC" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XSLTPROC environment variable since --with-xsltproc=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_xsltproc=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XSLTPROC], [test "$have_xsltproc" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC
+
+# XORG_WITH_PERL([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.15.0
+#
+# PERL (Practical Extraction and Report Language) is a language optimized for
+# scanning arbitrary text files, extracting information from those text files,
+# and printing reports based on that information.
+#
+# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-perl assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_PERL: used in makefiles to conditionally scan text files
+# PERL:	     returns the path of the perl program found
+#	     returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-perl: 'yes' user instructs the module to use perl
+#	       'no' user instructs the module not to use perl
+# have_perl: returns yes if perl found in PATH or no
+#
+# If the user sets the value of PERL, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PERL],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([PERL], [Path to perl command])
+# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
+m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for perl MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(perl,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-perl],
+	   [Use perl for extracting information from files (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_perl=$withval], [use_perl=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_perl" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
+   if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([perl not found - cannot extract information and report])
+	have_perl=no
+   else
+        have_perl=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_perl" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
+   if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl=yes specified but perl not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_perl=yes
+elif test "x$use_perl" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$PERL" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PERL environment variable since --with-perl=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_perl=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PERL], [test "$have_perl" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_PERL
+
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-asciidoc option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the asciidoc package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-asciidoc assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_ASCIIDOC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# ASCIIDOC:	 returns the path of the asciidoc program found
+#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-asciidoc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use asciidoc
+#		  'no' user instructs the module not to use asciidoc
+#
+# If the user sets the value of ASCIIDOC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([ASCIIDOC], [Path to asciidoc command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(asciidoc,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-asciidoc],
+	   [Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_asciidoc=$withval], [use_asciidoc=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_asciidoc=no
+   else
+        have_asciidoc=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_asciidoc=yes
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_asciidoc=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+    # scrape the asciidoc version
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([the asciidoc version])
+    asciidoc_version=`$ASCIIDOC --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$asciidoc_version])
+    AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$asciidoc_version], [$1],
+        [if test "x$use_asciidoc" = xauto; then
+            AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
+            have_asciidoc=no
+        else
+            AC_MSG_ERROR([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
+        fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_ASCIIDOC], [test "$have_asciidoc" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.5.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-doxygen option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the doxygen package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-doxygen assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_DOXYGEN: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# DOXYGEN:	 returns the path of the doxygen program found
+#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-doxygen: 'yes' user instructs the module to use doxygen
+#		  'no' user instructs the module not to use doxygen
+#
+# If the user sets the value of DOXYGEN, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([DOXYGEN], [Path to doxygen command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(doxygen,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-doxygen],
+	   [Use doxygen to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_doxygen=$withval], [use_doxygen=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_doxygen" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
+   if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_doxygen=no
+   else
+        have_doxygen=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
+   if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen=yes specified but doxygen not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_doxygen=yes
+elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring DOXYGEN environment variable since --with-doxygen=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_doxygen=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_doxygen" = yes; then
+    # scrape the doxygen version
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([the doxygen version])
+    doxygen_version=`$DOXYGEN --version 2>/dev/null`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$doxygen_version])
+    AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$doxygen_version], [$1],
+        [if test "x$use_doxygen" = xauto; then
+            AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
+            have_doxygen=no
+        else
+            AC_MSG_ERROR([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
+        fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], [test "$have_doxygen" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN
+
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-groff option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the groff package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-groff assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_GROFF:	 used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# HAVE_GROFF_MM: the memorandum macros (-mm) package
+# HAVE_GROFF_MS: the -ms macros package
+# GROFF:	 returns the path of the groff program found
+#		 returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-groff:	 'yes' user instructs the module to use groff
+#		 'no' user instructs the module not to use groff
+#
+# Added in version 1.9.0:
+# HAVE_GROFF_HTML: groff has dependencies to output HTML format:
+#		   pnmcut pnmcrop pnmtopng pnmtops from the netpbm package.
+#		   psselect from the psutils package.
+#		   the ghostcript package. Refer to the grohtml man pages
+#
+# If the user sets the value of GROFF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+# OS and distros often splits groff in a basic and full package, the former
+# having the groff program and the later having devices, fonts and macros
+# Checking for the groff executable is not enough.
+#
+# If macros are missing, we cannot assume that groff is useless, so we don't
+# unset HAVE_GROFF or GROFF env variables.
+# HAVE_GROFF_?? can never be true while HAVE_GROFF is false.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GROFF],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([GROFF], [Path to groff command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(groff,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-groff],
+	   [Use groff to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_groff=$withval], [use_groff=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_groff" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
+   if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([groff not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_groff=no
+   else
+        have_groff=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_groff" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
+   if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff=yes specified but groff not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_groff=yes
+elif test "x$use_groff" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$GROFF" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring GROFF environment variable since --with-groff=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_groff=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# We have groff, test for the presence of the macro packages
+if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -ms macros])
+    if ${GROFF} -ms -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+        groff_ms_works=yes
+    else
+        groff_ms_works=no
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_ms_works])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -mm macros])
+    if ${GROFF} -mm -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+        groff_mm_works=yes
+    else
+        groff_mm_works=no
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_mm_works])
+fi
+
+# We have groff, test for HTML dependencies, one command per package
+if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROGS(GS_PATH, [gs gswin32c])
+   AC_PATH_PROG(PNMTOPNG_PATH, [pnmtopng])
+   AC_PATH_PROG(PSSELECT_PATH, [psselect])
+   if test "x$GS_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PNMTOPNG_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PSSELECT_PATH" != "x"; then
+      have_groff_html=yes
+   else
+      have_groff_html=no
+      AC_MSG_WARN([grohtml dependencies not found - HTML Documentation skipped. Refer to grohtml man pages])
+   fi
+fi
+
+# Set Automake conditionals for Makefiles
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF], [test "$have_groff" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MS], [test "$groff_ms_works" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MM], [test "$groff_mm_works" = yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_HTML], [test "$have_groff_html" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_GROFF
+
+# XORG_WITH_FOP([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+# Minimum version for optional MIN-VERSION argument: 1.15.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-fop option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the fop package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-fop assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_FOP: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# FOP:	 	returns the path of the fop program found
+#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-fop: 	'yes' user instructs the module to use fop
+#		'no' user instructs the module not to use fop
+#
+# If the user sets the value of FOP, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_FOP],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([FOP], [Path to fop command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(fop,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fop],
+	   [Use fop to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_fop=$withval], [use_fop=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_fop" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
+   if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([fop not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_fop=no
+   else
+        have_fop=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_fop" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
+   if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop=yes specified but fop not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_fop=yes
+elif test "x$use_fop" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$FOP" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring FOP environment variable since --with-fop=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_fop=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+
+# Test for a minimum version of fop, if provided.
+m4_ifval([$1],
+[if test "$have_fop" = yes; then
+    # scrape the fop version
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fop minimum version])
+    fop_version=`$FOP -version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$fop_version])
+    AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$fop_version], [$1],
+        [if test "x$use_fop" = xauto; then
+            AC_MSG_WARN([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
+            have_fop=no
+        else
+            AC_MSG_ERROR([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
+        fi])
+fi])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_FOP], [test "$have_fop" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_FOP
+
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
+# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
+# the --with-ps2pdf option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
+# as whether or not to use the ps2pdf package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
+# --with-ps2pdf assumes 'auto'.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_PS2PDF: 	used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# PS2PDF:	returns the path of the ps2pdf program found
+#		returns the path set by the user in the environment
+# --with-ps2pdf: 'yes' user instructs the module to use ps2pdf
+#		 'no' user instructs the module not to use ps2pdf
+#
+# If the user sets the value of PS2PDF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF],[
+AC_ARG_VAR([PS2PDF], [Path to ps2pdf command])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(ps2pdf,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ps2pdf],
+	   [Use ps2pdf to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	   [use_ps2pdf=$withval], [use_ps2pdf=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+if test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"auto"; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
+   if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_WARN([ps2pdf not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
+	have_ps2pdf=no
+   else
+        have_ps2pdf=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
+   if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf=yes specified but ps2pdf not found in PATH])
+   fi
+   have_ps2pdf=yes
+elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$PS2PDF" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PS2PDF environment variable since --with-ps2pdf=no was specified])
+   fi
+   have_ps2pdf=no
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf expects 'yes' or 'no'])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PS2PDF], [test "$have_ps2pdf" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_PS2PDF
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_DOCS (enable_docs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
+# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a builder to skip all
+# documentation targets except traditional man pages.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_DOCS: 	  used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
+# --enable-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate docs
+#		 'no' user instructs the module not to generate docs
+# parm1:	specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DOCS],[
+m4_define([docs_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(docs,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-docs],
+	   [Enable building the documentation (default: ]docs_default[)]),
+	   [build_docs=$enableval], [build_docs=]docs_default)
+m4_undefine([docs_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DOCS, [test x$build_docs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_docs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS (enable_devel_docs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to skip all developer documentation.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS:	used in makefiles to conditionally generate developer docs
+# --enable-devel-docs:	'yes' user instructs the module to generate developer docs
+#			'no' user instructs the module not to generate developer docs
+# parm1:		specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS],[
+m4_define([devel_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(devel-docs,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-devel-docs],
+	   [Enable building the developer documentation (default: ]devel_default[)]),
+	   [build_devel_docs=$enableval], [build_devel_docs=]devel_default)
+m4_undefine([devel_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS, [test x$build_devel_docs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build developer documentation])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_devel_docs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_SPECS (enable_specs=yes)
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.6.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to skip all functional specification targets.
+# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
+# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
+# Refer to:
+# XORG_WITH_XMLTO         --with-xmlto
+# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC      --with-asciidoc
+# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN       --with-doxygen
+# XORG_WITH_FOP           --with-fop
+# XORG_WITH_GROFF         --with-groff
+# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF        --with-ps2pdf
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_SPECS:		used in makefiles to conditionally generate specs
+# --enable-specs:	'yes' user instructs the module to generate specs
+#			'no' user instructs the module not to generate specs
+# parm1:		specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_SPECS],[
+m4_define([spec_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(specs,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-specs],
+	   [Enable building the specs (default: ]spec_default[)]),
+	   [build_specs=$enableval], [build_specs=]spec_default)
+m4_undefine([spec_default])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SPECS, [test x$build_specs = xyes])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build functional specifications])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_specs])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
+
+# XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS (enable_unit_tests=auto)
+# ----------------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# This macro enables a builder to enable/disable unit testing
+# It makes no assumption about the test cases implementation
+# Test cases may or may not use Automake "Support for test suites"
+# They may or may not use the software utility library GLib
+#
+# When used in conjunction with XORG_WITH_GLIB, use both AM_CONDITIONAL
+# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS and HAVE_GLIB. Not all unit tests may use glib.
+# The variable enable_unit_tests is used by other macros in this file.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS:	used in makefiles to conditionally build tests
+# enable_unit_tests:    used in configure.ac for additional configuration
+# --enable-unit-tests:	'yes' user instructs the module to build tests
+#			'no' user instructs the module not to build tests
+# parm1:		specify the default value, yes or no.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS],[
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_WITH_GLIB])
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_LD_WRAP])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(unit-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-unit-tests],
+	[Enable building unit test cases (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	[enable_unit_tests=$enableval], [enable_unit_tests=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, [test "x$enable_unit_tests" != xno])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build unit test cases])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_unit_tests])
+]) # XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
+
+# XORG_WITH_GLIB([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# GLib is a library which provides advanced data structures and functions.
+# This macro enables a module to test for the presence of Glib.
+#
+# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed GLib is used for unit testing.
+# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# HAVE_GLIB: used in makefiles to conditionally build targets
+# with_glib: used in configure.ac to know if GLib has been found
+# --with-glib:	'yes' user instructs the module to use glib
+#		'no' user instructs the module not to use glib
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GLIB],[
+AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-glib],
+	[Use GLib library for unit testing (default: ]_defopt[)]),
+	[with_glib=$withval], [with_glib=]_defopt)
+m4_undefine([_defopt])
+
+have_glib=no
+# Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled unit testing
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" != x"no"; then
+  # Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled it
+  if test "x$with_glib" != x"no"; then
+    m4_ifval(
+      [$1],
+      [PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0 >= $1], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])],
+      [PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])]
+    )
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Not having GLib when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes"; then
+  if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Having unit testing disabled when GLib has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"no"; then
+  if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Not having GLib when it has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
+  if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-glib=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
+  fi
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GLIB], [test "$have_glib" = yes])
+]) # XORG_WITH_GLIB
+
+# XORG_LD_WRAP
+# ------------
+# Minimum version: 1.13.0
+#
+# Check if linker supports -wrap, passed via compiler flags
+#
+# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed -wrap is used for unit testing.
+# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_LD_WRAP],[
+XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS([-Wl,-wrap,exit],[have_ld_wrap=yes],[have_ld_wrap=no])
+# Not having ld wrap when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
+if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes"; then
+  if test "x$have_ld_wrap" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but ld -wrap support is not available])
+  fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LD_WRAP], [test "$have_ld_wrap" = yes])
+#
+]) # XORG_LD_WRAP
+
+# XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
+# -----------------------
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+#   XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS(FLAGS, [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+#   Check whether the given linker FLAGS work with the current language's
+#   linker, or whether they give an error.
+#
+#   ACTION-SUCCESS/ACTION-FAILURE are shell commands to execute on
+#   success/failure.
+#
+#   NOTE: Based on AX_CHECK_COMPILER_FLAGS.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2009 Mike Frysinger 
+#   Copyright (c) 2009 Steven G. Johnson 
+#   Copyright (c) 2009 Matteo Frigo
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#   Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+#   option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+#   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
+#   Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#   with this program. If not, see .
+#
+#   As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
+#   gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
+#   scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
+#   need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
+#   or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
+#   Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
+#   all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
+#
+#   This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
+#   Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
+#   modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
+#   exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the linker accepts $1])
+dnl Some hackery here since AC_CACHE_VAL can't handle a non-literal varname:
+AS_LITERAL_IF([$1],
+  [AC_CACHE_VAL(AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1]), [
+      ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+      LDFLAGS="$1"
+      AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
+        AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
+        AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
+      LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])],
+  [ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+   LDFLAGS="$1"
+   AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
+     eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
+     eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
+   LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])
+eval xorg_check_linker_flags=$AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($xorg_check_linker_flags)
+if test "x$xorg_check_linker_flags" = xyes; then
+	m4_default([$2], :)
+else
+	m4_default([$3], :)
+fi
+]) # XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
+
+# XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
+# ----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.0.0
+#
+# Defines {MALLOC,XMALLOC,XTMALLOC}_ZERO_CFLAGS appropriately if
+# malloc(0) returns NULL.  Packages should add one of these cflags to
+# their AM_CFLAGS (or other appropriate *_CFLAGS) to use them.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO],[
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(malloc0returnsnull,
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-malloc0returnsnull],
+		       [malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)]),
+	[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval],
+	[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether malloc(0) returns NULL])
+if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then
+	AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+#include 
+],[
+    char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p;
+    m0 = malloc(0);
+    p = malloc(10);
+    r0 = realloc(p,0);
+    c0 = calloc(0,10);
+    exit((m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0) ? 0 : 1);
+])],
+		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes],
+		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no],
+		[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL])
+
+if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then
+	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL"
+	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
+	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC"
+else
+	MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+	XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+	XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST([MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
+]) # XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
+
+# XORG_WITH_LINT()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# This macro enables the use of a tool that flags some suspicious and
+# non-portable constructs (likely to be bugs) in C language source code.
+# It will attempt to locate the tool and use appropriate options.
+# There are various lint type tools on different platforms.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# LINT:		returns the path to the tool found on the platform
+#		or the value set to LINT on the configure cmd line
+#		also an Automake conditional
+# LINT_FLAGS:	an Automake variable with appropriate flags
+#
+# --with-lint:	'yes' user instructs the module to use lint
+#		'no' user instructs the module not to use lint (default)
+#
+# If the user sets the value of LINT, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
+# If the user sets the value of LINT_FLAGS, they are used verbatim.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_LINT],[
+
+AC_ARG_VAR([LINT], [Path to a lint-style command])
+AC_ARG_VAR([LINT_FLAGS], [Flags for the lint-style command])
+AC_ARG_WITH(lint, [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-lint],
+		[Use a lint-style source code checker (default: disabled)])],
+		[use_lint=$withval], [use_lint=no])
+
+# Obtain platform specific info like program name and options
+# The lint program on FreeBSD and NetBSD is different from the one on Solaris
+case $host_os in
+  *linux* | *openbsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | darwin* | cygwin*)
+	lint_name=splint
+	lint_options="-badflag"
+	;;
+  *freebsd* | *netbsd*)
+	lint_name=lint
+	lint_options="-u -b"
+	;;
+  *solaris*)
+	lint_name=lint
+	lint_options="-u -b -h -erroff=E_INDISTING_FROM_TRUNC2"
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Test for the presence of the program (either guessed by the code or spelled out by the user)
+if test "x$use_lint" = x"yes" ; then
+   AC_PATH_PROG([LINT], [$lint_name])
+   if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint=yes specified but lint-style tool not found in PATH])
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_lint" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$LINT" != "x"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring LINT environment variable since --with-lint=no was specified])
+   fi
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint expects 'yes' or 'no'. Use LINT variable to specify path.])
+fi
+
+# User supplied flags override default flags
+if test "x$LINT_FLAGS" != "x"; then
+   lint_options=$LINT_FLAGS
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST([LINT_FLAGS],[$lint_options])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(LINT, [test "x$LINT" != x])
+
+]) # XORG_WITH_LINT
+
+# XORG_LINT_LIBRARY(LIBNAME)
+# --------------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.1.0
+#
+# Sets up flags for building lint libraries for checking programs that call
+# functions in the library.
+#
+# Interface to module:
+# LINTLIB		- Automake variable with the name of lint library file to make
+# MAKE_LINT_LIB		- Automake conditional
+#
+# --enable-lint-library:  - 'yes' user instructs the module to created a lint library
+#			  - 'no' user instructs the module not to create a lint library (default)
+
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_LINT_LIBRARY],[
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_LINT])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(lint-library, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-lint-library],
+	[Create lint library (default: disabled)])],
+	[make_lint_lib=$enableval], [make_lint_lib=no])
+
+if test "x$make_lint_lib" = x"yes" ; then
+   LINTLIB=llib-l$1.ln
+   if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot make lint library without --with-lint])
+   fi
+elif test "x$make_lint_lib" != x"no" ; then
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-lint-library expects 'yes' or 'no'.])
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(LINTLIB)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_LINT_LIB, [test x$make_lint_lib != xno])
+
+]) # XORG_LINT_LIBRARY
+
+# XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
+# -------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.14.0
+#
+# Checks for various brands of compilers and sets flags as appropriate:
+#   GNU gcc - relies on AC_PROG_CC (via AC_PROG_CC_C99) to set GCC to "yes"
+#   clang compiler - sets CLANGCC to "yes"
+#   Intel compiler - sets INTELCC to "yes"
+#   Sun/Oracle Solaris Studio cc - sets SUNCC to "yes"
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__clang__], [CLANGCC="yes"], [CLANGCC="no"])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__INTEL_COMPILER], [INTELCC="yes"], [INTELCC="no"])
+AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
+]) # XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
+
+# XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+# ---------------
+# Minimum version: 1.2.0
+#
+# Defines CWARNFLAGS to enable C compiler warnings.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CWARNFLAGS], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
+if  test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+    CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
+-Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
+-Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
+    case `$CC -dumpversion` in
+    3.4.* | 4.*)
+	CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
+	;;
+    esac
+else
+    if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+	CWARNFLAGS="-v"
+    fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CWARNFLAGS)
+]) # XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+
+# XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+# -----------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.3.0
+#
+# Add configure option to enable strict compilation flags, such as treating
+# warnings as fatal errors.
+# If --enable-strict-compilation is passed to configure, adds strict flags to
+# $CWARNFLAGS.
+#
+# Starting in 1.14.0 also exports $STRICT_CFLAGS for use in other tests or
+# when strict compilation is unconditionally desired.
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_STRICT_OPTION], [
+# If the module's configure.ac calls AC_PROG_CC later on, CC gets set to C89
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
+AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CWARNFLAGS])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-compilation,
+			  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-compilation],
+			  [Enable all warnings from compiler and make them errors (default: disabled)]),
+			  [STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval], [STRICT_COMPILE=no])
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
+    # Add -Werror=attributes if supported (gcc 4.2 & later)
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $CC supports -Werror=attributes])
+    save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([return 0;])],
+		      [STRICT_CFLAGS="$STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+		       AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
+		      [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
+    CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
+elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
+fi
+if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
+    CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
+fi
+AC_SUBST([STRICT_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([CWARNFLAGS])
+]) # XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+
+# XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+# --------------------
+# Minimum version: 1.3.0
+#
+# Defines default options for X.Org modules.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+XORG_CWARNFLAGS
+XORG_STRICT_OPTION
+XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
+XORG_CHANGELOG
+XORG_INSTALL
+XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
+m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])],
+    [AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY], [1])])
+]) # XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+
+# XORG_INSTALL()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.4.0
+#
+# Defines the variable INSTALL_CMD as the command to copy
+# INSTALL from $prefix/share/util-macros.
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_INSTALL], [
+AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
+INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
+echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_CMD])
+]) # XORG_INSTALL
+dnl Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc
+dnl
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+dnl documentation.
+dnl
+dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+dnl in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+dnl
+dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+dnl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+dnl IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+dnl OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+dnl ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+dnl OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+dnl
+dnl Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holders shall
+dnl not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+dnl other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+dnl from the copyright holders.
+dnl
+
+# XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
+# --------------------
+# Defines PACKAGE_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,PATCHLEVEL} for modules to use.
+ 
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_RELEASE_VERSION],[
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR],
+		[`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`],
+		[Major version of this package])
+	PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
+	if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
+		PVM="0"
+	fi
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR],
+		[$PVM],
+		[Minor version of this package])
+	PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
+	if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
+		PVP="0"
+	fi
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL],
+		[$PVP],
+		[Patch version of this package])
+])
+
+# XORG_CHANGELOG()
+# ----------------
+# Minimum version: 1.2.0
+#
+# Defines the variable CHANGELOG_CMD as the command to generate
+# ChangeLog from git.
+#
+#
+AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHANGELOG], [
+CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
+AC_SUBST([CHANGELOG_CMD])
+]) # XORG_CHANGELOG
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[am__api_version='1.11'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version.  Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
+      [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
+])
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too.  Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND                                         -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'.  In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory.  The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run.  This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+#          a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir.  In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir.  That would be:
+#   am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+#   MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH.  The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL                                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 9
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ ifelse([$1], [TRUE],  [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+	[$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
+m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
+if $2; then
+  $1_TRUE=
+  $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+  $1_TRUE='#'
+  $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 10
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery.  Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+ifelse([$1], CC,   [depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], CXX,  [depcc="$CXX"  am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+       [$1], UPC,  [depcc="$UPC"  am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], GCJ,  [depcc="$GCJ"  am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+                   [depcc="$$1"   am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+               [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  m4_case([$1], [CC],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac],
+    [CXX],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac])
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
+[  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
+  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking.              -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+#serial 5
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[{
+  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+      AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled.  FIXME.  This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+     [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+     [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake.                             -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 16
+
+# This macro actually does too much.  Some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things.  But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out.  PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition.  After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names.  We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
+m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
+  [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+	      [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+			     [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
+])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
+dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen.  This macro
+dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
+[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+  [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
+])
+
+dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion.  Do not
+dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
+dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
+m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated.  The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg=$1
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+  case $_am_header in
+    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+      break ;;
+    * )
+      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+  esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot.  For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.         -*- Autoconf -*-
+# From Jim Meyering
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
+# ----------------------------------
+# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
+# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally.
+# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well.  Anyway, the user
+# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
+[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
+       [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])],
+       [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])],
+       [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])
+        m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
+  dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
+[  --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode  am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful
+			  (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
+      [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
+      [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
+  MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+  AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl
+]
+)
+
+AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes.	            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="\""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use.  -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# ---------------
+# Check for `mkdir -p'.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p.  We now use MKDIR_P,
+dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
+dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
+dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
+dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
+dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
+dnl MKDIR_P).
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
+case $mkdir_p in
+  [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
+  */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling.                     -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME.  Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.    -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+   fi
+   rm -f conftest.file
+   if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+      && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+   fi
+
+   test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 1
+
+# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
+# --------------------------
+# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
+# (`yes' being less verbose, `no' or empty being verbose).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules],
+[  --enable-silent-rules          less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
+  --disable-silent-rules         verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')])
+case $enable_silent_rules in
+yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+no)  AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+*)   AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# ---------------------
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries.  This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
+# This macro is traced by Automake.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
+
+# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball.                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+#     tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+#     $(am__untar) < result.tar
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+     [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
+     [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
+              [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
+# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
+for _am_tool in $_am_tools
+do
+  case $_am_tool in
+  gnutar)
+    for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
+    do
+      AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+    done
+    am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+    am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+    ;;
+  plaintar)
+    # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+    # ustar tarball either.
+    (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+    am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+    am__untar='tar xf -'
+    ;;
+  pax)
+    am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+    am__untar='pax -r'
+    ;;
+  cpio)
+    am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+    am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+    am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+    ;;
+  none)
+    am__tar=false
+    am__tar_=false
+    am__untar=false
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  # If the value was cached, stop now.  We just wanted to have am__tar
+  # and am__untar set.
+  test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+  # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+  AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  if test -s conftest.tar; then
+    AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break
+  fi
+done
+rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..da83314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1561 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-04-27'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner .
+# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to ."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+	  fi ;
+	done ;
+	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+	fi
+	;;
+ ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+	        os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac
+	# The OS release
+	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+	    Debian*)
+		release='-gnu'
+		;;
+	    *)
+		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+	exit ;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+	*4.0)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+		;;
+	*5.*)
+	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
+	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
+	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+	    "EV4 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV5 (21164)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+	    "EV6 (21264)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+	    "EV7 (21364)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+	esac
+	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	exit ;;
+    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+	# of the specific Alpha model?
+	echo alpha-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	echo i370-ibm-openedition
+	exit ;;
+    *:z/VM:*:*)
+	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS400:*:*)
+        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+	exit ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+	echo arm-unknown-riscos
+	exit ;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	exit ;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+	echo sparc-icl-nx6
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	SUN_ARCH="i386"
+	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+	# This test works for both compilers.
+	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+	case "`/bin/arch`" in
+	    sun3)
+		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	    sun4)
+		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    m68k:machten:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include   /* for printf() prototype */
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+	then
+	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+	    then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    fi
+	else
+	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+ 	exit ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit ;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i*86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:AIX:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+		#include 
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+		then
+			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+		else
+			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		fi
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:[456])
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
+	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
+                        esac ;;
+                    esac
+		fi
+		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+		    eval $set_cc_for_build
+		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+              #include 
+              #include 
+
+              int main ()
+              {
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+              #endif
+                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+                  switch (cpu)
+              	{
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+              	    switch (bits)
+              		{
+              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              		} break;
+              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              #endif
+              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	}
+                  exit (0);
+              }
+EOF
+		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+		fi ;;
+	esac
+	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+	then
+	    eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+	    #
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+	    then
+		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+	    else
+		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include 
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	exit ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+        exit ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+        exit ;;
+    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    pc98)
+		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    amd64)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    *)
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    i*:windows32*:*)
+    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    i*:PW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+	exit ;;
+    *:Interix*:[3456]*)
+    	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    x86)
+		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    IA64)
+		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+	exit ;;
+    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+	echo i586-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+	exit ;;
+    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	# the GNU system
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU/*:*:*)
+	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Minix:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+	exit ;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+	then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    mips:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips
+	#undef mipsel
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mipsel
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+	;;
+    mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips64
+	#undef mips64el
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mips64el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips64
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+	;;
+    or32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:Linux:*:*)
+	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+        esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    padre:Linux:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+	# Look for CPU level
+	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+	exit ;;
+    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    sh*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    vax:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+	# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+	ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+			 | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
+				    s/.*supported targets: *//
+				    s/ .*//
+				    p'`
+        case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+	  elf32-i386)
+		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+		;;
+	  a.out-i386-linux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit ;;
+	  "")
+		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+		# one that does not give us useful --help.
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+		exit ;;
+	esac
+	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include 
+	#ifdef __ELF__
+	# ifdef __GLIBC__
+	#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#  else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	#  endif
+	# else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	# endif
+	#else
+	#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnuaout
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	#ifdef __dietlibc__
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^LIBC/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+		exit
+	}
+	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
+	;;
+    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+	# sysname and nodename.
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+        # number series starting with 2...
+        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
+        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+	# is probably installed.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:atheos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    pc:*:*:*)
+	# Left here for compatibility:
+        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
+	# this is a cross-build.
+	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+        exit ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-mach3
+	exit ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+	echo m68k-diab-dnix
+	exit ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+	OS_REL='.3'
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+                      # says 
+        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+        exit ;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes .
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    *:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+	echo mips-sony-newsos6
+	exit ;;
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        exit ;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-be-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-apple-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-haiku
+	exit ;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Darwin:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	echo i386-pc-qnx
+	exit ;;
+    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+	exit ;;
+    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Plan9:*:*)
+	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+	# operating systems.
+	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+	else
+	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+	exit ;;
+    *:TENEX:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+	exit ;;
+    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:ITS:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-its
+	exit ;;
+    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:DragonFly:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:*VMS:*:*)
+    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+	echo i386-pc-xenix
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:skyos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:rdos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:AROS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
+	exit ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <
+# include 
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include 
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+          "4"
+#else
+	  ""
+#endif
+         ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  if (version < 4)
+    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  else
+    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+    struct utsname un;
+
+    uname(&un);
+
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+#  include 
+#  if defined (BSD)
+#   if BSD == 43
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+#   else
+#    if BSD == 199006
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+#    else
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  else
+    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#  endif
+# else
+    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+    c1*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c2*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    c34*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c38*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c4*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a39437d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1686 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-04-17'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to ."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo $1
+       exit ;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=-vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusos*)
+		os=-chorusos
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+ 	-chorusrdb)
+ 		os=-chorusrdb
+		basic_machine=$1
+ 		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=-sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-udk*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	1750a | 580 \
+	| a29k \
+	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+	| am33_2.0 \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+	| bfin \
+	| c4x | clipper \
+	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+	| fido | fr30 | frv \
+	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| lm32 \
+	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
+	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+	| mips16 \
+	| mips64 | mips64el \
+	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| moxie \
+	| mt \
+	| msp430 \
+	| nios | nios2 \
+	| ns16k | ns32k \
+	| or32 \
+	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+	| pyramid \
+	| score \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh64 | sh64le \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+	| spu | strongarm \
+	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+	| v850 | v850e \
+	| we32k \
+	| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k | z80)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
+
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i*86 | x86_64)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	580-* \
+	| a29k-* \
+	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+	| elxsi-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
+	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| lm32-* \
+	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+	| mips16-* \
+	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
+	| msp430-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| orion-* \
+	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+	| pyramid-* \
+	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
+	| tron-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+	| we32k-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
+	| ymp-* \
+	| z8k-* | z80-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+	xtensa*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	a29khif)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+    	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
+	adobe68k)
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amd64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		;;
+	amigaos | amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	apollo68bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	aros)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	blackfin)
+		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	blackfin-*)
+		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	c90)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+        cegcc)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-cegcc
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | j90)
+		basic_machine=j90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	cr16)
+		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
+	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+		basic_machine=cris-axis
+		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dicos)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	go32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	h8300xray)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	hppaosf)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	hppro)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
+	i*86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i*86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i*86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i*86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	i386mach)
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	m68knommu)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m68knommu-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	mingw32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	mingw32ce)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-mingw32ce
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	monitor)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	morphos)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		os=-morphos
+		;;
+	msdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
+	mvs)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	netwinder)
+		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	necv70)
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	mon960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
+	nonstopux)
+		basic_machine=mips-compaq
+		os=-nonstopux
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	nsr-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
+		basic_machine=or32-unknown
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	parisc)
+		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	parisc-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+	pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentium4)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+		;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	pw32)
+		basic_machine=i586-unknown
+		os=-pw32
+		;;
+	rdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
+	rom68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	s390 | s390-*)
+		basic_machine=s390-ibm
+		;;
+	s390x | s390x-*)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		;;
+	sa29200)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	sb1)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+		;;
+	sb1el)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+		;;
+	sde)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	sei)
+		basic_machine=mips-sei
+		os=-seiux
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sh5el)
+		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+		;;
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	st2000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	sv1)
+		basic_machine=sv1-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	t3e)
+		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	t90)
+		basic_machine=t90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	tic54x | c54x*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x | c55x*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x | c6x*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tile*)
+		basic_machine=tile-unknown
+		os=-linux-gnu
+		;;
+	tx39)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+		;;
+	tx39el)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+		;;
+	toad1)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	v810 | necv810)
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+		;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	w65*)
+		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	z80-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z80-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp10)
+		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+		basic_machine=sh-unknown
+		;;
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	*-unknown)
+		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-unixware*)
+		os=-sysv4.2uw
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -kopensolaris* \
+	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+	      | -aos* | -aros* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	-qnx*)
+		case $basic_machine in
+		    x86-* | i*86-*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-nto$os
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	-nto-qnx*)
+		;;
+	-nto*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+		;;
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	-linux-dietlibc)
+		os=-linux-dietlibc
+		;;
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-opened*)
+		os=-openedition
+		;;
+        -os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	-wince*)
+		os=-wince
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-atheos*)
+		os=-atheos
+		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
+	-386bsd)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-nova*)
+		os=-rtmk-nova
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+		os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	-nsk*)
+		os=-nsk
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+        -tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-ose*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	-aros*)
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	-kaos*)
+		os=-kaos
+		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
+		;;
+	-dicos*)
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+        score-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+        spu-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-rebel)
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        	os=-coff
+		;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
+	pdp10-*)
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        mep-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=-beos
+		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+    	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	*-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+	*-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs* | -opened*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
+			-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/configure b/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..611fcc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,6179 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for InputProto 2.2.
+#
+# Report bugs to .
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  as_found=:
+  case $as_dir in #(
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  break 2
+fi
+fi
+	   done;;
+       esac
+  as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+  # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+	# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+	# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+	# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+	BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+	ENV=/dev/null
+	(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	case $- in # ((((
+	  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+	  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+	  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+	  * ) as_opts= ;;
+	esac
+	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+  else
+    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and
+$0: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
+$0: about your system, including any error possibly output
+$0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or
+$0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do
+$0: have one."
+  fi
+  exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in #(
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+as_awk_strverscmp='
+  # Use only awk features that work with 7th edition Unix awk (1978).
+  # My, what an old awk you have, Mr. Solaris!
+  END {
+    while (length(v1) && length(v2)) {
+      # Set d1 to be the next thing to compare from v1, and likewise for d2.
+      # Normally this is a single character, but if v1 and v2 contain digits,
+      # compare them as integers and fractions as strverscmp does.
+      if (v1 ~ /^[0-9]/ && v2 ~ /^[0-9]/) {
+	# Split v1 and v2 into their leading digit string components d1 and d2,
+	# and advance v1 and v2 past the leading digit strings.
+	for (len1 = 1; substr(v1, len1 + 1) ~ /^[0-9]/; len1++) continue
+	for (len2 = 1; substr(v2, len2 + 1) ~ /^[0-9]/; len2++) continue
+	d1 = substr(v1, 1, len1); v1 = substr(v1, len1 + 1)
+	d2 = substr(v2, 1, len2); v2 = substr(v2, len2 + 1)
+	if (d1 ~ /^0/) {
+	  if (d2 ~ /^0/) {
+	    # Compare two fractions.
+	    while (d1 ~ /^0/ && d2 ~ /^0/) {
+	      d1 = substr(d1, 2); len1--
+	      d2 = substr(d2, 2); len2--
+	    }
+	    if (len1 != len2 && ! (len1 && len2 && substr(d1, 1, 1) == substr(d2, 1, 1))) {
+	      # The two components differ in length, and the common prefix
+	      # contains only leading zeros.  Consider the longer to be less.
+	      d1 = -len1
+	      d2 = -len2
+	    } else {
+	      # Otherwise, compare as strings.
+	      d1 = "x" d1
+	      d2 = "x" d2
+	    }
+	  } else {
+	    # A fraction is less than an integer.
+	    exit 1
+	  }
+	} else {
+	  if (d2 ~ /^0/) {
+	    # An integer is greater than a fraction.
+	    exit 2
+	  } else {
+	    # Compare two integers.
+	    d1 += 0
+	    d2 += 0
+	  }
+	}
+      } else {
+	# The normal case, without worrying about digits.
+	d1 = substr(v1, 1, 1); v1 = substr(v1, 2)
+	d2 = substr(v2, 1, 1); v2 = substr(v2, 2)
+      }
+      if (d1 < d2) exit 1
+      if (d1 > d2) exit 2
+    }
+    # Beware Solaris /usr/xgp4/bin/awk (at least through Solaris 10),
+    # which mishandles some comparisons of empty strings to integers.
+    if (length(v2)) exit 1
+    if (length(v1)) exit 2
+  }
+'
+
+test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='InputProto'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='inputproto'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='2.2'
+PACKAGE_STRING='InputProto 2.2'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg'
+PACKAGE_URL=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include 
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include 
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include 
+# endif
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include 
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE
+am__EXEEXT_TRUE
+LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE
+HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE
+ASCIIDOC
+ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE
+ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE
+AM_BACKSLASH
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+MAN_SUBSTS
+XORG_MAN_PAGE
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR
+MISC_MAN_DIR
+FILE_MAN_DIR
+LIB_MAN_DIR
+APP_MAN_DIR
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX
+SED
+host_os
+host_vendor
+host_cpu
+host
+build_os
+build_vendor
+build_cpu
+build
+INSTALL_CMD
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+PKG_CONFIG
+CHANGELOG_CMD
+STRICT_CFLAGS
+CWARNFLAGS
+EGREP
+GREP
+CPP
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE
+CCDEPMODE
+AMDEPBACKSLASH
+AMDEP_FALSE
+AMDEP_TRUE
+am__quote
+am__include
+DEPDIR
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+MAINT
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+am__untar
+am__tar
+AMTAR
+am__leading_dot
+SET_MAKE
+AWK
+mkdir_p
+MKDIR_P
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
+STRIP
+install_sh
+MAKEINFO
+AUTOHEADER
+AUTOMAKE
+AUTOCONF
+ACLOCAL
+VERSION
+PACKAGE
+CYGPATH_W
+am__isrc
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_maintainer_mode
+enable_dependency_tracking
+enable_strict_compilation
+enable_silent_rules
+enable_specs
+with_asciidoc
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP
+PKG_CONFIG
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+ASCIIDOC'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
+  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    case $ac_envvar in #(
+      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+    esac
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures InputProto 2.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/inputproto]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX            prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX            append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM   run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+
+System types:
+  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of InputProto 2.2:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-maintainer-mode  enable make rules and dependencies not useful
+			  (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
+  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
+  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors
+  --enable-strict-compilation
+                          Enable all warnings from compiler and make them
+                          errors (default: disabled)
+  --enable-silent-rules          less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
+  --disable-silent-rules         verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')
+  --enable-specs          Enable building the specs (default: yes)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-asciidoc         Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default:
+                          auto)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory 
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l
+  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory 
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+  PKG_CONFIG  path to pkg-config utility
+  PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+              directories to add to pkg-config's search path
+  PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+              path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path
+  ASCIIDOC    Path to asciidoc command
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to .
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+InputProto configure 2.2
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68
+
+Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
+  as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef $as_decl_name
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  (void) $as_decl_use;
+#else
+  (void) $as_decl_name;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+    ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
+# that executables *can* be run.
+ac_fn_c_try_run ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+       ac_retval=$ac_status
+fi
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_run
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
+# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by InputProto $as_me 2.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##"
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##"
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##"
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##"
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
+  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
+    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+  esac
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
+  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
+  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+am__api_version='1.11'
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in #((
+  ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*)
+    as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \	]*)
+    as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "$*" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+   fi
+   rm -f conftest.file
+   if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+      && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
+   fi
+
+   test "$2" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//'
+program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"`
+
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+    STRIP=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+  fi
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then
+  if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
+	 for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	   { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue
+	   case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
+	     'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*)
+	       ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext
+	       break 3;;
+	   esac
+	 done
+       done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+
+  test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d"
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
+$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
+
+mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P"
+case $mkdir_p in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
+  */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5
+$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
+set x ${MAKE-make}
+ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+all:
+	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
+case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
+  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
+  *)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
+esac
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)'
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE='inputproto'
+ VERSION='2.2'
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+
+AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
+
+am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; }
+    # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given.
+if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval
+else
+  USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no
+fi
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5
+$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; }
+   if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
+  MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE=
+  MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#'
+else
+  MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#'
+  MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE=
+fi
+
+  MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+
+
+
+# Require xorg-macros: XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
+
+ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
+
+
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; }
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="\""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5
+$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; }
+rm -f confinc confmf
+
+# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given.
+if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking;
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  AMDEP_TRUE=
+  AMDEP_FALSE='#'
+else
+  AMDEP_TRUE='#'
+  AMDEP_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+// Check varargs macros.  These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5.
+#define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__)
+#define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__))
+static void
+test_varargs_macros (void)
+{
+  int x = 1234;
+  int y = 5678;
+  debug ("Flag");
+  debug ("X = %d\n", x);
+  showlist (The first, second, and third items.);
+  report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y);
+}
+
+// Check long long types.
+#define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull
+#define BIG32 4294967295ul
+#define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0)
+#if !BIG_OK
+  your preprocessor is broken;
+#endif
+#if BIG_OK
+#else
+  your preprocessor is broken;
+#endif
+static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL;
+static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64;
+
+struct incomplete_array
+{
+  int datasize;
+  double data[];
+};
+
+struct named_init {
+  int number;
+  const wchar_t *name;
+  double average;
+};
+
+typedef const char *ccp;
+
+static inline int
+test_restrict (ccp restrict text)
+{
+  // See if C++-style comments work.
+  // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer.
+  // Also check for declarations in for loops.
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i)
+    continue;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// Check varargs and va_copy.
+static void
+test_varargs (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  va_start (args, format);
+  va_list args_copy;
+  va_copy (args_copy, args);
+
+  const char *str;
+  int number;
+  float fnumber;
+
+  while (*format)
+    {
+      switch (*format++)
+	{
+	case 's': // string
+	  str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *);
+	  break;
+	case 'd': // int
+	  number = va_arg (args_copy, int);
+	  break;
+	case 'f': // float
+	  fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  va_end (args_copy);
+  va_end (args);
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  // Check bool.
+  _Bool success = false;
+
+  // Check restrict.
+  if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0)
+    success = true;
+  char *restrict newvar = "Another string";
+
+  // Check varargs.
+  test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234);
+  test_varargs_macros ();
+
+  // Check flexible array members.
+  struct incomplete_array *ia =
+    malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10));
+  ia->datasize = 10;
+  for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i)
+    ia->data[i] = i * 1.234;
+
+  // Check named initializers.
+  struct named_init ni = {
+    .number = 34,
+    .name = L"Test wide string",
+    .average = 543.34343,
+  };
+
+  ni.number = 58;
+
+  int dynamic_array[ni.number];
+  dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543;
+
+  // work around unused variable warnings
+  return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x'
+	  || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543);
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do :
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__clang__" "ac_cv_have_decl___clang__" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___clang__" = xyes; then :
+  CLANGCC="yes"
+else
+  CLANGCC="no"
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__INTEL_COMPILER" "ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" = xyes; then :
+  INTELCC="yes"
+else
+  INTELCC="no"
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = xyes; then :
+  SUNCC="yes"
+else
+  SUNCC="no"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+	if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $PKG_CONFIG in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then
+  ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
+  # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
+if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then
+    PKG_CONFIG=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
+  fi
+else
+  PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+	_pkg_min_version=0.9.0
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; }
+	if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+	else
+		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+		PKG_CONFIG=""
+	fi
+fi
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_build+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_build_alias=$build_alias
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_build in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+build=$ac_cv_build
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_build
+shift
+build_cpu=$1
+build_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+build_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_host+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
+  ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
+else
+  ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
+    as_fn_error $? "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_host in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) as_fn_error $? "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;;
+esac
+host=$ac_cv_host
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_host
+shift
+host_cpu=$1
+host_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+host_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+            ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+     for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+       ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
+     done
+     echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+     { ac_script=; unset ac_script;}
+     if test -z "$SED"; then
+  ac_path_SED_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
+case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
+      ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
+    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
+ SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
+  rm -f conftest.sed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if  test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+    CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \
+-Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \
+-Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2"
+    case `$CC -dumpversion` in
+    3.4.* | 4.*)
+	CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
+	;;
+    esac
+else
+    if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+	CWARNFLAGS="-v"
+    fi
+fi
+
+
+
+# If the module's configure.ac calls AC_PROG_CC later on, CC gets set to C89
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-strict-compilation was given.
+if test "${enable_strict_compilation+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_strict_compilation; STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval
+else
+  STRICT_COMPILE=no
+fi
+
+if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror"
+    # Add -Werror=attributes if supported (gcc 4.2 & later)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $CC supports -Werror=attributes" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $CC supports -Werror=attributes... " >&6; }
+    save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+return 0;
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  STRICT_CFLAGS="$STRICT_CFLAGS -Werror=attributes"
+		       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn"
+elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then
+    STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror"
+fi
+if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
+    CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR `echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`
+_ACEOF
+
+	PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
+	if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
+		PVM="0"
+	fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR $PVM
+_ACEOF
+
+	PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
+	if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
+		PVP="0"
+	fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL $PVP
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
+
+
+
+
+macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
+INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
+mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
+|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
+echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
+fi
+if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
+fi
+if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
+	*)		FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5  ;;
+	*)		MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7  ;;
+	*)		DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x    ; then
+    case $host_os in
+	solaris*)	ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
+	*)		ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8  ;;
+    esac
+fi
+if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x    ; then
+    ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+XORG_MAN_PAGE="X Version 11"
+
+MAN_SUBSTS="\
+	-e 's|__vendorversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+	-e 's|__xorgversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
+	-e 's|__xservername__|Xorg|g' \
+	-e 's|__xconfigfile__|xorg.conf|g' \
+	-e 's|__projectroot__|\$(prefix)|g' \
+	-e 's|__apploaddir__|\$(appdefaultdir)|g' \
+	-e 's|__appmansuffix__|\$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__drivermansuffix__|\$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__adminmansuffix__|\$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__libmansuffix__|\$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__miscmansuffix__|\$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
+	-e 's|__filemansuffix__|\$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g'"
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given.
+if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
+fi
+
+case $enable_silent_rules in
+yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+no)  AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+*)   AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+esac
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-specs was given.
+if test "${enable_specs+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_specs; build_specs=$enableval
+else
+  build_specs=yes
+fi
+
+
+ if test x$build_specs = xyes; then
+  ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE=
+  ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE='#'
+else
+  ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE='#'
+  ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE=
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build functional specifications" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build functional specifications... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $build_specs" >&5
+$as_echo "$build_specs" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-asciidoc was given.
+if test "${with_asciidoc+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_asciidoc; use_asciidoc=$withval
+else
+  use_asciidoc=auto
+fi
+
+
+
+if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
+   # Extract the first word of "asciidoc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy asciidoc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $ASCIIDOC in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$ASCIIDOC" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+ASCIIDOC=$ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC
+if test -n "$ASCIIDOC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ASCIIDOC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ASCIIDOC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped" >&2;}
+	have_asciidoc=no
+   else
+        have_asciidoc=yes
+   fi
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
+   # Extract the first word of "asciidoc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy asciidoc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $ASCIIDOC in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$ASCIIDOC" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+ASCIIDOC=$ac_cv_path_ASCIIDOC
+if test -n "$ASCIIDOC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ASCIIDOC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ASCIIDOC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
+        as_fn_error $? "--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH" "$LINENO" 5
+   fi
+   have_asciidoc=yes
+elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
+   if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified" >&2;}
+   fi
+   have_asciidoc=no
+else
+   as_fn_error $? "--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+    # scrape the asciidoc version
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the asciidoc version" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the asciidoc version... " >&6; }
+    asciidoc_version=`$ASCIIDOC --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2`
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $asciidoc_version" >&5
+$as_echo "$asciidoc_version" >&6; }
+    as_arg_v1=$asciidoc_version
+as_arg_v2=8.4.5
+awk "$as_awk_strverscmp" v1="$as_arg_v1" v2="$as_arg_v2" /dev/null
+case $? in #(
+  1) :
+    if test "x$use_asciidoc" = xauto; then
+            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" >&2;}
+            have_asciidoc=no
+        else
+            as_fn_error $? "asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but 8.4.5 needed" "$LINENO" 5
+        fi ;; #(
+  0) :
+     ;; #(
+  2) :
+     ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+ if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
+  HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE=
+  HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE='#'
+  HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile specs/Makefile inputproto.pc"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
+	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
+      else
+        case $cache_file in #(
+        */* | ?:*)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
+	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
+        *)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+ac_script='
+:mline
+/\\$/{
+ N
+ s,\\\n,,
+ b mline
+}
+t clear
+:clear
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+b any
+:quote
+s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
+s/\[/\\&/g
+s/\]/\\&/g
+s/\$/$$/g
+H
+:any
+${
+	g
+	s/^\n//
+	s/\n/ /g
+	p
+}
+'
+DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+U=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+ if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#'
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE=
+fi
+
+if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE}" && test -z "${ENABLE_SPECS_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"ENABLE_SPECS\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+if test -z "${HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_ASCIIDOC_FALSE}"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_ASCIIDOC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in #(
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by InputProto $as_me 2.2, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+      --config     print configuration, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to ."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
+ac_cs_version="\\
+InputProto config.status 2.2
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68,
+  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P'
+AWK='$AWK'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=?*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  --*=)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS
+#
+AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
+    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+    "specs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES specs/Makefile" ;;
+    "inputproto.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES inputproto.pc" ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp= ac_tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
+  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+ac_tmp=$tmp
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
+h
+s///
+s/^/:/
+s/[	 ]*$/:/
+s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
+s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
+s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
+s/^:*//
+s/:*$//
+x
+s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/
+G
+s/\n//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
+      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+  ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P
+  case $MKDIR_P in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+  */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
+      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+
+
+  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
+ ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
+    "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
+  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" ||
+$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$mf" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
+$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+ ;;
+
+  esac
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c74810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+AC_PREREQ([2.60])
+AC_INIT([InputProto], [2.2], [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+# Require xorg-macros: XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
+m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+          [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.10 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.10)
+XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
+XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC(8.4.5)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
+           specs/Makefile
+           inputproto.pc])
diff --git a/inputproto.pc.in b/inputproto.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c499cda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/inputproto.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+ 
+Name: InputProto
+Description: Input extension headers
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4fbbae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2006-10-14.15
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+posix_glob=
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+chgrpcmd=
+stripcmd=
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dstarg=
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+-c         (ignored)
+-d         create directories instead of installing files.
+-g GROUP   $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+-m MODE    $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+-o USER    $chownprog installed files to USER.
+-s         $stripprog installed files.
+-t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+-T         report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+--help     display this help and exit.
+--version  display version info and exit.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        shift
+        shift
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+        continue;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -t) dstarg=$2
+	shift
+	shift
+	continue;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true
+	shift
+	continue;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dstarg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dstarg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dstarg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dstarg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dstarg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dstarg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst ;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix=/ ;;
+	-*) prefix=./ ;;
+	*)  prefix= ;;
+      esac
+
+      case $posix_glob in
+        '')
+	  if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+	    posix_glob=true
+	  else
+	    posix_glob=false
+	  fi ;;
+      esac
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob && set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob && set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+    { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
+      || {
+	   # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+	   # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+	   # support -f.
+
+	   # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	   # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	   # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	   # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	   # file should still install successfully.
+	   {
+	     if test -f "$dst"; then
+	       $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null \
+	       || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \
+		     && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }; }\
+	       || {
+		 echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+		 (exit 1); exit 1
+	       }
+	     else
+	       :
+	     fi
+	   } &&
+
+	   # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	   $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+	 }
+    } || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/missing b/missing
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1c8ff70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-10.23
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+  configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+  configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case $1 in
+--run)
+  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+  run=
+  shift
+  "$@" && exit 0
+  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
+  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
+  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+  # if --run hadn't been passed.
+  if test $? = 63; then
+    run=:
+    msg="probably too old"
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
+  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
+  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
+  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  help2man     touch the output file
+  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  makeinfo     touch the output file
+  tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Send bug reports to ."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program).
+case $1 in
+  lex|yacc)
+    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    if test -n "$run"; then
+       echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+       exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
+       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case $1 in
+  aclocal*)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
+         any GNU archive site."
+    touch aclocal.m4
+    ;;
+
+  autoconf)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
+         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
+         archive site."
+    touch configure
+    ;;
+
+  autoheader)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
+         from any GNU archive site."
+    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+    touch_files=
+    for f in $files; do
+      case $f in
+      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+      esac
+    done
+    touch $touch_files
+    ;;
+
+  automake*)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+    ;;
+
+  autom4te)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.
+         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+         archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+    if test -f "$file"; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo "#! /bin/sh"
+	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+	echo "#  $ $@"
+	echo "exit 0"
+	chmod +x $file
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  bison|yacc)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+    if test $# -ne 1; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case $LASTARG in
+	*.y)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+	    fi
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
+	echo >y.tab.h
+    fi
+    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  lex|flex)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f lex.yy.c
+    if test $# -ne 1; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case $LASTARG in
+	*.l)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  help2man)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
+	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+    if test -f "$file"; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  makeinfo)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
+         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+      file=`sed -n '
+	/^@setfilename/{
+	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+	  p
+	  q
+	}' $infile`
+      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
+    fi
+    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+    # let's fail without touching anything.
+    test -f $file || exit 1
+    touch $file
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    shift
+
+    # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+    # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+    # messages.
+    if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+    fi
+    if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gtar "$@" && exit 0
+    fi
+    firstarg="$1"
+    if shift; then
+	case $firstarg in
+	*o*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	case $firstarg in
+	*h*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+         You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+         command line arguments."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
+         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
+         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/specs/Makefile.am b/specs/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a83cf40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+
+if ENABLE_SPECS
+if HAVE_ASCIIDOC
+
+doc_DATA = XI2proto.html XIproto.html
+dist_doc_DATA = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+
+%.html: %.txt
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(ASCIIDOC) -o $@ $<
+
+CLEANFILES = $(doc_DATA)
+
+endif
+endif
diff --git a/specs/Makefile.in b/specs/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab6ccf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = specs
+DIST_COMMON = $(am__dist_doc_DATA_DIST) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V))
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN   " $@;
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V))
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
+am__v_at_0 = @
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__dist_doc_DATA_DIST = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+DATA = $(dist_doc_DATA) $(doc_DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
+ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
+APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ASCIIDOC = @ASCIIDOC@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
+DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
+FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
+LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
+MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
+MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@doc_DATA = XI2proto.html XIproto.html
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@dist_doc_DATA = XI2proto.txt XIproto.txt
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@CLEANFILES = $(doc_DATA)
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+install-dist_docDATA: $(dist_doc_DATA)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(docdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+	@list='$(dist_doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-dist_docDATA:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(dist_doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" && rm -f $$files
+install-docDATA: $(doc_DATA)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(docdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"
+	@list='$(doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-docDATA:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(doc_DATA)'; test -n "$(docdir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" && rm -f $$files
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-dist_docDATA install-docDATA
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-dist_docDATA uninstall-docDATA
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+	install-dist_docDATA install-docDATA install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-dist_docDATA uninstall-docDATA
+
+
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@%.html: %.txt
+@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_ASCIIDOC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_GEN)$(ASCIIDOC) -o $@ $<
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/specs/XI2proto.txt b/specs/XI2proto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb32768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/XI2proto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2445 @@
+The X Input Extension 2.x
+=========================
+:toc:
+:numbered:
+
+Authors:
+
+- Peter Hutterer (Red Hat) 
+- Daniel Stone (Collabora Ltd.) 
+- Chase Douglas (Canonical, Ltd.) 
+
+[[history]]
+History 
+-------
+
+- v2.2, March 2012: Multitouch support added
+- v2.1, December 2011: new raw event behaviour, smooth scrolling support
+  added
+- v2.0, October 2009: Initial release of XI2 protocol
+
+[[intro-xi20]]
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The X Input Extension version 2.0 (XI2) is the second major release of the X
+Input Extension.
+
+XI2 provides a number of enhancements over version 1.5, including:
+
+- use of XGE and GenericEvents. GenericEvents are of flexible length with a
+  minimum length of 32 bytes.
+- explicit device hierarchy of master and slave devices. See Section
+<>.
+- use of multiple independent master devices (Multi-Poiner X or MPX).
+- the ability for devices to change capabilities at runtime.
+- raw device events
+
+XI2's intent is to replace both core input processing and prior versions of
+the X Input Extension. Historically, the majority of applications employed the
+core protocol requests and events to handle user input. The core protocol does
+not provide information about which device generated the event. The X Input
+Extension version up to 1.5 requires the differentiation between core and
+extended devices. Extended devices may not be core devices and thus cannot be
+used on applications employing the core protocol. XI2 addresses both of these
+issues by enabling devices to be both extended and core devices and providing
+device information in each event (with the exception of core events).
+
+Changes in version 2.1
+----------------------
+
+- RawEvents are sent regardless of the grab state.
+- Addition of the ScrollClass for smooth scrolling
+
+Changes in version 2.2
+----------------------
+
+- Multitouch support added
+
+
+//                            ❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧
+
+Notations used in this document
+-------------------------------
+
+Notation for requests:
+
+    ┌───
+        Name of request
+            name of request field:       type of request field
+            name of request field:       type of request field
+            ▶
+            name of reply field:         type of reply field
+    └───
+
+Notation for events:
+
+    ┌───
+        Name of event
+            name of field:               type of field
+            name of field:               type of field
+    └───
+
+Complex fields are specified in the following notation:
+
+          name of field:                  COMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+or, if multiple of these fields exist:
+
+          name of field:                  LISTofCOMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+    COMPLEXFIELDTYPE:  { name of subfield:   type of subfield,
+                         name of subfield:   type of subfield }
+
+//                            ❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧❧
+
+Interoperability between version 1.x and 2.0
+--------------------------------------------
+
+There is little interaction between 1.x and 2.x versions of the X Input
+Extension. Clients are requested to avoid mixing XI1.x and XI2 code as much as
+possible. Several direct incompatibilities are observable:
+
+[[interop-xi1-limitations]]
+Limitations resulting from different variable ranges
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI2 provides a larger range for some fields than XI1. As a result, XI1 clients
+may not receive data an XI2 client receives.
+These fields include:
+
+- devices with a deviceid of greater than 127 are invisible to XI1 clients.
+- key events and key grabs featuring larger than 255 can only be sent to XI2
+  clients.
+- no subpixel information is available to XI1 clients. If motion events are in
+  a subpixel range only, the server may omit these events and an XI 1.x client
+  will not receive events until the pixel boundary is crossed.
+
+
+[[interop-xi1-grabs]]
+Blocking of grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI1 grabs are different to XI2 grab and a device may not be grabbed through an
+XI2 grab if an XI1 grab is currently active on this device or vice versa.
+Likewise, a keycode or button already grabbed by an XI 1.x or XI2 client may
+not be grabbed with the same modifier combination by an XI2 or XI 1.x client,
+respectively.
+
+[[interop-xi1-device-list]]
+Invisibility of Master Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+XI 1.x was not designed with support for multiple master devices. As a
+result, only the first master pointer and master keyboard are visible to XI
+1.x clients; all other master devices are invisible and cannot be accessed
+from XI 1.x calls.
+
+Smooth scrolling
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Historically, X implemented scrolling events by using button press events:
+button 4 was one “click” of the scroll wheel upwards, button 5 was downwards,
+button 6 was one unit of scrolling left, and button 7 was one unit of scrolling
+right.  This is insufficient for e.g. touchpads which are able to provide
+scrolling events through multi-finger drag gestures, or simply dragging your
+finger along a designated strip along the side of the touchpad.
+
+Newer X servers may provide scrolling information through valuators to
+provide clients with more precision than the legacy button events. This
+scrolling information is part of the valuator data in device events.
+Scrolling events do not have a specific event type.
+
+Valuators for axes sending scrolling information must have one
+ScrollClass for each scrolling axis. If scrolling valuators are present on a
+device, the server must provide two-way emulation between these valuators
+and the legacy button events for each delta unit of scrolling.
+
+One unit of scrolling in either direction is considered to be equivalent to
+one button event, e.g. for a unit size of 1.0, -2.0 on an valuator type
+Vertical sends two button press/release events for button 4. Likewise, a
+button press event for button 7 generates an event on the Horizontal
+valuator with a value of +1.0. The server may accumulate deltas of less than
+one unit of scrolling.
+
+Any server providing this behaviour marks emulated button or valuator events
+with the XIPointerEmulated flag for DeviceEvents, and the XIRawEmulated flag
+for raw events, to hint at applications which event is a hardware event.
+
+If more than one scroll valuator of the same type is present on a device,
+the valuator marked with Preferred for the same scroll direction is used to
+convert legacy button events into scroll valuator events. If no valuator is
+marked Preferred or more than one valuator is marked with Preferred for this
+scroll direction, this should be considered a driver bug and the behaviour
+is implementation-dependent.
+
+[[hierarchy]]
+The Master/Slave device hierarchy
+---------------------------------
+
+XI2 introduces a device hierarchy split up into so-called Master Devices (MD)
+and Slave Devices (SD).
+
+[[hierarchy-master]]
+Master devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+An MD is a virtual device created and managed by the server. MDs may send core
+events and XI events. However, an MD does not represent a physical device and
+relies on SDs for event generation. MDs come in two forms: as master pointers
+or as master keyboards. A master pointer is represented by a visible cursor on
+the screen. A master keyboard is represented by a keyboard focus.
+
+Each master pointer is paired with the respective master keyboard and vice
+versa, and this pairing is constant for the lifetime of both input devices.
+Clients can use this pairing behaviour to implement input paradigms that
+require pointer and keyboard interation (e.g. SHIFT + Click).
+
+[[hierarchy-slave]]
+Slave devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+An SD is usually a physical device configured in the server. SDs are not
+represented by a cursor or keyboard focus and may be attached to a master
+pointer or master keyboard. SDs can only be attached to any master of the same
+type (e.g. a physical pointer device can be attached to any master pointer).
+
+If an event is generated by an SD
+
+- if the SD is attached to a master pointer, it changes the position and/or
+  button state of the master pointer.
+- if the SD is attached to a master keyboard, it sends events to this
+  keyboard's focus window (if applicable) and/or changes the modifier state of
+  this keyboard.
+- if the SD is not attached to an MD ("floating"), it does not change
+  any master device. The SD has its own (invisible) sprite and its own focus.
+  Both the sprite and the focus must be managed explicitly by the client
+  program.
+
+[[hierarchy-dcce]]
+Event processing for attached slave devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Whenever an SD changes its logical state,
+
+- the event is delivered as an XI event to any interested clients. If the
+  device is floating, event processing stops.
+  Otherwise, if the device is attached,
+- the master device changes its classes to reflect the SD's capabilities. All
+  interested clients are notified of this device change.
+- then, the event is delivered as an XI event from the MD to any interested
+  clients. If the event has been delivered, event processing stops.
+  Otherwise,
+- the event is delivered as a core event to any interested clients.
+
+Given that W is the event window, and P the parent window of W, event delivery
+to P is only attempted if neither the XI event, nor the core event has been
+delivered on W. Once an event has been delivered as either XI or core event,
+event processing stops.
+
+[[clientpointer]]
+The ClientPointer principle
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Many core protocol and some extension requests are ambiguous when multiple
+master devices are available (e.g. QueryPointer does not specify which pointer).
+The X server does not have the knowledge to chose the contextually correct
+master device. For each client, one master pointer is designated as this
+clients's "ClientPointer". Whenever a client sends an ambiguous request (e.g.
+QueryPointer), the ClientPointer or the keyboard paired with the ClientPointer
+is chosen to provide the data for this request.
+
+This ClientPointer may be explicitly assigned to a client with the
+SetClientPointer call. If no ClientPointer is set when a client issues an
+ambiguous request, the server choses one device as the ClientPointer. The
+method of chosing a ClientPointer from the available master pointers is
+implementation-specific.
+
+If the master pointer currently set as ClientPointer for one or more clients is
+removed, the server may either unset the ClientPointer setting or change the
+ClientPointer to a different master pointer.
+
+[[multitouch]]
+Touch device support
+--------------------
+
+XI 2.2 introduces support for multi-touch devices. The traditional
+pointer/keyboard approach enforced by XI 2.0 with the master/slave device
+hierarchy is not always suitable for multi-touch devices that can provide a
+dynamic number of touchpoints per physical device; it is not known without
+client-specific interpretation whether the touchpoints must be considered
+separately or grouped together.
+
+The additions in XI 2.2 aim to:
+
+- support a dynamic number of simultaneous touch points,
+- support devices that are both multi-touch and traditional pointer devices,
+- allow touchpoints to be either grouped together or handled separately,
+- be backwards-compatible to pre-XI 2.2 clients through emulation of XI 2.x/XI 1.x and core
+  pointer events.
+
+Touch events are only available to clients supporting version 2.2 or later of
+the X Input Extension. Clients must use the XIQueryVersion request to announce
+support for this version. Touch devices may generate emulated pointer events
+alongside XI 2.2 touch events to support older clients; see Section
+<>.
+
+Touch event processing differs from normal event processing in a few ways.
+The most notable differences are that touch events are processed partially
+out-of-band from pointer and keyboard events, and that touch events may be
+sent to multiple clients simultaneously. For more details see Section
+<>.
+
+[[multitouch-lifecycle]]
+Touch event sequences
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Touch input follows a three-stage cycle:
+
+        begin - update - update - ... - end
+
+i.e. “begin” the sequence by touching the device, “update” the current
+touch location or properties any number of times, and finally “end” the
+sequence by ceasing to touch the device.  Within this document, the term
+"touch sequence" is used to describe the above sequence of events.
+In the protocol, the three stages are represented with the event
+types TouchBegin, TouchUpdate, and TouchEnd, respectively. A touch sequence
+always generates TouchBegin and TouchEnd events, and may also generate
+TouchUpdate events.  Clients must select for all three of these events
+simultaneously.
+
+When a touch starts, clients are sent a TouchBegin event
+detailing the position of the touchpoint, as well as the
+initial properties of the touchpoint.  Note that the logical state of the
+device (as seen through the input protocol) may lag the physical state if event
+processing is affected by grabs.  Multiple touchpoints may be active on the
+same device at any time, potentially owned by and/or delivered to a different
+set of clients.
+
+Whenever the touch position or any other property of the touchpoint changes,
+a TouchUpdate event is sent to all clients listening
+to events for that touchpoint with the updated information.
+
+When the touch has physically ended, or a client will otherwise not receive
+any more events for a given touchpoint, a TouchEnd event will be sent to
+that client.
+
+Passive touch grabs are similar to standard input event grabs in that they
+take precedence over event selections and are searched from the root window
+to the child window (as opposed to selections, which start their search at the
+child window and continue up to the root window).  When a touch grab activates,
+the client whose grab activates becomes the “owner” of this touch sequence,
+and must decide what to do with it, as per Section
+<>.  See the
+<> request
+documentation for more information on passive grab activation.
+
+Only one client may select for touch events from a given device on a window.
+
+[[multitouch-ownership]]
+Ownership of touch sequences
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Once a grabbing client becomes the owner of a touch, it must either “accept” or
+"reject" the touch sequence using the XIAllowEvents request. If a touch sequence
+is rejected, a TouchEnd event is sent to the rejecting client, and it will not
+receive any more events for this touch.  The server then looks to the next
+window in the stack for another passive grab, and attempts to pass ownership
+on to the next candidate for a passive grab (i.e. the next window towards
+the final child window with a matching grab), or to the first applicable
+event selection if there are no more grabs.
+
+If a touch sequence is accepted by its owner, all other clients receive
+TouchEnd events, and the touch sequence is exclusively delivered to the
+owner from that point on.
+
+If the touch sequence physically ends while the owner of the touch sequence
+has not yet accepted or rejected ownership, the owner receives a TouchEnd
+event and all other clients receive a TouchUpdate event with the
+TouchPendingEnd flag set. The owner must still accept or reject the sequence
+nonetheless. If the owner rejects the touch sequence, the server will still
+attempt to exhaust all other passive grabs and/or event selections looking
+for a final owner.
+
+If the touch sequence has not physically ended yet and the owner of the
+touch sequence rejects, the owner receives a TouchEnd event and ownership is
+passed to the next client.
+
+Clients may opt for touch events to be delivered before they become the
+owner of the touch sequence. In this case, the logical state of the device (as
+seen by means of the protocol) always matches the physical state of the device.
+Clients must use caution if they opt for this feature; any action taken must be
+undone if the touch sequence ends without the client becoming the owner.
+
+To select for touch events regardless of ownership, a client must set the
+TouchOwnership event mask in addition to the
+TouchBegin, TouchUpdate and TouchEnd mask. When selected, a client will receive
+touch events as they occur on the device. If and when the client
+becomes the owner of a touch sequence, a TouchOwnership event is sent to the
+client. If the client is the initial owner of the sequence, the TouchBegin is
+immediately followed by the TouchOwnership event. Otherwise, TouchUpdate events
+may preceed a TouchOwnership event. A client is not guaranteed to become the
+owner of any given touch sequence.
+
+The server delivers touch events to all clients that have selected for
+TouchOwnership and to the current owner of the sequence in parallel.
+
+If a client has selected for TouchOwnership and is not the current owner of
+the sequence and the current owner accepts the sequence, the client receives
+a TouchEnd event and no further events from this sequence are sent to this
+client.
+
+If a client has selected for TouchOwnership and the physical touch ends
+before the current owner has accepted or rejected the sequence, the client
+receives a TouchUpdate event with the TouchPendingEnd flag set. No further
+TouchUpdate events will be sent for this sequence. If the current owner
+accepts the sequence, the client receives a TouchEnd event. Otherwise, if
+the current owner rejects the sequence, the client may become 
+the owner of the touch sequence and receive a TouchOwnership event and a
+TouchEnd event.
+
+[[multitouch-device-modes]]
+Touch device modes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Touch devices come in many different forms with varying capabilities. The
+following device modes are defined for this protocol:
+
+'DirectTouch':
+    These devices map their input region to a subset of the screen region. Touch
+    events are delivered to window at the location of the touch. "direct"
+    here refers to the user manipulating objects at their screen location.
+    An example of a DirectTouch device is a touchscreen.
+
+'DependentTouch':
+    These devices do not have a direct correlation between a touch location and
+    a position on the screen. Touch events are delivered according to the
+    location of the device's cursor and often need to be interpreted
+    relative to the current position of that cursor. Such interactions are
+    usually the result of a gesture performed on the device, rather than
+    direct manipulation. An example of a DependentTouch device is a
+    trackpad.
+
+A device is identified as only one of the device modes above at any time, and
+the touch mode may change at any time. If a device's touch mode changes, an
+XIDeviceChangedEvent is generated.
+
+[[multitouch-processing]]
+Touch event delivery
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For direct touch devices, the window set for event propagation is the set of
+windows from the root window to the topmost window lying at the co-ordinates
+of the touch.
+
+For dependent devices, the window set for event propagation is the set of
+windows from the root window to the window that contains the device's
+pointer. A dependent device may only have one window set at a time, for all
+touches. Any future touch sequence will use the same window set. The window set
+is cleared when all touch sequences on the device end.
+
+A window set is calculated on TouchBegin and remains constant until the end
+of the sequence. Modifications to the window hierarchy, new grabs or changed
+event selection do not affect the window set.
+
+Pointer control of dependent devices
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+On a dependent device, the device may differ between a pointer-controlling
+touch and a non-pointer-controlling touch. For example, on a touchpad the
+first touch is pointer-controlling (i.e. serves only to move the visible
+pointer). Multi-finger gestures on a touchpad cause all touches to be
+non-pointer-controlling.
+
+For pointer-controlling touches, no touch events are sent; the touch
+generates regular pointer events instead. Non-pointer-controlling touches
+send touch events. A touch may change from pointer-controlling to
+non-pointer-controlling, or vice versa.
+
+- If a touch changes from pointer-controlling to non-pointer-controlling,
+ a new touch ID is assigned and a TouchBegin is sent for the last known
+ position of the touch. Further events are sent as TouchUpdate events, or as
+ TouchEnd event if the touch terminates.
+
+- If a touch changes from non-pointer-controlling to pointer-controlling, a
+  TouchEnd is sent for that touch at the last known position of the touch.
+  Further events are sent as pointer events.
+
+The conditions to switch from pointer-controlling to non-pointer-controlling
+touch is implementation-dependent. A device may support touches that are
+both pointer-controlling and a touch event.
+
+In the dependent touch example event sequence below, touches are marked when
+switching to pointer-controlling (pc) or to non-pointer-controlling (np).
+
+.Dependent touch example event sequence on a touchpad
+[width="50%", options="header"]
+|====================================================
+| Finger 1 | Finger 2 | Event generated(touchid)
+|  down    |          | Motion
+|  move    |          | Motion
+|  move    |          | Motion
+|  (np)    |   down   | TouchBegin(0), TouchBegin(1)
+|  move    |    --    | TouchUpdate(0)
+|   --     |   move   | TouchUpdate(1)
+|   up     |   (pc)   | TouchEnd(0), TouchEnd(1)
+|          |   move   | Motion
+|  down    |   (np)   | TouchBegin(2), TouchBegin(3)
+|  move    |    --    | TouchUpdate(2)
+|   up     |   (pc)   | TouchEnd(2), TouchEnd(3)
+|          |    up    | Motion
+|  down    |          | Motion
+|  (np)    |   down   | TouchBegin(4), TouchBegin(5)
+|  (pc)    |    up    | TouchEnd(4), TouchEnd(5)
+|  move    |          | Motion
+|   up     |          | Motion
+|====================================================
+
+
+[[multitouch-emulation]]
+Pointer emulation from multitouch events
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Touch sequences from direct touch devices may emulate pointer events. Only one
+touch sequence from a device may emulate pointer events at a time; which touch
+sequence emulates pointer events is implementation-dependent.
+
+Pointer events are emulated as follows:
+
+- A TouchBegin event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the
+  touch with the same axis values of the touch event, followed by a button press
+  event for button 1.
+- A TouchUpdate event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the
+  touch and/or to update axis values of the pointer device. The button state
+  as seen from the protocol includes button 1 set.
+- A TouchEnd event generates a pointer motion event to the location of the touch
+  and/or to update the axis values if either have changed, followed by a button
+  release event for button 1. The button state as seen from the protocol
+  includes button 1 set.
+
+If a touch sequence emulates pointer events and an emulated pointer event
+triggers the activation of a passive grab, the grabbing client becomes the
+owner of the touch sequence.
+
+The touch sequence is considered to have been accepted if
+
+- the grab mode is asynchronous, or
+- the grab mode is synchronous and the device is thawed as a result of
+  AllowEvents with AsyncPointer or AsyncDevice
+
+Otherwise, if the button press is replayed by the client, the touch sequence
+is considered to be rejected.
+
+Touch event delivery precedes pointer event delivery. A touch event emulating
+pointer events is delivered:
+
+- as a touch event to the top-most window of the current window set if a
+  client has a touch grab on this window,
+- otherwise, as a pointer event to the top-most window of the current window
+  set if a client has a pointer grab on this window,
+- otherwise, to the next child window in the window set until a grab has been
+  found.
+
+If no touch or pointer grab on any window is active and the last window in the
+window set has been reached, the event is delivered:
+
+- as a touch event to the window if a client has selected for touch events
+  on this window
+- otherwise, as a pointer event to the window if a client has selected for
+  pointer events.
+- otherwise, to the next parent window in the window set until a selection has
+  been found.
+
+Emulated pointer events will have the PointerEmulated flag set. A touch
+event that emulates pointer events has the TouchEmulatingPointer flag set.
+
+[[glossary-notations]]
+Notations used in this document
+-------------------------------
+
+Notation for requests:
+
+    ┌───
+        Name of request
+            name of request field:       type of request field
+            name of request field:       type of request field
+            ▶
+            name of reply field:         type of reply field
+    └───
+
+Notation for events:
+
+    ┌───
+        Name of event
+            name of field:               type of field
+            name of field:               type of field
+    └───
+
+Complex fields are specified in the following notation:
+
+          name of field:                  COMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+or, if multiple of these fields exist:
+
+          name of field:                  LISTofCOMPLEXFIELDTYPE
+
+    COMPLEXFIELDTYPE:  { name of subfield:   type of subfield,
+                         name of subfield:   type of subfield }
+
+
+[[glossary-datatypes]]
+Data types
+----------
+
+    BUTTONMASK
+            A binary mask defined as (1 << button number).
+            A SETofBUTTONMASK is a binary OR of zero or more BUTTONMASK.
+
+    DEVICE { DEVICEID, AllDevices, AllMasterDevices }
+            A DEVICE specifies either a DEVICEID or AllDevices or
+            AllMasterDevices.
+
+    DEVICEID { CARD16 }
+            A DEVICEID is a numerical ID for a device currently available in the
+            server. The server may re-use a device ID after a device's removal.
+            The device IDs 0 and 1 are reserved.
+            AllDevices ........ 0
+            AllMasterDevices .. 1
+
+    DEVICEUSE { MasterPointer, MasterKeyboard, SlavePointer,
+                SlaveKeyboard, FloatingSlave }
+            A DEVICEUSE field specifies the current use of a device in the MD/SD
+            device hierarchy. See Section "The Master/Slave device hierarchy"
+            for more information.
+
+    EVENTMASK
+            An EVENTMASK is a binary mask defined as (1 << event type).
+            A SETofEVENTMASK is a binary OR of zero or more EVENTMASK.
+
+    FP1616
+            Fixed point decimal in 16.16 format as one INT16 and one CARD16.
+            The INT16 contains the integral part, the CARD32 the decimal fraction
+            shifted by 16.
+
+    FP3232
+            Fixed point decimal in 32.32 format as one INT32 and one CARD32.
+            The INT32 contains the integral part, the CARD32 the decimal fraction
+            shifted by 32.
+
+    VALUATORMASK
+            A binary mask defined as (1 << valuator number).
+            A SETofVALUATORMASK is a binary OR of zero or more VALUATORMASK.
+
+
+[[errors]]
+Errors
+------
+
+Errors are sent using core X error reports.
+
+    Device
+            A value for a DEVICE argument does not specify a valid DEVICE.
+
+
+[[requests]]
+Requests:
+---------
+
+The server does not guarantee that the length of a reply remains constant in
+future revisions of XI2. A client must always retrieve the exact length of the
+protocol reply from the connection, even if the reply is longer than defined
+for the XI2 version supported by the client.
+Additional bytes in a request may include data supported in later versions of
+XI2. Clients should ignore this data. Padding bytes in XI2 protocol requests
+are required to be 0.
+
+[[requests-xi20]]
+Requests introduced in version 2.0
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[requests-queryversion]]
+    ┌───
+        XIQueryVersion
+        major_version:          CARD16
+        minor_version:          CARD16
+        ▶
+        major_version:          CARD16
+        minor_version:          CARD16
+    └───
+
+The client sends the highest supported version to the server and the
+server sends the highest version it supports, but no higher than the
+requested version. Major versions changes can introduce incompatibilities
+in existing functionality, minor version changes introduce only backward
+compatible changes.  It is the client's responsibility to ensure that the
+server supports a version which is compatible with its expectations.
+
+    major_version
+        Major XI2 version.
+    minor_version
+        Minor XI2 version.
+
+If major_version is less than 2, a BadValue error occurs.
+
+[[requests-querydevice]]
+    ┌───
+        XIQueryDevice
+        DEVICE                  deviceid
+        ▶
+        num_devices:            CARD16
+        deviceinfo:             LISTofDEVICEINFO
+    └───
+
+    DEVICEINFO { deviceid:              DEVICEID
+                 use:                   DEVICEUSE
+                 attachment:            DEVICEID
+                 enabled:               BOOL
+                 num_classes:           CARD16
+                 name_len:              CARD16
+                 name:                  LISTofCHAR8
+                 classes:               LISTofCLASS }
+
+    CLASS { BUTTONCLASS, KEYCLASS, AXISCLASS, SCROLLCLASS, TOUCHCLASS }
+
+    BUTTONCLASS { type:                 ButtonClass
+                  length:               CARD16
+                  sourceid:             CARD16
+                  buttons_len:          CARD16
+                  state:                SETofBUTTONMASK
+                  labels:               LISTofATOM }
+
+    KEYCLASS    { type:                 KeyClass
+                  length:               CARD16
+                  sourceid:             CARD16
+                  num_keys:             CARD16
+                  keys:                 LISTofCARD32 }
+
+    AXISCLASS   { type:                 AxisClass
+                  length:               CARD16
+                  sourceid:             CARD16
+                  axisnumber:           CARD16
+                  label:                ATOM
+                  min:                  FP3232
+                  max:                  FP3232
+                  value:                FP3232
+                  resolution:           CARD32
+                  mode:                 CARD8 }
+
+    SCROLLCLASS¹ {type:                 ScrollClass
+                  length:               CARD16
+                  sourceid:             CARD16
+                  axisnumber:           CARD16
+                  scroll_type:          SCROLLTYPE
+                  flags:                SETofSCROLLFLAGS
+                  increment:            FP3232 }
+
+    SCROLLTYPE { Vertical, Horizontal }
+
+    SCROLLFLAGS { NoEmulation, Preferred }
+
+    TOUCHCLASS² { type:                 TouchClass
+                  length:               CARD16
+                  sourceid:             CARD16
+                  mode:                 TOUCHMODE
+                  num_touches:          CARD16 }
+
+    TOUCHMODE { DirectTouch, DependentTouch }
+
+    ¹ since XI 2.1
+    ² since XI 2.2
+
+XIQueryDevice details information about the requested input devices.
+
+    devices
+        The device to list. If devices is AllDevices, all enabled and
+        disabled devices are listed. If devices is AllMasterDevices, all
+        enabled and disabled master devices are listed. If devices is a
+        valid DEVICE, only this DEVICE is listed and num_devices is 1.
+    num_devices
+        The number of deviceinfos returned.
+
+Each deviceinfo is detailed as follows:
+
+    deviceid
+        The unique ID of the device. Device IDs may get re-used when a device
+        is removed.
+    use
+        If the device is a master pointer, use is MasterPointer.
+        If the device is a master keyboard, use is MasterKeyboard.
+        If the device is a slave pointer, use is SlavePointer.
+        If the device is a slave keyboard, use is SlaveKeyboard.
+        If the device is a floating slave, use is FloatingSlave.
+    attachment
+        If the device is a master pointer or a master keyboard, attachment
+        specifies the paired master keyboard, or the paired master pointer,
+        respectively.  If the device is a non-floating slave device
+        attachment specifies the master device this device is attached to.
+        If the device is a floating slave, attachment is undefined.
+    enabled
+        Zero if the device is disabled, non-zero otherwise.
+    num_classes
+        Number of classes provided.
+    name_len
+        Length of the name in bytes not including padding.
+    classes
+        Details the available classes provided by the device in an undefined
+        order.
+    name
+        The device's name. padded to a multiple of 4 bytes.
+
+For all classes, type specifies the device class. Clients are required
+to ignore unknown device classes. The length field specifies the length
+of the class in 4 byte units.
+The following classes may occur only once: ButtonClass, KeyClass
+
+    ButtonClass:
+    type
+        Always ButtonClass.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    sourceid
+        The device this class originates from.
+    num_buttons
+        Number of buttons provided by the device.
+    labels
+        List of Atoms specifying the label for each button. An Atom of None
+        specifies an unlabeled button. Buttons are listed in the device-native
+        order regardless of the current button mapping.
+    state
+        The current button mask for this device after button mapping is
+        applied. Each bit representing a button is 1 if this button is
+        logically down, or 0 otherwise. State is a multiple of 4-byte units
+        and always contains at least num_buttons bits.
+
+    KeyClass:
+    type
+        Always KeyClass.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    sourceid
+        The device this class originates from.
+    num_keys
+        Number of keycodes provided by the device.
+    keys
+        List of keycodes provided.
+
+    AxisClass:
+    type
+        Always AxisClass.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    sourceid
+        The device this class originates from.
+    axisnumber
+        Axis number of this axis. The axis number is in device-native
+        order and potential axis mappings are ignored.
+    label
+        Atom specifying the axis name. An Atom of None specifies an unlabeled
+        axis.
+    min
+        Minimum value.
+    max
+        Minimum value.
+    resolution
+        Resolution in counts/meter.
+    mode
+        Relative or Absolute.
+    value
+        Last published axis value (if mode is absolute).
+
+An axis in Relative mode may specify min and max as a hint to the
+client. If no min and max information is available, both must be 0.
+
+    ScrollClass:
+    type
+        Always ScrollClass.
+    axisnumber
+        Axis number that is referred to. This axis number must be listed in
+        the ValuatorClassInfo.
+    scroll_type:
+        Vertical for a vertical scrolling axis, Horizontal for a horizontal
+        scrolling axis.
+    flags:
+        A set of flags that apply to this scroll axis.
+        NoEmulation: no legacy scroll button events are generated for events
+                     on this scrolling axis.
+        Preferred: This axis is the preferred axis for emulating valuator
+                   events from legacy scroll button events.
+    increment:
+        The valuator delta equivalent to one positive unit of scrolling.
+
+A ScrollClass may only exist if the device has at least one ValuatorClass
+and each axisnumber listed in any ScrollClass. Only one ScrollClass may
+exist per ValuatorClass.
+
+    TouchClass:
+    type
+        Always TouchClass.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    sourceid
+        The device this class originates from.
+    mode
+        The device type of the touch device.  This mode may change at runtime.
+    num_touches
+        The maximum number of simultaneous touchpoints the device may send.
+        If num_touches is 0, the number of supported touches is unknown or
+        unlimited.
+
+Devices with a TouchClass emit touch events with the same axes as pointer
+events.
+
+[[requests-selectevents]]
+    ┌───
+        XISelectEvents
+            window:         Window
+            num_masks:      CARD16
+            masks:          LISTofEVENTMASK
+
+    └───
+
+    EVENTMASK { deviceid:          DEVICE,
+                mask_len:          CARD16,
+                mask:              SETofEVENTMASK
+
+    window
+        The window to select the events on.
+    num_masks
+        Number of items in masks.
+    deviceid
+        Numerical deviceid, or AllDevices, or AllMasterDevices.
+    mask_len
+        Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+    mask
+        Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+
+XISelectEvents selects for XI2 events on window.
+
+If num_masks is 0, a BadValue error occurs.
+
+Each mask sets the (and overwrites a previous) event mask for the DEVICE
+specified through deviceid. The device AllDevices or
+AllMasterDevices is treated as a separate device by server. A client's
+event mask is the union of AllDevices, AllMasterDevices and the
+per-device event mask.
+The removal of device from the server unsets the event masks for the
+device. If an event mask is set for AllDevices or AllMasterDevices, the
+event mask is not cleared on device removal and affects all future
+devices.
+
+If mask_len is 0, the event mask for the given device is cleared.
+
+The mask for XIHierarchyEvents may only be selected for XIAllDevices.
+Setting it for any other device results in a BadValue error.
+
+A client selecting for any of XI_TouchBegin, XI_TouchUpdate, or XI_TouchEnd
+must select for all three events at the same time, else a BadValue error
+will be generated. A client selecting for XI_TouchOwnership must select for
+all three of the other touch events. If the selection for these touch events
+overlaps a current selection by another client (e.g. selecting for a
+specific device when another client has a selection for XIAllDevices), a
+BadAccess error occurs.
+
+[[requests-getselectedevents]]
+    ┌───
+        XIGetSelectedEvents
+            window:         Window
+            ▶
+            num_masks:      CARD16
+            masks:          LISTofEVENTMASK
+    └───
+
+    window
+        The window to select the events on.
+    num_masks
+        Number of items in masks.
+    masks
+        Selected event masks by this client.
+
+Masks are returned on a per-device basis, with masks for AllDevices and
+AllMasterDevices returned separately. A client can calculate the
+effective mask for a device with a bitwise OR of the AllDevices, the
+AllMasterDevices and the device-specific mask.
+
+If num_masks is 0, no events have been selected by this client on the
+given window.
+
+[[requests-querypointer]]
+    ┌───
+        XIQueryPointer
+            window:         Window
+            deviceid:       DEVICEID
+            ▶
+            root:           Window
+            child:          Window
+            root_x:         FP1616
+            root_y:         FP1616
+            win_x:          FP1616
+            win_y:          FP1616
+            same_screen:    BOOL
+            mods:           MODIFIERINFO
+            group:          GROUPINFO
+            buttons_len:    CARD16
+            buttons:        SETofBUTTONMASK
+    └───
+
+Query a master pointer device for its current position.
+
+    root
+        The root window the pointer is logically on.
+    child
+        The child window of window that contains the pointer or None.
+    root_x
+    root_y
+        Pointer position relative to the root window's origin.
+    win_x
+    win_y
+        Pointer position relative to window or 0 if same_screen is false.
+    same_screen
+        True if window is on the same screen as the pointer.
+    mods
+        XKB modifier state on the paired device.
+    group
+        XKB group state on the paired device.
+    buttons_len
+        The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+    buttons
+        Button state.
+
+If the device is not a master pointer device or not a floating slave
+pointer, a BadDevice error results.
+
+[[requests-warppointer]]
+    ┌───
+        XIWarpPointer
+            src_win:         Window
+            dst_win:         Window
+            src_x:           FP1616
+            src_y:           FP1616
+            src_width:       INT16
+            src_height:      INT16
+            dst_x:           FP1616
+            dst_y:           FP1616
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+    └───
+
+WarpPointer moves the pointer of deviceid as if the user had moved
+the pointer. WarpPointer can only be called for MasterPointer and
+FloatingSlave devices.
+
+    src_win
+       If src_window is not None, the move only takes place if src_window
+       contains the pointer and the pointer is contained in the specified
+       rectangle of src_window.
+    dst_win
+       If dst_win is None, this request moves the pointer by offsets
+       dst_x/dst_y relative to the current position of the pointer. If
+        dst_window is a window, this request moves the pointer to
+       dst_x/dst_y relative to dst_win's origin.
+    src_x
+    src_y
+    src_width
+    src_height
+       Specifies the source window rectangle.
+    dst_x
+    dst_y
+        The relative coordinates to move the pointer if dst_win is None, or
+        the absolute coordinates if dst_win is a window.
+    deviceid
+        The device to warp.
+
+This request cannot be used to move the pointer outside the confine-to
+window of an active pointer grab. An attempt will only move the pointer as
+far as the closest edge of the confine-to window.
+
+This request will generate events just as if the user had instantaneously
+moved the pointer.
+
+[[requests-changecursor]]
+    ┌───
+        XIChangeCursor
+            win:             Window
+            cursor:          Cursor
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+    └───
+
+Change a master pointer's cursor on the specified window.
+
+    window
+        The window.
+    cursor
+        The new cursor or None.
+    deviceid
+        The master pointer device.
+
+Whenever device enters a window W, the cursor shape is selected in the
+following order:
+
+- if the current window has a device cursor C(d) defined for device,
+  display this cursor C(d).
+- otherwise, if the current window has a cursor C(w) defined in the core
+  protocol's window attributes, display cursor C(w).
+- repeat on parent window until a cursor has been found.
+
+The device cursor for a given window is reset once the window is destroyed
+or the device is removed, whichever comes earlier.
+
+If deviceid does not specify a master pointer, a BadDevice error
+is returned.
+
+[[requests-changehierarchy]]
+    ┌───
+        XIChangeHierarchy
+            num_changes:     CARD8
+            changes:         LISTofHIERARCHYCHANGES
+    └───
+
+    HIERARCHYCHANGE { ADDMASTER, REMOVEMASTER, ATTACHSLAVE, DETACHSLAVE }
+
+    HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE { AddMaster, RemoveMaster, AttachSlave, DetachSlave }
+
+    CHANGEMODE { Float, Attach }
+
+    ADDMASTER { type:        HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+                length:      CARD16
+                name_len:    CARD16
+                send_core:   BOOL
+                enable:      BOOL
+                name:        LISTofCHAR8 }
+
+    REMOVEMASTER { type:            HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+                   length:          CARD16
+                   deviceid:        DEVICEID
+                   return_mode:     CHANGEMODE
+                   return_pointer:  DEVICEID
+                   return_keyboard: DEVICEID }
+
+    ATTACHSLAVE   { type:        HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+                    length:      CARD16
+                    deviceid:    DEVICEID
+                    master:      DEVICEID }
+
+    DETACHSLAVE { type:       HIERARCHYCHANGETYPE
+                  length:     CARD16
+                  deviceid:   DEVICEID }
+
+XIChangeHierarchy allows a client to modify the
+<>.
+
+    num_changes
+        The number of changes to apply to the current hierarchy.
+    changes
+        The list of changes.
+
+The server processes the changes in the order received from the client and
+applies each requested change immediately. If an error occurs, processing
+stops at the current change and returns the number of successfully applied
+changes in the error.
+
+    ADDMASTER creates a pair of master devices.
+    type
+        Always AddMaster.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    name_len
+        Length of name in bytes.
+    send_core
+        True if the device should send core events.
+    enable
+        True if the device is to be enabled immediately.
+    name
+        The name for the new master devices. The master pointer's name is
+        automatically appended with " pointer", the master keyboard's name is
+        automatically appended with " keyboard".
+
+    REMOVEMASTER removes an existing master device.
+    type
+        Always RemoveMaster.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    deviceid
+        The device to remove.
+    return_mode
+        Return mode for attached slave devices.
+        If return_mode is Float, all slave devices are set to floating.
+        If return_mode is Attach, slave pointers are attached to
+        return_pointer and slave keyboards are attached to
+        return_keyboard.
+    return_pointer
+    return_keyboard
+        The master pointer and master keyboard to attach slave devices to, if
+        return_mode is Attach. If return_mode is Float, return_pointer
+        and return_keyboard are undefined.
+
+Removing a master pointer removes the paired master keyboard and vice
+versa.
+
+    ATTACHSLAVE attaches a slave device to a given master device.
+    type
+        Always ChangeAttachment.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    deviceid
+        Deviceid of the slave device.
+    master
+        The new master device to attach this slave device to.
+
+If any clients are selecting for touch events from the slave device, their
+selection will be canceled.
+
+    DETACHSLAVE detaches a slave device from its current master device.
+    type
+        Always ChangeAttachment.
+    length
+        Length in 4 byte units.
+    deviceid
+        Deviceid of the slave device.
+
+[[requests-setclientpointer]]
+    ┌───
+        XISetClientPointer
+            win:             Window
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+    └───
+
+Set the ClientPointer for the client owning win to the given device.
+
+    win
+         Window or client ID.
+    deviceid
+         The master pointer or master keyboard that acts as ClientPointer.
+
+Some protocol requests are ambiguous and the server has to choose a device
+to provide data for a request or a reply. By default, the server will
+choose a client's ClientPointer device to provide the data, unless the
+client currently has a grab on another device. See section
+<> for more details.
+
+If win is None, the ClientPointer for this client is set to the given
+device. Otherwise, if win is a valid window, the ClientPointer for the
+client owning this window is set to the given device. Otherwise, if win is
+not a valid window but a client with the client mask equal to win exists,
+this client's ClientPointer is set to the given device.
+
+If deviceid does not specify a master pointer or master keyboard, a
+BadDevice error is returned.
+
+If window does not specify a valid window or client ID and is not None, a
+BadWindow error is returned.
+
+[[requests-getclientpointer]]
+    ┌───
+        XIGetClientPointer
+            win:             Window
+            ▶
+            set:             BOOL
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+    └───
+
+Query the ClientPointer for the client owning win.
+
+    win
+        The window or client ID.
+    set
+        True if the client has a ClientPointer set.
+    deviceid
+        The master pointer that acts as a ClientPointer if set is True.
+
+No difference is made between a ClientPointer set explicitly through
+XISetClientPointer and a ClientPointer implicitly assigned by the server
+in response to an ambiguous request.
+
+[[requests-setfocus]]
+    ┌───
+        XISetFocus
+            focus:           Window
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            time:            Time
+    └───
+
+Set the focus for the given device to the given window. Future key events
+from this device are sent to this window.
+This request generates FocusIn and FocusOut events.
+
+    focus
+        A viewable window or None.
+    deviceid
+        The device to modify the focus window for.
+    time
+        Specifies the time to change the focus or CurrentTime.
+
+If focus is None, key events from this device are discarded until a new
+focus window is set. If focus is a viewable window, key events from this
+device are sent to this window. If the window becomes unviewable, the
+window's first viewable ancestor automatically becomes the focus window
+and FocusIn and FocusOut events are sent as if a client had changed the
+focus window.
+This is equivalent to RevertToParent in the core XSetInputFocus window.
+
+This request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the
+current last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time.
+Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time.
+
+[[requests-getfocus]]
+    ┌───
+        XIGetFocus
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            ▶
+            focus:           Window
+    └───
+
+Return the current focus window for the given device.
+
+[[requests-grabdevice]]
+    ┌───
+        XIGrabDevice
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            grab_window:     Window
+            owner_events:    BOOL
+            grab_mode:       { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+            paired_device_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+            time:            TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+            cursor:          Cursor
+            mask_len:        CARD16
+            masks:           SETofEVENTMASK
+            ▶
+            status:          Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen, InvalidTime, NotViewable
+    └───
+
+This request actively grabs control of the specified input device. Further
+input events from this device are reported only to the grabbing client.
+This request overides any previous active grab by this client for this
+device.  This request does not affect the processing of XI 2.2
+touch events.
+
+    deviceid
+        The device to grab.
+    grab_window
+        Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+    owner_events
+        Specifies whether event will be reported normally or relative to the
+        grab window.
+    grab_mode
+        Specifies if this device will be frozen as a result of the grab.
+    paired_device_mode
+        Specifies if the master device paired with this device will be frozen
+        as a result of the grab.
+    time
+        A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+    cursor
+        The cursor to display for the duration of the grab or None.
+    mask_len
+        Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+    mask
+        Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+    status
+        Success or the reason why the grab could not be established.
+
+The masks parameter specifies which events the client wishes to receive
+while the device is grabbed.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this device are
+reported with respect to grab-window, and are only reported if selected by
+being included in the event-list.  If owner-events is True, then if a
+generated event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported
+normally, otherwise the event is reported with respect to the grab-window,
+and is only reported if selected by being included in the event-list. For
+either value of owner-events, unreported events are discarded.
+
+If grab-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing continues normally.
+If the device is currently frozen by this client, then processing of
+device events is resumed. If grab-mode is Synchronous, the state of the
+grabbed device (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
+and no further device events are generated by the server until the
+grabbing client issues a releasing XIAllowEvents request or until the
+device grab is released. Actual device input events are not lost while the
+device is frozen; they are simply queued for later processing.
+
+If the device is a slave device, the paired-device-mode is ignored.
+Otherwise, if this device is a master device and paired-device-mode is
+Asynchronous, event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab. If
+this device is a master device and paired-device-mode is Synchronous, the
+state of the master device paired with this device (as seen by means of the
+protocol) appears to freeze, and no further events are generated by the
+server until the grabbing client issues a releasing XIAllowEvents request
+or until the device grab is released. Actual events are not lost while the
+devices are frozen; they are simply queued for later processing.
+
+If the cursor is not None and the device is a master pointer device, the
+cursor will be displayed until the device is ungrabbed.
+
+This request fails and returns:
+
+    AlreadyGrabbed: If the device is actively grabbed by some other client.
+    NotViewable: If grab-window is not viewable.
+    InvalidTime: If the specified time is earlier than the last-grab-time for
+                 the specified device or later than the current X server time.
+                 Otherwise, the last-grab-time for the specified device is set
+                 to the specified time and CurrentTime is replaced by the
+                 current X server time.
+    Frozen: If the device is frozen by an active grab of another client.
+
+To release a grab of a device, use XIUngrabDevice.
+
+[[requests-ungrabdevice]]
+    ┌───
+        XIUngrabDevice
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            time:            TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+    └───
+
+This request releases the device if this client has it actively grabbed
+(from either XIGrabDevice or  XIPassiveGrabDevice) and
+releases any queued events. If any devices were frozen by the grab,
+XIUngrabDevice thaws them.
+
+    deviceid
+        The device to grab.
+    time
+        A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+
+The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the
+last-device-grab time or is later than the current server time.
+This request generates FocusIn and FocusOut events.
+An XIUngrabDevice is performed automatically if the event window for an
+active device grab becomes not viewable.
+
+[[requests-allowevents]]
+    ┌───
+        XIAllowEvents:
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            time:            TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+            event_mode:      { AsyncDevice, SyncDevice,
+                               AsyncPairedDevice, SyncPairedDevice,
+                               ReplayDevice, AsyncPair, SyncPair,
+                               AcceptTouch¹, RejectTouch¹ }
+            touchid¹:        CARD32
+            grab_window¹:    Window
+    └───
+
+    ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+The XIAllowEvents request releases some queued events if the client
+has caused a device to freeze. It also is used to handle touch grab and
+ownership processing.
+
+    deviceid
+        The device to grab.
+    time
+        A valid server time or CurrentTime.
+    event_mode
+        Specifies whether a device is to be thawed and events are to be
+        replayed, or how to handle a grabbed touch sequence.
+    touchid
+        The ID of the touch sequence to accept or reject. The value is undefined
+        for event modes other than AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+    grab_window
+        The window on which to accept or reject a touch sequence grab. The value
+        is undefined for event modes other than AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+
+The request has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab
+time of the most recent active grab for the client, or if the specified time is
+later than the current X server time. The time parameter must be CurrentTime for
+requests with event modes of AcceptTouch and RejectTouch.
+
+When event-mode is AcceptTouch, a BadValue error occurs if the touch ID is
+invalid. A BadAccess error occurs if this client is not the current or potential
+owner of the specified touch ID.
+
+The following describes the processing that occurs depending on what constant
+you pass to the event-mode argument:
+
+    AsyncDevice:
+        If the specified device is frozen by the client, event processing for that
+        device continues as usual. If the device is frozen multiple times  by the
+        client on behalf of multiple separate grabs, AsyncDevice thaws for
+        all.
+        AsyncDevice has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the
+        client, but the device need not be grabbed by the client.
+    SyncDevice:
+        If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
+        event processing for that device continues normally until the next
+        event is reported to the client. At this time, the specified device
+        again appears to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the
+        grab to be released, the specified device does not freeze.
+        SyncDevice has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the
+        client or is not grabbed by the client.
+     ReplayDevice:
+        If the specified device is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen
+        as the result of an event having been sent to the client (either from
+        the activation of a XIGrabButton or from a previous XIAllowEvents with
+        mode SyncDevice, but not from a Grab), the grab is released and
+        that event is completely reprocessed.  This time, however, the request
+        ignores any passive grabs at or above (towards the root) the
+        grab-window of the grab just released.
+        The request has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed by
+        the client or if it is not frozen as the result of an event.
+     AsyncPairedDevice
+        If the paired master device is frozen by the client, event processing
+        for it continues as usual. If the paired device is frozen multiple
+        times by the client on behalf of multiple separate grabs,
+        AsyncPairedDevice thaws for all.
+        AsyncPairedDevice has no effect if the device is not frozen by the
+        client, but those devices need not be grabbed by the client.
+        AsyncPairedDevice has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+     SyncPairedDevice
+        If the paired master device is frozen by the client, event processing (for
+        the paired master device) continues normally until the next button or key
+        event is reported to the client for the grabbed device (button event for
+        the grabbed device, key or motion event for the device), at which time
+        the device again appears to freeze. However, if the reported event causes
+        the grab to be released, then the device does not freeze.
+        SyncPairedDevice has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed
+        by the client or if it is no frozen as the result of an event.
+        SyncPairedDevice has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+     SyncPair
+        If both the device and the paired master device are frozen by the
+        client, event processing (for both devices) continues normally until
+        the next XIButtonPress, XIButtonRelease, XIKeyPress, or XIKeyRelease
+        event is reported to the client for a grabbed device (button event for
+        a pointer, key event for a keyboard), at which time the devices again
+        appear to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the grab to be
+        released, then the devices do not freeze (but if the other device is
+        still grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause both
+        devices to freeze).
+        SyncPair has no effect unless both the device and the paired master
+        device are frozen by the client. If the device or paired master device
+        is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
+        SyncPair thaws for both (but a subsequent freeze for SyncPair will
+        only freeze each device once).
+        SyncPair has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+     AsyncPair
+        If the device and the paired master device are frozen by the client,
+        event processing for both devices continues normally. If a device is
+        frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, AsyncBoth
+        thaws for both. AsyncPair has no effect unless both the device and the
+        paired master device frozen by the client.
+        AsyncPair has no effect if deviceid specifies a slave device.
+     AcceptTouch
+        The client is deemed to have taken control of the touch sequence once it
+        owns the sequence. TouchEnd events will be sent to all clients listening
+        to the touch sequence that have either grabbed the touch sequence on a
+        child window of the grab_window or have received events for the touch
+        sequence through event selection. These clients will no longer receive
+        any TouchUpdate events.
+     RejectTouch
+        The client is no longer interested in the touch sequence, and will
+        receive a TouchEnd event. If the client is the current owner of the
+        sequence, ownership will be passed on to the next listener.
+
+[[requests-passivegrabdevice]]
+    ┌───
+        XIPassiveGrabDevice
+            deviceid:        DEVICE
+            detail:          CARD32
+            grab_type:       GRABTYPE
+            grab_window:     Window
+            cursor:          Cursor
+            owner_events:    Bool
+            grab_mode:       { Synchronous, Asynchronous, Touch¹ }
+            paired_device_mode: { Synchronous, Asynchronous }
+            num_modifiers:   INT16
+            mask_len:        CARD16
+            masks:           SETofEVENTMASK
+            modifiers:       CARD32 or GrabAnyModifier
+            ▶
+            num_modifiers_return:    INT16
+            modifiers_return:        GRABMODIFIERINFO
+    └───
+
+        GRABTYPE         { GrabtypeButton, GrabtypeKeycode, GrabtypeEnter,
+                           GrabtypeFocusIn, GrabtypeTouchBegin¹ }
+
+        GRABMODIFIERINFO {   status:    Access
+                             modifiers: CARD32 }
+
+    ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+Establish an explicit passive grab for a button or keycode
+on the specified input device.
+
+        cursor
+            The cursor to display for the duration of the grab. If grab_type
+            is not GrabtypeButton, this argument is ignored.
+        deviceid
+            The device to establish the passive grab on or AllDevices or
+            AllMasterDevices.
+        detail
+            The button number, or key symbol to grab for.
+            Must be 0 for GrabtypeEnter, GrabtypeFocusIn, and
+            GrabtypeTouchBegin.
+        grab_type
+            The type of grab to establish.
+        grab_window
+            Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+        grab_mode
+            If grab-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing continues
+            normally.  If the device is currently frozen by this client, then
+            processing of device events is resumed. If grab-mode is
+            Synchronous, the state of the grabbed device (as seen by means of
+            the protocol) appears to freeze, and no further device events are
+            generated by the server until the grabbing client issues a
+            releasing XIAllowEvents request or until the device grab is
+            released. Actual device input events are not lost while the device
+            is frozen; they are simply queued for later processing. If grab_type
+            is GrabtypeTouchBegin, grab_mode must be set to Touch.
+        mask_len
+            Length of mask in 4 byte units.
+        mask
+            Event mask. An event mask for an event type T is defined as (1 << T).
+        modifiers
+            XKB modifier state to activate this passive grab.
+        num_modifiers
+            Number of elements in modifiers.
+        owner_events
+            Specifies whether event will be reported normally or relative to the
+            grab window.
+        num_modifiers_return
+            Number of elements in modifiers_return
+        modifiers_return
+            XKB modifier state that could not be grabbed.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this device are
+reported with respect to grab-window, and are only reported if
+selected by being included in the event-list.  If owner-events is
+True, then if a generated event would normally be reported to this
+client, it is reported normally, otherwise the event is reported
+with respect to the grab-window, and is only reported if selected
+by being included in the event-list. For either value of
+owner-events, unreported events are discarded.
+
+If deviceid specifies a master pointer, the modifiers of the paired
+master keyboard are used. If deviceid specifies a slave pointer
+the modifiers of the master keyboard paired with the attached master
+pointers are used. If deviceid specifies a slave keyboard, the
+modifiers of the attached master keyboard are used. Note that
+activating a grab on a slave device detaches the device from its
+master. In this case, the modifiers after activation of the grab are
+from the slave device only and may be different to the modifier state
+when the grab was triggered.
+
+In the future, if grab_type is GrabtypeButton or GrabtypeKeyboard, the
+device is actively grabbed if:
+
+        - the device is not grabbed, and
+        - the specified modifier keys are down, and
+        - the grab_type is GrabtypeButton and the button specified in detail
+          is logically pressed or the grab_type is GrabtypeKeycode and the
+          keycode specified in detail is logically pressed, and
+        - the grab_window contains the pointer, and
+        - a passive grab on the same button/keycode + modifier
+          combination does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Otherwise, if grab_type is GrabtypeEnter or GrabtypeFocusIn, the
+device is actively grabbed if:
+
+        - the device is not actively grabbed, and
+        - the specified modifier keys are down, and
+        - the grab_type is GrabtypeEnter and the device's pointer has moved
+          into grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, or the grab_type is
+          GrabtypeFocusIn and the device's focus has been set to the
+          grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, and
+        - a passive grab of the same grab_type + modifier combination does not
+          does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Otherwise, if grab_type is GrabtypeTouchBegin, a touch grab begins if:
+
+        - the device is not actively grabbed, and
+        - the specified modifier keys are down
+        - a touch begins in grab_window or a descendant of grab_window, and
+        - a passive grab of the same grab_type + modifier combination does not
+          does not exist on an ancestor of grab_window.
+
+Ownership of the touch sequence is granted to the grabbing client if:
+
+        - a TouchBegin or pointer grab for an emulated touch sequence of a
+          direct touch device with the same modifier set does not exist on
+          an ancestor of grab_window, or all applicable grabs have released
+          ownership.
+
+A modifier of GrabAnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for
+all possible modifier combinations (including no modifiers). A client
+may request a grab for GrabAnyModifier and explicit modifier
+combinations in the same request.
+
+A GrabtypeButton or GrabtypeKeyboard grab is released when all buttons
+or keycode are released, independent of the state of modifier keys.
+A GrabtypeEnter or GrabtypeFocusIn grab is released when the
+pointer or focus leaves the window and all of its descendants,
+independent of the state of modifier keys.
+A GrabtypeTouchBegin grab is released when the touch sequence ends or
+the client uses XIAllowEvents with mode RejectTouch.
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the
+protocol) may lag the physical state if device event processing is
+frozen.
+
+This request overrides all previous passive grabs by the same
+client on the same button/key/enter/focus in + modifier combinations
+on the same window.
+
+If some other client already has issued a XIPassiveGrabDevice request
+with the same button or keycode and modifier combination, the
+failed modifier combinations is returned in modifiers_return. If some
+other client already has issued an XIPassiveGrabDevice request of
+grab_type XIGrabtypeEnter, XIGrabtypeFocusIn, or
+XIGrabtypeTouchBegin with the same grab_window and the same
+modifier combination, the failed modifier combinations are returned
+in modifiers_return. If num_modifiers_return is zero, all passive
+grabs have been successful.
+
+If a button grab or enter grab activates, EnterNotify and LeaveNotify
+events with mode Grab are generated as if the pointer were to suddenly
+warp from its current position some position in the grab_window.
+However, the pointer does not warp, and the pointer position is used
+as both the initial and final positions for the events.
+
+If a keycode grab or focus grab activates, FocusIn and FocusOut events
+with mode Grab are generated as if the focus were to change from the
+current window to the grab_window.
+
+If an enter or focus in grab activates, additional EnterNotify events
+with mode XIPassiveGrabNotify are generated as if the pointer or focus
+were to suddenly warp from its current position to some position in
+the grab window.  These events are sent to the grabbing client only
+and only if the grab event mask has selected for it. If such a passive
+grab deactivates, addional LeaveNotify events with mode
+XIPassiveUngrabNotify are generated and sent to the grabbing client
+before the grab deactivates.
+
+For GrabtypeTouchBegin, grab_mode must be Touch or a BadValue error
+is generated.
+
+See section <> for
+additional notes on touch grabs, as they do not behave like traditional
+grabs: in particular, they do not freeze the device, and delivery of touch
+events continues even if the device is frozen due to a grab by another
+client.
+
+[[requests-passiveungrabdevice]]
+    ┌───
+        XIPassiveUngrabDevice
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            detail:          CARD32
+            grab_type:       GRABTYPE
+            grab_window:     Window
+            num_modifiers:   INT16
+            modifiers:       MODIFIERINFO
+    └───
+
+Release an explicit passive grab on the specified input device.
+
+        deviceid
+            The device to establish the passive grab on.
+        detail
+            The button number or key symbol to ungrab.
+            Must be 0 for GrabtypeEnter, GrabtypeFocusIn, and
+            GrabtypeTouchBegin.
+        grab_type
+            The type of grab to establish.
+        grab_window
+            Events are reported relative to the grab window.
+        modifiers
+            XKB modifier state to activate this passive grab.
+        num_modifiers
+            Number of elements in modifiers.
+
+This request has no effect if the client does not have a passive grab
+of the same type, same button or keycode (if applicable) and modifier
+combination on the grab_window.
+
+[[requests-listproperties]]
+    ┌───
+        XIListProperties
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            ▶
+            num_properties:  INT16
+            properties:      LISTofATOM
+    └───
+
+List the properties associated with the given device.
+
+        deviceid
+            The device to list the properties for.
+        num_atoms
+            Number of atoms in the reply
+        atoms
+            All properties on the device.
+
+[[requests-changeproperty]]
+    ┌───
+        XIChangeProperty
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            property:        ATOM
+            type:            ATOM
+            format:          { 8, 16, 32 }
+            mode:            { Append, Prepend, Replace }
+            num_items:       CARD32
+            data:            LISTofINT8, or LISTofINT16, or LISTofINT32
+    └───
+
+Change the given property on the given device.
+
+        deviceid
+            The device to change the property on.
+        property
+            The property to modify.
+        type
+            The property's type.
+        mode
+            One of Append, Prepend, or Replace
+        num_items
+            Number of items following this request.
+        data
+            Property data (nitems * format/8 bytes)
+
+The type is uninterpreted by the server. The format specifies whether
+the data should be viewed as a list of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit
+quantities so that the server can correctly byte-swap as necessary.
+
+If the mode is Replace, the previous propert y value is discarded.  If
+the mode is Prepend or Append, then the type and format must match the
+existing property value (or a Match error results). If the property is
+undefined, it is treated as defined with the correct type and format
+with zero-length data. For Prepend, the data is tacked on to the
+beginning of the existing data, and for Append, it is tacked on to the
+end of the existing data.
+
+The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client. Properties
+remain until explicitly deleted, until the device is removed, or
+until server reset.
+
+A property cannot be deleted by setting nitems to zero. To delete a
+property, use XIDeleteProperty.
+
+This request generates an XIPropertyEvent.
+
+[[requests-deleteproperty]]
+    ┌───
+        XIDeleteProperty
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            property:        ATOM
+    └───
+
+Deletes the given property on the given device.
+
+        deviceid
+            The device to delete the property on.
+        property
+            The property to delete.
+
+If the property is deleted, an XIPropertyEvent is generated on the device.
+If the property does not exist, this request does nothing.
+
+[[requests-getproperty]]
+    ┌───
+        XIGetProperty
+            deviceid:        DEVICEID
+            property:        ATOM
+            type:            Atom or AnyPropertyType
+            offset:          CARD32
+            len:             CARD32
+            delete:          BOOL
+            ▶
+            type:            Atom
+            bytes_after:     CARD32
+            num_items:       CARD32
+            format:          { 8, 16, 32 }
+            data:            LISTofINT8, or LISTofINT16, or LISTofINT32
+    └───
+
+Get the data for the given property on the given device.
+
+        deviceid
+            The device to retrieve the property data from.
+        property
+            The property to retrieve the data from..
+        type
+            The property type to retrieve or AnyPropertyType
+        offset
+            The offset in 4-byte units.
+        len
+            Number of bytes to receive in 4-byte units.
+        delete
+            Delete the property after retrieving the data.
+        bytes_after
+            Number of unread bytes in the stored property
+        num_items
+            Number of items in data
+        format
+            8, 16, or 32
+        data
+            Property data (nitems * format/8 bytes)
+
+If the specified property does not exist for the specified device, then
+the return type is None, the format and bytes-after are zero, and the value is
+empty. The delete argument is ignored in this case. If the specified property
+exists but its type does not match the specified type, then the return
+type is the actual type of the property, the format is the actual format of the
+property (never zero), the bytes-after is the length of the property in bytes
+(even if the format is 16 or 32), and the value is empty. The delete
+argument is ignored in this case. If the specified property exists and
+either AnyPropertyType is specified or the specified type matches the actual
+type of the property, then the return type is the actual type of the property,
+the format is the actual format of the property
+(never zero), and the bytes-after and value are as follows, given:
+         N = actual length of the stored property in bytes
+            (even if the format is 16 or 32)
+         I = 4 * long-offset
+         T = N−I
+         L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long-length)
+         A = N − (I + L)
+The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing
+from 0), and its length in bytes is L. However, it is a Value error if
+offset is given such that L is negative. The value of bytes_after is A,
+giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property. If
+delete is True and the bytes_after is zero, the property is also
+deleted from the device, and a XIPropertyNotify event is generated on
+the device.  
+     
+[[events]]
+Events
+------
+
+An event specifies its length in 4-byte units after the initial 32 bytes.
+Future versions of the protocol may provide additional information
+in the same event, thus increasing the event size. Clients are required to
+always read the number of bytes specified by the event, not the size of the
+event they may have been compiled against.
+
+
+The following event types are available in XI2.
+
+Version 2.0:
+
+        - HierarchyChanged
+        - DeviceChanged
+        - KeyPress
+        - KeyRelease
+        - ButtonPress
+        - ButtonRelease
+        - Motion
+        - RawKeyPress
+        - RawKeyRelease
+        - RawButtonPress
+        - RawButtonRelease
+        - RawMotion
+        - Enter
+        - Leave
+        - FocusIn
+        - FocusOut
+        - PropertyEvent
+
+Version 2.2:
+
+        - TouchBegin
+        - TouchUpdate
+        - TouchOwnership
+        - TouchEnd
+        - RawTouchBegin
+        - RawTouchUpdate
+        - RawTouchEnd
+
+All events have a set of common fields specified as EVENTHEADER.
+
+
+    EVENTHEADER { type:                       BYTE
+                  extension:                  BYTE
+                  sequenceNumber:             CARD16
+                  length:                     CARD32
+                  evtype:                     CARD16
+                  deviceid:                   DEVICEID
+                  time:                       Time }
+
+    type
+        Always GenericEvent.
+    extension
+        Always the X Input extension offset.
+    sequenceNumber
+        Sequence number of last request processed by the server.
+    length
+        Length in 4-byte units after the initial 32 bytes.
+    evtype
+        XI-specific event type.
+    deviceid
+        Numerical device id for a device.
+    time
+        Time in ms when the event occurred.
+
+
+[[events-xi20]]
+Events introduced in version 2.0
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[events-hierarchyevent]]
+    ┌───
+        HierarchyEvent:
+            EVENTHEADER
+            flags:                      SETofHIERARCHYMASK
+            num_info:                   CARD16
+            info:                       LISTofHIERARCHYINFO
+    └───
+
+
+    HIERARCHYMASK { MasterAdded, MasterRemoved, SlaveAttached, SlaveDetached,
+                    SlaveAdded, SlaveRemoved, DeviceEnabled, DeviceDisabled }
+
+    HIERARCHYINFO { deviceid:           DEVICEID,
+                    attachment:         DEVICEID,
+                    type:               DEVICEUSE
+                    enabled:            BOOL
+                    flags:              SETofHIERARCHYMASK}
+
+    flags
+        Set of the changes that have occured, causing this event.
+    num_info
+        The number of device info structs following the request.
+    info:
+        The current hierarchy information.
+
+An XIHierarchyEvent is sent whenever the device hierarchy been
+changed. The flags specify all types of hierarchy modifiations that have
+occured.
+For all devices, info details the hierarchy information after the
+modification of the hierarchy has occured. For each device specified with
+deviceid:
+
+- if type is MasterPointer or MasterKeyboard, attachment decribes the
+  pairing of this device.
+- if type is SlavePointer or SlaveKeyboard, attachment describes the
+  master device this device is attached to.
+- if type is FloatingSlave device, attachment is undefined.
+
+    enabled
+         True if the device is enabled and can send events. A disabled master
+         device will not forward events from an attached, enabled slave
+         device.
+
+Note: Multiple devices may be affected in one hierarchy change,
+deviceid in an XIHierarchyEvent is always the first affected
+device. Clients should ignore deviceid and instead use the devices list.
+
+[[events-devicechangedevent]]
+    ┌───
+        DeviceChangedEvent:
+            EVENTHEADER
+            reason:                CHANGEREASON
+            source:                DEVICEID
+            num_classes:           CARD16
+            classes:               LISTofCLASS
+    └───
+
+    CHANGEREASON { SlaveSwitch, DeviceChange }
+
+A DeviceChangeEvent is sent whenever a device changes it's capabilities.
+This can happen either by a new slave device sending events through a
+master device, or by a physical device changing capabilities at runtime.
+
+    reason
+        The reason for generating this event.
+        If reason is SlaveSwitch, the slave device sending events through
+        this device has changed and source specifies the new slave device.
+        A SlaveSwitch reason can only occur on a master device.
+        If reason is DeviceChange, the device itself has changed through
+        other means (e.g. a physical device change) and source is
+        the device itself.
+    source
+        The source of the new classes.
+    num_classes
+        Number of classes provided.
+    classes
+        Details the available classes provided by the device.  The order the
+        classes are provided in is undefined.
+
+For a detailed description of classes, see the XIQueryDevice request.
+
+[[events-deviceevent]]
+    ┌───
+        DeviceEvent:
+            EVENTHEADER
+            detail:                     CARD32
+            root:                       Window
+            event:                      Window
+            child:                      Window
+            root_x:                     FP1616
+            root_y:                     FP1616
+            event_x:                    FP1616
+            event_y:                    FP1616
+            buttons_len:                CARD16
+            valuators_len:              CARD16
+            sourceid:                   DEVICEID
+            mods:                       MODIFIERINFO
+            group:                      GROUPINFO
+            flags:                      DEVICEEEVENTFLAGS
+            buttons:                    SETofBUTTONMASK
+            valuators:                  SETofVALUATORMASK
+            axisvalues:                 LISTofFP3232
+    └───
+
+    BUTTONBIT { (1 << Button1), (1 << Button2), ... , (1 << ButtonN) }
+    VALUATORBIT { (1 << 1), ( 1 << 2), ... ( 1 << n) }
+
+    MODIFIERINFO  { base_mods:           CARD32,
+                    latched_mods:        CARD32,
+                    locked_mods:         CARD32,
+                    effective_mods:      CARD32}
+    GROUPINFO     { base_group:          CARD8,
+                    latched_group:       CARD8,
+                    locked_group:        CARD8,
+                    effective_group:     CARD8}
+
+    DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (all events): none
+    DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (key events only): { KeyRepeat }
+    DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (pointer events only): { PointerEmulated }
+    DEVICEEVENTFLAGS (touch events only): { TouchPendingEnd,
+                                            TouchEmulatingPointer }
+
+An XIDeviceEvent is generated whenever the logical state of a device
+changes in response to a button press, a button release, a motion, a key
+press or a key release. The event type may be one of KeyPress,
+KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, Motion.
+
+XI 2.2: The event type may also be TouchBegin, TouchUpdate, or TouchEnd.
+
+    detail
+        The button number, key code, touch ID, or 0.
+    root
+    event
+    child
+        The root window, event window or subwindow, respectively. See core
+        protocol specification for more detail.
+    root_x
+    root_y
+        The position of the pointer in screen coordinates (16.16 fixed point).
+    event_x
+    event_y
+        The position of the pointer in screen coordinates relative to the
+        event window (16.16 fixed point).
+
+    buttons_len
+        The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+    valuators_len
+        The length of valuators in 4 byte units.
+    sourceid
+        The source device that originally generated the event.
+    mods
+        XKB modifier state before the event occured.
+    group
+        XKB group state before the event.
+    buttons
+        Button state before the event.
+    valuators
+        Bitmask of valuators provided in axisvalues.
+    axisvalues
+        Valuator data in device-native resolution.
+    flags
+        Miscellaneous information about this event; the union of the
+        common flag set and either the key or pointer flag set,
+        depending on the event type.
+        KeyRepeat means that this event is for repeating purposes, and
+        the physical state of the key has not changed.  This is only
+        valid for KeyPress events.
+        PointerEmulated signals that the event has been emulated from another
+        XI 2.x event for legacy client support, and that this event should
+        be ignored if the client listens for these events.  This flag is
+        set on scroll ButtonPress and RawButtonPress events (buttons 4, 5, 6
+        and 7) if a smooth-scrolling event on the Rel Vert Scroll or
+        Rel Horiz Scroll axes was also generated. It is also set on Motion,
+        ButtonPress, and ButtonRelease events generated by direct touch devices.
+        TouchPendingEnd (for touch events only) means that the touch
+        has physically ended, however another client still holds a grab, so the
+        touch should be considered alive until all grabbing clients have
+        accepted or passed on ownership.  The touch will not generate any
+        further TouchUpdate events once an event with TouchPendingEnd has been
+        received.
+        TouchEmulatingPointer is set on touch events that emulate pointer
+        events.
+
+Modifier state in mods is detailed as follows:
+
+    base_mods
+        XKB base modifier state.
+    latched_mods
+        XKB latched modifier state.
+    locked_mods
+        XKB locked modifier state.
+
+    Group state in group is detailed as follows:
+    base_group
+        XKB base group state.
+    latched_group
+        XKB latched group state.
+    locked_group
+        XKB locked group state.
+
+In servers supporting XI 2.2, a TouchBegin event is generated whenever a new
+touch sequence initializes.
+A TouchEnd event is generated whenever a touch sequence ceases. A
+TouchUpdate event is generated whenever a valuator value changes, or a flag
+flag (e.g. pending end) has changed for that touch sequence; this may result
+in a TouchUpdate event being sent with zero valuators.
+
+The average finger size is significantly larger than one pixel. The
+selection of the hotspot of a touchpoint is implementation dependent and
+may not be the logical center of the touch.
+
+Touch tracking IDs are provided in the detail field of touch events. Its
+value is always provided in every touch event. Tracking IDs are
+represented as unsigned 32-bit values and increase strictly monotonically in
+value for each new touch, wrapping back to 0 upon reaching the numerical limit
+of IDs. The increment between two touch IDs is indeterminate. Clients may not
+assume that any future touches will have specific touch IDs. IDs are globally
+unique.
+
+The button state in touch events represents the state of the device's
+physical buttons only, even if that sequence is emulating pointer events.
+
+Touch events do not generate enter/leave events.
+
+[[events-rawevent]]
+    ┌───
+        RawEvent
+            EVENTHEADER
+            detail:                    CARD32
+            sourceid¹:                 DEVICEID
+            flags:                     DEVICEEVENTFLAGS
+            valuators_len:             CARD16
+            valuators:                 SETofVALUATORMASK
+            axisvalues:                LISTofFP3232
+            axisvalues_raw:            LISTofFP3232
+    └───
+
+    ¹ since XI 2.1
+
+A RawEvent provides the information provided by the driver to the
+client. RawEvent provides both the raw data as supplied by the driver and
+transformed data as used in the server. Transformations include, but are
+not limited to, axis clipping and acceleration.
+Transformed valuator data may be equivalent to raw data. In this case,
+both raw and transformed valuator data is provided.
+RawEvents are sent exclusively to all root windows.
+Clients supporting XI 2.0 receive raw events when the device is not grabbed,
+or when the device is grabbed by the client but not when the device is
+grabbed by another client.
+Clients supporting XI 2.1 or later receive raw events at all times, even
+when the device is grabbed by another client.
+
+
+    eventtype
+        The type of event that occured on the device.
+    detail
+        The button number, keycode or touch ID¹.
+    sourceid
+        The source device that originally generated the event. The sourceid
+        is undefined for clients not supporting XI 2.1.
+    flags
+        Flags as described in DeviceEvent.
+    valuators_len
+        The length of valuators in 4 byte units.
+    valuators
+        Bitmask of valuators provided in axisvalues and axisvalues_raw.
+    axisvalues
+        Valuator data in device-native resolution.
+    axisvalues_raw
+        Untransformed valuator data in device-native resolution.
+
+    ¹ since XI 2.2
+
+[[events-enterleave]]
+    ┌───
+        Enter or Leave or FocusIn or FocusOut
+            EVENTHEADER
+            root:               Window
+            event:              Window
+            child:              Window
+            sourceid:           DEVICEID
+            root_x:             FP1616
+            root_y:             FP1616
+            event_x             FP1616
+            event_y:            FP1616
+            mode:               NOTIFYMODE
+            detail:             NOTIFYDETAIL
+            same_screen:        BOOL
+            focus:              BOOL
+            mods:               MODIFIERINFO
+            group:              GROUPINFO
+            buttons_len:        CARD16
+            buttons:            SETofBUTTONMASK
+    └───
+
+    NOTIFYMODE { Normal, Grab, Ungrab }
+    NOTIFYDETAIL { Ancestor, Virtual, Inferior, Nonlinear, NonlinearVirtual,
+                   Pointer, PointerRoot, None }
+
+Enter or Leave events are sent whenever a device's pointer enters or
+leaves a window.
+FocusIn or FocusOut events are sent whenever a device's focus is set to or
+away from a window.
+The enter/leave and focus in/out model is described in the core protocol
+specification, Section 11. (EnterNotify, LeaveNotify events).
+
+For enter and leave events, the modifier and group state is the state of
+the paired master device if the device is a master device, or the state of
+the attached master keyboard if the device is an attached slave device, or
+zero if the device is a floating slave device.
+
+For focus in and out events, the button state is the state of the paired
+master device if the device is a master device, or the state of the
+attached master keyboard if the device is an attached slave device, or
+zero if the device is a floating slave device.
+
+    root
+    event
+    child
+        The root window, event window, and child window, respectively. See the
+        core protocol specification for more detail.
+    sourceid
+        The device that caused the pointer to move.
+    root_x
+    root_y
+        The pointer coordinates relative to the root window.
+    event_x
+    event_y
+        The pointer coordinates relative to the event window.
+    mode
+        Normal pointer motion events have mode Normal. Pseudo-motion events
+        when a grab activates have mode Grab, and pseudo-motion events when a
+        grab deactivates have mode Ungrab. Pseudo-motion events caused by the
+        activation or deactivation of a passive enter or focus in grab have mode
+        XIPassiveGrabNotify or XIPassiveUngrabNotify.
+    detail
+        Specifies the relation of the event window to the window the pointer
+        entered or left. See the core protocol spec for details.
+    same_screen
+        True if the event window is on the same screen as the pointer's root
+        window.
+    focus
+        If the event window is the focus window or an inferior of the focus
+        window, then focus is True. Otherwise, focus is False. This field is
+        unspecified for focus in/out events.
+    mods
+        XKB modifier state before the event occured.
+    group
+        XKB group state before the event.
+    buttons_len
+        The length of buttons in 4 byte units.
+    buttons
+        Button state before the event.
+
+[[events-propertyevent]]
+    ┌───
+        XIPropertyEvent
+            EVENTHEADER
+            property:           ATOM
+            what:               { PropertyCreated, PropertyDeleted, PropertyModified }
+    └───
+
+XIPropertyEvents are sent whenever a device property is created, deleted or
+modified by a client.
+
+    property
+        The property that has been created, deleted, or modified
+    what
+        Specifies what has been changed.
+     
+[[events-xi22]]
+Events introduced in version 2.2
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+[[events-touchownershipevent]]
+    ┌───
+        TouchOwnershipEvent
+            EVENTHEADER
+            touchid:                    CARD32
+            root:                       Window
+            event:                      Window
+            child:                      Window
+            sourceid:                   DEVICEID
+            flags:                      SETofTOUCHOWNERSHIPFLAGS
+    └───
+
+    TOUCHOWNERSHIPFLAGS:    (none currently defined)
+
+A TouchOwnershipEvent indicates that ownership has changed, and the client
+is now the owner of the touch sequence specified by touchid.
+
+    touchid
+        The identifier of the touch sequence.
+    root
+    event
+    child
+        The root window, event window, and child window, respectively. See the
+        core protocol specification for more detail.
+    sourceid
+        The source device that originally generated the event.
+    flags
+        A bitmask of flags for this event.
+
+
+:numbered!:
+[[xi22-usecases]]
+[appendix]
+XI 2.2 Use-cases
+----------------
+
+All use-cases that include the receiving and processing of touch events
+require the client to announce XI 2.2 support in the XIQueryVersion request.
+
+Client C wants to process touch events from a device D on window W.
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|End} from D on W.
+* C receives TouchBegin whenever a touch sequence starts within W's borders.
+* C receives TouchUpdate events whenever an axis valuator value changes for a
+   touch sequence it received a TouchBegin event for.
+* C receives TouchEnd whenever a touch it received a TouchBegin event for
+   ceases.
+
+While client I wants to pre-process touch events from device D on the parent window  of W.
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on W.
+* I calls XIPassiveGrab for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on a
+   parent window of W.
+* I receives TouchBegin whenever a touch begins within window W, as well as a
+   TouchOwnership event indicating that it currently owns the touch sequence.
+   C receives a TouchBegin event as well, but without TouchOwnership.
+* When an axis valuator changes in this touch sequence, both I and C receive a
+   TouchUpdate event.  I may process the event to determine if it is going to
+   accept or reject the touch, whereas C may perform reversible processing.
+* If I decides it is going to claim the touch sequence for its exclusive
+   processing, it calls XIAllowEvents with an event mode of XIAcceptTouch; at
+   this point, C receives a TouchEnd event, and undoes any processing it has
+   already performed due to the touch sequence.  Further TouchUpdate events are
+   delivered only to I.
+* Alternatively, if I decides it does not want to receive further events
+   from this touch sequence, it calls XIAllowEvents with an event mode of
+   XIRejectTouch; at this point, I receives a TouchEnd event confirming that it
+   has rejected the touch.  C receives a TouchOwnership event confirming that it
+   is now the new owner of the touch, and further TouchUpdate events are
+   delivered only to C.  As C now owns the touch, it is free to perform
+   irreversible processing of the sequence.
+* When the touch physically ceases, a TouchEnd event is sent to C.
+
+While client I wants to process pointer events on window W's parent, window Y.
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+* I calls XIPassiveGrab for XI_{ButtonPress,MotionNotify,ButtonRelease} to
+   create a synchronous pointer grab from D on Y.
+* C calls XISelectEvent for XI_Touch{Begin|Update|Ownership|End} from D on W.
+* I receives a ButtonPress event whenever a touch begins within W, and is
+   considered the owner of the event.  C receives a TouchBegin event, but does
+   not receive a TouchOwnership event.
+* When the touchpoint moves, C will receive a TouchUpdate event.  Event
+   delivery to I is subject to the synchronous delivery mechanism. The
+   emulated motion notify event is queued in the server while the device is
+   frozen.
+* I may assert ownership by calling XIAllowEvents on Y with any mode other
+   than ReplayDevice, which will cause all further events to be sent only to I,
+   with a TouchEnd event being sent to C.
+* Alternatively, I may reject the touch sequence by calling XIAllowEvents on
+   Y with mode ReplayDevice, which will cause no further events from that touch
+   to be sent to I, and a TouchOwnership event to be sent to C, with subsequent
+   motion events being sent as TouchUpdate events.
+
+Driver DRV provides touch support from tracked device D:
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+* DRV initializes a TouchClass for the device.
+* DRV parses D's device protocol and selects one touch sequence to be emulated
+   as pointer event.
+* DRV calls the respective input driver API with the touch sequence data. The
+   touch sequence emulating a pointer has the respective flag set. DRV does not
+   submit pointer data for any touchpoint.
diff --git a/specs/XIproto.txt b/specs/XIproto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1095a26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/XIproto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2576 @@
+X11 Input Extension Protocol Specification
+==========================================
+
+                      Version 1.0
+                   X Consortium Standard
+                 X Version 11, Release 6.8
+               Mark Patrick, Ardent Computer
+               George Sachs, Hewlett-Packard
+
+                      Version 1.5
+                    Peter Hutterer
+
+   Copyright © 1989, 1990, 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company and
+   Ardent Computer
+
+   Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+   documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+   granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
+   permission notice appear in all copies. Ardent and
+   Hewlett-Packard make no representations about the suitability
+   for any purpose of the information in this document. It is
+   provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. Copyright
+   © 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 X Consortium
+
+   Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+   obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+   files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without
+   restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+   copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+   sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+   Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+   conditions:
+
+   The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+   included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+   THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+   OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+   NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE
+   FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+   OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+   CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+   THE SOFTWARE.
+
+   Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X
+   Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to
+   promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software
+   without prior written authorization from the X Consortium. X
+   Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.
+
+   Copyright © 2008 by Peter Hutterer
+
+   Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+   obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+   files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+   restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+   copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+   sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+   Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+   conditions:
+
+   The above copyright notice and this permission notice
+   (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies
+   or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+   THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+   EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+   OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+   NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
+   HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+   WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+   FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+   OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+1. Input Extension Overview
+---------------------------
+
+This document defines an extension to the X11 protocol to
+support input devices other than the core X keyboard and
+pointer. An accompanying document defines a corresponding
+extension to Xlib (similar extensions for languages other than
+C are anticipated). This first section gives an overview of the
+input extension. The next section defines the new protocol
+requests defined by the extension. We conclude with a
+description of the new input events generated by the additional
+input devices.
+
+This document only describes the behaviour of servers supporting
+up to the X Input Extension 1.5. For servers supporting the X
+Input Extensions 2.0, see XI2proto.txt. New clients are discouraged
+from using this protocol specification. Instead, the use of XI 2.x
+is recommended.
+
+1.1 Design Approach
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The design approach of the extension is to define requests and
+events analogous to the core requests and events. This allows
+extension input devices to be individually distinguishable from
+each other and from the core input devices. These requests and
+events make use of a device identifier and support the
+reporting of n-dimensional motion data as well as other data
+that is not reportable via the core input events.
+
+1.2 Core Input Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The X server core protocol supports two input devices: a
+pointer and a keyboard. The pointer device has two major
+functions. First, it may be used to generate motion information
+that client programs can detect. Second, it may also be used to
+indicate the current location and focus of the X keyboard. To
+accomplish this, the server echoes a cursor at the current
+position of the X pointer. Unless the X keyboard has been
+explicitly focused, this cursor also shows the current location
+and focus of the X keyboard. The X keyboard is used to generate
+input that client programs can detect.
+
+In servers supporting XI 1.4 and above, the core pointer and
+the core keyboard are virtual devices that do not represent a
+physical device connected to the host computer.
+In servers supporting XI 2.0 and above, there may be multiple
+core pointers and keyboards. Refer to XI2proto.txt for more
+information.
+
+The X keyboard and X pointer are referred to in this document
+as the core devices, and the input events they generate
+(KeyPress, KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, and
+MotionNotify) are known as the core input events. All other
+input devices are referred to as extension input devices and
+the input events they generate are referred to as extension
+input events.
+
+In servers supporting only XI 1.x, this input extension does
+not change the behavior or functionality of the core input
+devices, core events, or core protocol requests, with the
+exception of the core grab requests. These requests may affect
+the synchronization of events from extension devices. See the
+explanation in the section titled "Event Synchronization and
+Core Grabs".
+
+Selection of the physical devices to be initially used by the
+server as the core devices is left implementation-dependent.
+Requests are defined that allow client programs to change which
+physical devices are used as the core devices.
+
+1.3 Extension Input Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The input extension v1.x controls access to input devices other
+than the X keyboard and X pointer. It allows client programs to
+select input from these devices independently from each other
+and independently from the core devices.
+
+A client that wishes to access a specific device must first
+determine whether that device is connected to the X server.
+This is done through the ListInputDevices request, which will
+return a list of all devices that can be opened by the X
+server. A client can then open one or more of these devices
+using the OpenDevice request, specify what events they are
+interested in receiving, and receive and process input events
+from extension devices in the same way as events from the X
+keyboard and X pointer. Input events from these devices are of
+extension types ( DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease,
+DeviceButtonPress, DeviceButtonRelease, DeviceMotionNotify,
+etc.) and contain a device identifier so that events of the
+same type coming from different input devices can be
+distinguished.
+
+Any kind of input device may be used as an extension input
+device. Extension input devices may have 0 or more keys, 0 or
+more buttons, and may report 0 or more axes of motion. Motion
+may be reported as relative movements from a previous position
+or as an absolute position. All valuators reporting motion
+information for a given extension input device must report the
+same kind of motion information (absolute or relative).
+
+This extension is designed to accommodate new types of input
+devices that may be added in the future. The protocol requests
+that refer to specific characteristics of input devices
+organize that information by input classes. Server implementors
+may add new classes of input devices without changing the
+protocol requests. Input classes are unique numbers registered
+with the X Consortium. Each extension input device may support
+multiple input classes.
+
+In XI 1.x, all extension input devices are treated like the
+core X keyboard in determining their location and focus. The
+server does not track the location of these devices on an
+individual basis, and therefore does not echo a cursor to
+indicate their current location. Instead, their location is
+determined by the location of the core X pointer. Like the core
+X keyboard, some may be explicitly focused. If they are not
+explicitly focused, their focus is determined by the location
+of the core X pointer.
+
+Most input events reported by the server to a client are of
+fixed size (32 bytes). In order to represent the change in
+state of an input device the extension may need to generate a
+sequence of input events. A client side library (such as Xlib)
+will typically take these raw input events and format them into
+a form more convenient to the client.
+
+1.4 Event Classes
+-----------------
+
+In the core protocol a client registers interest in receiving
+certain input events directed to a window by modifying that
+window's event-mask. Most of the bits in the event mask are
+already used to specify interest in core X events. The input
+extension specifies a different mechanism by which a client can
+express interest in events generated by this extension.
+
+When a client opens a extension input device via the OpenDevice
+request, an XDevice structure is returned. Macros are provided
+that extract 32-bit numbers called event classes from that
+structure, that a client can use to register interest in
+extension events via the SelectExtensionEvent request. The
+event class combines the desired event type and device id, and
+may be thought of as the equivalent of core event masks.
+
+1.5 Input Classes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some of the input extension requests divide input devices into
+classes based on their functionality. This is intended to allow
+new classes of input devices to be defined at a later time
+without changing the semantics of these requests. The following
+input device classes are currently defined:
+
+   KEY
+          The device reports key events.
+
+   BUTTON
+          The device reports button events.
+
+   VALUATOR
+          The device reports valuator data in motion events.
+
+   PROXIMITY
+          The device reports proximity events.
+
+   FOCUS
+          The device can be focused and reports focus events.
+
+   FEEDBACK
+          The device supports feedbacks.
+
+   OTHER
+          The ChangeDeviceNotify, DeviceMappingNotify, and
+          DeviceStateNotify macros may be invoked passing the
+          XDevice structure returned for this device.
+
+Each extension input device may support multiple input classes.
+Additional classes may be added in the future. Requests that
+support multiple input classes, such as the ListInputDevices
+function that lists all available input devices, organize the
+data they return by input class. Client programs that use these
+requests should not access data unless it matches a class
+defined at the time those clients were compiled. In this way,
+new classes can be added without forcing existing clients that
+use these requests to be recompiled.
+
+2. Requests
+-----------
+
+Extension input devices are accessed by client programs through
+the use of new protocol requests. This section summarizes the
+new requests defined by this extension. The syntax and type
+definitions used below follow the notation used for the X11
+core protocol.
+
+2.1 Getting the Extension Version
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The GetExtensionVersion request returns version information
+about the input extension.
+
+                    GetExtensionVersion
+                            name: STRING
+                    =>
+                            present: BOOL
+                            protocol-major-version: CARD16
+                            protocol-minor-version: CARD16
+
+The protocol version numbers returned indicate the version of
+the input extension supported by the target X server. The
+version numbers can be compared to constants defined in the
+header file XI.h. Each version is a superset of the previous
+versions.
+
+The name must be the name of the Input Extension as defined
+in the header file XI.h.
+
+2.2 Listing Available Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A client that wishes to access a specific device must first
+determine whether that device is connected to the X server.
+This is done through the ListInputDevices request, which will
+return a list of all devices that can be opened by the X
+server.
+
+                ListInputDevices
+                =>
+                input-devices: ListOfDeviceInfo
+
+where
+
+                DEVICEINFO:
+                        [type: ATOM
+                         id: CARD8
+                         num_classes: CARD8
+                         use: {IsXKeyboard, IsXPointer, IsXExtensionPointer,
+                               IsXExtensionKeyboard, IsExtensionDevice}
+                         info: LISTofINPUTINFO
+                         name: STRING8]
+
+                INPUTINFO: {KEYINFO, BUTTONINFO, VALUATORINFO}
+                KEYINFO:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD8
+                         min-keycode: KEYCODE
+                         max-keycode: KEYCODE
+                         num-keys: CARD16]
+                BUTTONINFO:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD8
+                         num-buttons: CARD16]
+                VALUATORINFO:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD8
+                         num_axes: CARD8
+                         mode: SETofDEVICEMODE
+                         motion_buffer_size: CARD32
+                         axes: LISTofAXISINFO]
+
+                AXISINFO:
+                        [resolution: CARD32
+                         min-val: CARD32
+                         max-val: CARD32]
+                DEVICEMODE: {Absolute, Relative}
+
+   Errors: None
+
+This request returns a list of all devices that can be opened
+by the X server, including the core X keyboard and X pointer.
+Some implementations may open all input devices as part of X
+initialization, while others may not open an input device until
+requested to do so by a client program.
+
+The information returned for each device is as follows:
+
+   type
+          The type field is of type Atom and indicates the nature
+          of the device. Clients may determine device types by
+          invoking the XInternAtom request passing one of the
+          names defined in the header file XI.h. The following
+          names have been defined to date:
+
+                                      MOUSE
+                                      TABLET
+                                      KEYBOARD
+                                      TOUCHSCREEN
+                                      TOUCHPAD
+                                      BUTTONBOX
+                                      BARCODE
+                                      KNOB_BOX
+                                      TRACKBALL
+                                      QUADRATURE
+                                      SPACEBALL
+                                      DATAGLOVE
+                                      EYETRACKER
+                                      CURSORKEYS
+                                      FOOTMOUSE
+                                      ID_MODULE
+                                      ONE_KNOB
+                                      NINE_KNOB
+                                      JOYSTICK
+
+
+   id
+          The id is a small cardinal value in the range 0-128 that
+          uniquely identifies the device. It is assigned to the
+          device when it is initialized by the server. Some
+          implementations may not open an input device until
+          requested by a client program, and may close the device
+          when the last client accessing it requests that it be
+          closed. If a device is opened by a client program via
+          XOpenDevice, then closed via XCloseDevice, then opened
+          again, it is not guaranteed to have the same id after
+          the second open request.
+
+   num_classes
+          The num_classes field is a small cardinal value in the
+          range 0-255 that specifies the number of input classes
+          supported by the device for which information is
+          returned by ListInputDevices. Some input classes, such
+          as class Focus and class Proximity do not have any
+          information to be returned by ListInputDevices.
+
+   use
+          The use field specifies how the device is currently
+          being used. If the value is IsXKeyboard, the device is
+          currently being used as the X keyboard. If the value is
+          IsXPointer, the device is currently being used as the X
+          pointer. If the value is IsXExtensionPointer, the device
+          is available for use as an extension pointer. If the value
+          is IsXExtensionKeyboard, the device is available for use as
+          and extension keyboard.
+          Older versions of XI report all extension devices as
+          IsXExtensionDevice.
+
+   name
+          The name field contains a pointer to a null-terminated
+          string that corresponds to one of the defined device
+          types.
+
+   InputInfo
+          InputInfo is one of: KeyInfo, ButtonInfo or
+          ValuatorInfo. The first two fields are common to all
+          three:
+
+        class
+                The class field is a cardinal value in the range
+                0-255. It uniquely identifies the class of input
+                for which information is returned.
+
+        length
+                The length field is a cardinal value in the range
+                0-255. It specifies the number of bytes of data
+                that are contained in this input class. The length
+                includes the class and length fields.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+KEYCLASS is as follows:
+
+        min_keycode
+                min_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the
+                minimum keycode that the device will report. The
+                minimum keycode will not be smaller than 8.
+
+        max_keycode
+                max_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the
+                maximum keycode that the device will report. The
+                maximum keycode will not be larger than 255.
+
+        num_keys
+                num_keys is a cardinal value that specifies the
+                number of keys that the device has.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+BUTTONCLASS is as follows:
+
+        num_buttons
+                num_buttons is a cardinal value that specifies the
+                number of buttons that the device has.
+
+The remaining information returned for input class
+VALUATORCLASS is as follows:
+
+        mode
+                mode is a constant that has one of the following
+                values: Absolute or Relative. Some devices allow
+                the mode to be changed dynamically via the
+                SetDeviceMode request.
+
+        motion_buffer_size
+                motion_buffer_size is a cardinal number that
+                specifies the number of elements that can be
+                contained in the motion history buffer for the
+                device.
+
+        axes
+                The axes field contains a pointer to an AXISINFO
+                struture.
+
+The information returned for each axis reported by the
+device is:
+
+        resolution
+                The resolution is a cardinal value in
+                counts/meter.
+
+        min_val
+                The min_val field is a cardinal value in that
+                contains the minimum value the device reports for
+                this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the
+                min_val field will contain 0.
+
+        max_val
+                The max_val field is a cardinal value in that
+                contains the maximum value the device reports for
+                this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the
+                max_val field will contain 0.
+
+2.3 Enabling Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Client programs that wish to access an extension device must
+request that the server open that device. This is done via the
+OpenDevice request.
+
+                OpenDevice
+                        id: CARD8
+                =>
+                DEVICE:
+                        [device_id: XID
+                         num_classes: INT32
+                         classes: LISTofINPUTCLASSINFO]
+                INPUTCLASSINFO:
+                         [input_class: CARD8
+                         event_type_base: CARD8]
+
+   Errors: Device
+
+This request returns the event classes to be used by the client
+to indicate which events the client program wishes to receive.
+Each input class may report several event classes. For example,
+input class Keys reports DeviceKeyPress and DeviceKeyRelease
+event classes. Input classes are unique numbers registered with
+the X Consortium. Input class Other exists to report event
+classes that are not specific to any one input class, such as
+DeviceMappingNotify, ChangeDeviceNotify, and DeviceStateNotify.
+
+The information returned for each device is as follows:
+
+   device_id
+          The device_id is a number that uniquely identifies the
+          device.
+
+   num_classes
+          The num_classes field contains the number of input
+          classes supported by this device.
+
+   For each class of input supported by the device, the
+   InputClassInfo structure contains the following information:
+
+   input_class
+          The input_class is a small cardinal number that
+          identifies the class of input.
+
+   event_type_base
+          The event_type_base is a small cardinal number that
+          specifies the event type of one of the events reported
+          by this input class. This information is not directly
+          used by client programs. Instead, the Device is used by
+          macros that return extension event types and event
+          classes. This is described in the section of this
+          document entitled "Selecting Extension Device Events".
+
+The information in the InputClassInfo reflects the state of
+this device at the time the request was processed.
+
+Before it exits, the client program should explicitly request
+that the server close the device. This is done via the
+CloseDevice request.
+
+A client may open the same extension device more than once.
+Requests after the first successful one return an additional
+XDevice structure with the same information as the first, but
+otherwise have no effect. A single CloseDevice request will
+terminate that client's access to the device.
+
+Closing a device releases any active or passive grabs the
+requesting client has established. If the device is frozen only
+by an active grab of the requesting client, the queued events
+are released when the client terminates.
+
+If a client program terminates without closing a device, the
+server will automatically close that device on behalf of the
+client. This does not affect any other clients that may be
+accessing that device.
+
+                    CloseDevice:
+                            device: DEVICE
+
+   Errors: Device
+
+2.4 Changing The Mode Of A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some devices are capable of reporting either relative or
+absolute motion data. To change the mode of a device from
+relative to absolute, use the SetDeviceMode request. The valid
+values are Absolute or Relative.
+
+This request will fail and return DeviceBusy if another client
+already has the device open with a different mode. It will fail
+and return AlreadyGrabbed if another client has the device
+grabbed. The request will fail with a BadMatch error if the
+device has no valuators and reports no axes of motion. The
+request will fail with a BadMode error if the requested mode
+is not supported by the device.
+
+                    SetDeviceMode
+                            device:DEVICE
+                            mode: {Absolute, Relative}
+                    =>
+                            status: {Success, DeviceBusy, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Mode
+
+2.5 Initializing Valuators on an Input Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some devices that report absolute positional data can be
+initialized to a starting value. Devices that are capable of
+reporting relative motion or absolute positional data may
+require that their valuators be initialized to a starting value
+after the mode of the device is changed to Absolute. To
+initialize the valuators on such a device, use the
+SetDeviceValuators request.
+
+                SetDeviceValuators
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        first_valuator: CARD8
+                        num_valuators: CARD8
+                        valuators: LISTOFINT32
+                =>
+                        status: {Success, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+   Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+This request initializes the specified valuators on the
+specified extension input device. Valuators are numbered
+beginning with zero. Only the valuators in the range specified
+by first_valuator and num_valuators are set. If the number of
+valuators supported by the device is less than the expression
+first_valuator + num_valuators, a Value error will result.
+
+If the request succeeds, Success is returned. If the specifed
+device is grabbed by some other client, the request will fail
+and a status of AlreadyGrabbed will be returned.
+
+2.6 Getting Input Device Controls
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                GetDeviceControl
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        control: XID
+                =>
+                controlState: {DeviceState}
+
+where
+
+                DeviceState: DeviceResolutionState
+
+   Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+This request returns the current state of the specified device
+control. The device control must be supported by the target
+server and device or an error will result.
+
+If the request is successful, a pointer to a generic
+DeviceState structure will be returned. The information
+returned varies according to the specified control and is
+mapped by a structure appropriate for that control.
+
+GetDeviceControl will fail with a BadValue error if the server
+does not support the specified control. It will fail with a
+BadMatch error if the device does not support the specified
+control.
+
+Supported device controls and the information returned for them
+include:
+
+                DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+                    [control: CARD16
+                    length: CARD16
+                    num_valuators: CARD8
+                    resolutions: LISTofCARD32
+                    min_resolutions: LISTofCARD32
+                    max_resolutions: LISTofCARD32]
+
+This device control returns a list of valuators and the range
+of valid resolutions allowed for each. Valuators are numbered
+beginning with 0. Resolutions for all valuators on the device
+are returned. For each valuator i on the device, resolutions[i]
+returns the current setting of the resolution,
+min_resolutions[i] returns the minimum valid setting, and
+max_resolutions[i] returns the maximum valid setting.
+
+When this control is specified, XGetDeviceControl will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the specified device has no valuators.
+
+                ChangeDeviceControl:
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        XID: controlId
+                        control: DeviceControl
+
+where
+
+                DeviceControl: DeviceResolutionControl
+                =>
+                        status: {Success, DeviceBusy, AlreadyGrabbed}
+
+   Errors: Length, Device, Match, Value
+
+ChangeDeviceControl changes the specifed device control
+according to the values specified in the DeviceControl
+structure. The device control must be supported by the target
+server and device or an error will result.
+
+The information passed with this request varies according to
+the specified control and is mapped by a structure appropriate
+for that control.
+
+ChangeDeviceControl will fail with a BadValue error if the
+server does not support the specified control. It will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the server supports the specified
+control, but the requested device does not. The request will
+fail and return a status of DeviceBusy if another client
+already has the device open with a device control state that
+conflicts with the one specified in the request. It will fail
+with a status of AlreadyGrabbed if some other client has
+grabbed the specified device. If the request succeeds, Success
+is returned. If it fails, the device control is left unchanged.
+
+Supported device controls and the information specified for
+them include:
+
+                DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
+                        [control: CARD16
+                         length: CARD16
+                         first_valuator: CARD8
+                         num_valuators: CARD8
+                         resolutions: LISTofCARD32]
+
+This device control changes the resolution of the specified
+valuators on the specified extension input device. Valuators
+are numbered beginning with zero. Only the valuators in the
+range specified by first_valuator and num_valuators are set. A
+value of -1 in the resolutions list indicates that the
+resolution for this valuator is not to be changed.
+num_valuators specifies the number of valuators in the
+resolutions list.
+
+When this control is specified, XChangeDeviceControl will fail
+with a BadMatch error if the specified device has no valuators.
+If a resolution is specified that is not within the range of
+valid values (as returned by XGetDeviceControl) the request
+will fail with a BadValue error. If the number of valuators
+supported by the device is less than the expression
+first_valuator + num_valuators, a BadValue error will result.
+
+If the request fails for any reason, none of the valuator
+resolutions will be changed.
+
+ChangeDeviceControl causes the server to send a DevicePresence
+event to interested clients.
+
+2.7 Selecting Extension Device Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Extension input events are selected using the
+SelectExtensionEvent request.
+
+                SelectExtensionEvent
+                        interest: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        window: WINDOW
+
+   Errors: Window, Class, Access
+
+This request specifies to the server the events within the
+specified window which are of interest to the client. As with
+the core XSelectInput function, multiple clients can select
+input on the same window.
+
+XSelectExtensionEvent requires a list of event classes. An
+event class is a 32-bit number that combines an event type and
+device id, and is used to indicate which event a client wishes
+to receive and from which device it wishes to receive it.
+Macros are provided to obtain event classes from the data
+returned by the XOpenDevice request. The names of these macros
+correspond to the desired events, i.e. the DeviceKeyPress is
+used to obtain the event class for DeviceKeyPress events. The
+syntax of the macro invocation is:
+
+                 DeviceKeyPress (device, event_type, event_class);
+                     device: DEVICE
+                     event_type: INT
+                     event_class: INT
+
+The value returned in event_type is the value that will be
+contained in the event type field of the XDeviceKeyPressEvent
+when it is received by the client. The value returned in
+event_class is the value that should be passed in making an
+XSelectExtensionEvent request to receive DeviceKeyPress events.
+
+For DeviceButtonPress events, the client may specify whether or
+not an implicit passive grab should be done when the button is
+pressed. If the client wants to guarantee that it will receive
+a DeviceButtonRelease event for each DeviceButtonPress event it
+receives, it should specify the DeviceButtonPressGrab event
+class as well as the DeviceButtonPress event class. This
+restricts the client in that only one client at a time may
+request DeviceButtonPress events from the same device and
+window if any client specifies this class.
+
+If any client has specified the DeviceButtonPressGrab class,
+any requests by any other client that specify the same device
+and window and specify DeviceButtonPress or
+DeviceButtonPressGrab will cause an Access error to be
+generated.
+
+If only the DeviceButtonPress class is specified, no implicit
+passive grab will be done when a button is pressed on the
+device. Multiple clients may use this class to specify the same
+device and window combination.
+
+A client may also specify the DeviceOwnerGrabButton class. If
+it has specified both the DeviceButtonPressGrab and the
+DeviceOwnerGrabButton classes, implicit passive grabs will
+activate with owner_events set to True. If only the
+DeviceButtonPressGrab class is specified, implicit passive
+grabs will activate with owner_events set to False.
+
+The client may select DeviceMotion events only when a button is
+down. It does this by specifying the event classes
+Button1Motion through Button5Motion, or ButtonMotion. An input
+device will only support as many button motion classes as it
+has buttons.
+
+2.8 Determining Selected Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To determine which extension events are currently selected from
+a given window, use GetSelectedExtensionEvents.
+
+                GetSelectedExtensionEvents
+                        window: WINDOW
+                =>
+                        this-client: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        all-clients: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+
+   Errors: Window
+
+This request returns two lists specifying the events selected
+on the specified window. One list gives the extension events
+selected by this client from the specified window. The other
+list gives the extension events selected by all clients from
+the specified window. This information is equivalent to that
+returned by your-event-mask and all-event-masks in a
+GetWindowAttributes request.
+
+2.9 Controlling Event Propagation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Extension events propagate up the window hierarchy in the same
+manner as core events. If a window is not interested in an
+extension event, it usually propagates to the closest ancestor
+that is interested, unless the dont_propagate list prohibits
+it. Grabs of extension devices may alter the set of windows
+that receive a particular extension event.
+
+Client programs may control extension event propagation through
+the use of the following two requests.
+
+XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList adds an event to or deletes an
+event from the do_not_propagate list of extension events for
+the specified window. This list is maintained for the life of
+the window, and is not altered if the client terminates.
+
+                ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList
+                        window: WINDOW
+                        eventclass: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        mode: {AddToList, DeleteFromList}
+
+   Errors: Window, Class, Mode
+
+This function modifies the list specifying the events that are
+not propagated to the ancestors of the specified window. You
+may use the modes AddToList or DeleteFromList.
+
+                GetDeviceDontPropagateList
+                        window: WINDOW
+                =>
+                        dont-propagate-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+
+   Errors: Window
+
+This function returns a list specifying the events that are not
+propagated to the ancestors of the specified window.
+
+2.10 Sending Extension Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+One client program may send an event to another via the
+XSendExtensionEvent function.
+
+The event in the XEvent structure must be one of the events
+defined by the input extension, so that the X server can
+correctly byte swap the contents as necessary. The contents of
+the event are otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server
+except to force send_event to True in the forwarded event and
+to set the sequence number in the event correctly.
+
+XSendExtensionEvent returns zero if the conversion-to-wire
+protocol failed, otherwise it returns nonzero.
+
+                SendExtensionEvent
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        destination: WINDOW
+                        propagate: BOOL
+                        eventclass: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        event: XEVENT
+
+   Errors: Device, Value, Class, Window
+
+2.11 Getting Motion History
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                GetDeviceMotionEvents
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        start, stop: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+                =>
+                        nevents_return: CARD32
+                        mode_return: {Absolute, Relative}
+                        axis_count_return: CARD8
+                        events: LISTofDEVICETIMECOORD
+
+where
+
+                DEVICETIMECOORD:
+                        [data: LISTofINT32
+                         time: TIMESTAMP]
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request returns all positions in the device's motion
+history buffer that fall between the specified start and stop
+times inclusive. If the start time is in the future, or is
+later than the stop time, no positions are returned.
+
+The data field of the DEVICETIMECOORD structure is a sequence
+of data items. Each item is of type INT32, and there is one
+data item per axis of motion reported by the device. The number
+of axes reported by the device is returned in the axis_count
+variable.
+
+The value of the data items depends on the mode of the device,
+which is returned in the mode variable. If the mode is
+Absolute, the data items are the raw values generated by the
+device. These may be scaled by the client program using the
+maximum values that the device can generate for each axis of
+motion that it reports. The maximum and minimum values for each
+axis are reported by the ListInputDevices request.
+
+If the mode is Relative, the data items are the relative values
+generated by the device. The client program must choose an
+initial position for the device and maintain a current position
+by accumulating these relative values.
+
+2.12 Changing The Core Devices
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These requests are provided to change which physical device is
+used as the X pointer or X keyboard. These requests are
+deprecated in servers supporting XI 1.4 and above, and will
+always return a a BadDevice error.
+
+Using these requests may change the characteristics of the core
+devices. The new pointer device may have a different number of
+buttons than the old one did, or the new keyboard device may
+have a different number of keys or report a different range of
+keycodes. Client programs may be running that depend on those
+characteristics. For example, a client program could allocate
+an array based on the number of buttons on the pointer device,
+and then use the button numbers received in button events as
+indicies into that array. Changing the core devices could cause
+such client programs to behave improperly or abnormally
+terminate.
+
+These requests change the X keyboard or X pointer device and
+generate an ChangeDeviceNotify event and a MappingNotify event.
+The ChangeDeviceNotify event is sent only to those clients that
+have expressed an interest in receiving that event via the
+XSelectExtensionEvent request. The specified device becomes the
+new X keyboard or X pointer device. The location of the core
+device does not change as a result of this request.
+
+These requests fail and return AlreadyGrabbed if either the
+specified device or the core device it would replace are
+grabbed by some other client. They fail and return GrabFrozen
+if either device is frozen by the active grab of another
+client.
+
+These requests fail with a BadDevice error if the specified
+device is invalid, or has not previously been opened via
+OpenDevice. To change the X keyboard device, use the
+ChangeKeyboardDevice request. The specified device must support
+input class Keys (as reported in the ListInputDevices request)
+or the request will fail with a BadMatch error. Once the device
+has successfully replaced one of the core devices, it is
+treated as a core device until it is in turn replaced by
+another ChangeDevice request, or until the server terminates.
+The termination of the client that changed the device will not
+cause it to change back. Attempts to use the CloseDevice
+request to close the new core device will fail with a BadDevice
+error.
+
+The focus state of the new keyboard is the same as the focus
+state of the old X keyboard. If the new keyboard was not
+initialized with a FocusRec, one is added by the
+ChangeKeyboardDevice request. The X keyboard is assumed to have
+a KbdFeedbackClassRec. If the device was initialized without a
+KbdFeedbackClassRec, one will be added by this request. The
+KbdFeedbackClassRec will specify a null routine as the control
+procedure and the bell procedure.
+
+                ChangeKeyboardDevice
+                        device: DEVICE
+                =>
+                        status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+To change the X pointer device, use the ChangePointerDevice
+request. The specified device must support input class
+Valuators (as reported in the ListInputDevices request) or the
+request will fail with a BadMatch error. The valuators to be
+used as the x- and y-axes of the pointer device must be
+specified. Data from other valuators on the device will be
+ignored.
+
+The X pointer device does not contain a FocusRec. If the new
+pointer was initialized with a FocusRec, it is freed by the
+ChangePointerDevice request. The X pointer is assumed to have a
+ButtonClassRec and a PtrFeedbackClassRec. If the device was
+initialized without a ButtonClassRec or a PtrFeedbackClassRec,
+one will be added by this request. The ButtonClassRec added
+will have no buttons, and the PtrFeedbackClassRec will specify
+a null routine as the control procedure.
+
+If the specified device reports absolute positional
+information, and the server implementation does not allow such
+a device to be used as the X pointer, the request will fail
+with a BadDevice error.
+
+Once the device has successfully replaced one of the core
+devices, it is treated as a core device until it is in turn
+replaced by another ChangeDevice request, or until the server
+terminates. The termination of the client that changed the
+device will not cause it to change back. Attempts to use the
+CloseDevice request to close the new core device will fail with
+a BadDevice error.
+
+                ChangePointerDevice
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        xaxis: CARD8
+                        yaxis: CARD8
+                =>
+                     status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+2.12 Event Synchronization And Core Grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Implementation of the input extension requires an extension of
+the meaning of event synchronization for the core grab
+requests. This is necessary in order to allow window managers
+to freeze all input devices with a single request.
+
+The core grab requests require a pointer_mode and keyboard_mode
+argument. The meaning of these modes is changed by the input
+extension. For the XGrabPointer and XGrabButton requests,
+pointer_mode controls synchronization of the pointer device,
+and keyboard_mode controls the synchronization of all other
+input devices. For the XGrabKeyboard and XGrabKey requests,
+pointer_mode controls the synchronization of all input devices
+except the X keyboard, while keyboard_mode controls the
+synchronization of the keyboard. When using one of the core
+grab requests, the synchronization of extension devices is
+controlled by the mode specified for the device not being
+grabbed.
+
+2.13 Extension Active Grabs
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Active grabs of extension devices are supported via the
+GrabDevice request in the same way that core devices are
+grabbed using the core GrabKeyboard request, except that a
+Device is passed as a function parameter. A list of events that
+the client wishes to receive is also passed. The UngrabDevice
+request allows a previous active grab for an extension device
+to be released.
+
+To grab an extension device, use the GrabDevice request. The
+device must have previously been opened using the OpenDevice
+request.
+
+                GrabDevice
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        grab-window: WINDOW
+                        owner-events: BOOL
+                        event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+                        other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+                        time:TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+                =>
+                        status: Success, AlreadyGrabbed, Frozen,
+                                InvalidTime, NotViewable
+
+   Errors: Device, Window, Value
+
+This request actively grabs control of the specified input
+device. Further input events from this device are reported only
+to the grabbing client. This request overrides any previous
+active grab by this client for this device.
+
+The event-list parameter is a pointer to a list of event
+classes. These are used to indicate which events the client
+wishes to receive while the device is grabbed. Only event
+classes obtained from the grabbed device are valid.
+
+If owner-events is False, input events generated from this
+device are reported with respect to grab-window, and are only
+reported if selected by being included in the event-list. If
+owner-events is True, then if a generated event would normally
+be reported to this client, it is reported normally, otherwise
+the event is reported with respect to the grab-window, and is
+only reported if selected by being included in the event-list.
+For either value of owner-events, unreported events are
+discarded.
+
+If this-device-mode is Asynchronous, device event processing
+continues normally. If the device is currently frozen by this
+client, then processing of device events is resumed. If
+this-device-mode is Synchronous, the state of the grabbed
+device (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze,
+and no further device events are generated by the server until
+the grabbing client issues a releasing AllowDeviceEvents
+request or until the device grab is released. Actual device
+input events are not lost while the device is frozen; they are
+simply queued for later processing.
+
+If other-device-mode is Asynchronous, event processing is
+unaffected by activation of the grab. If other-device-mode is
+Synchronous, the state of all input devices except the grabbed
+one (as seen by means of the protocol) appears to freeze, and
+no further events are generated by the server until the
+grabbing client issues a releasing AllowDeviceEvents request or
+until the device grab is released. Actual events are not lost
+while the devices are frozen; they are simply queued for later
+processing.
+
+This request generates DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+This request fails and returns:
+
+   AlreadyGrabbed
+          If the device is actively grabbed by some other client.
+
+   NotViewable
+          If grab-window is not viewable.
+
+   InvalidTime
+          If the specified time is earlier than the last-grab-time
+          for the specified device or later than the current X
+          server time. Otherwise, the last-grab-time for the
+          specified device is set to the specified time and
+          CurrentTime is replaced by the current X server time.
+
+   Frozen
+          If the device is frozen by an active grab of another
+          client.
+
+If a grabbed device is closed by a client while an active grab
+by that client is in effect, that active grab will be released.
+Any passive grabs established by that client will be released.
+If the device is frozen only by an active grab of the
+requesting client, it is thawed.
+
+To release a grab of an extension device, use UngrabDevice.
+
+               UngrabDevice
+                       device: DEVICE
+                       time: TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+
+   Errors: Device
+
+This request releases the device if this client has it actively
+grabbed (from either GrabDevice or GrabDeviceKey) and releases
+any queued events. If any devices were frozen by the grab,
+UngrabDevice thaws them. The request has no effect if the
+specified time is earlier than the last-device-grab time or is
+later than the current server time.
+
+This request generates DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+An UngrabDevice is performed automatically if the event window
+for an active device grab becomes not viewable.
+
+2.14 Passively Grabbing A Key
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Passive grabs of buttons and keys on extension devices are
+supported via the GrabDeviceButton and GrabDeviceKey requests.
+These passive grabs are released via the UngrabDeviceKey and
+UngrabDeviceButton requests.
+
+To passively grab a single key on an extension device, use
+GrabDeviceKey. That device must have previously been opened
+using the OpenDevice request.
+
+            GrabDeviceKey
+                    device: DEVICE
+                    keycode: KEYCODE or AnyKey
+                    modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+                    modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+                    grab-window: WINDOW
+                    owner-events: BOOL
+                    event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                    this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+                    other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Access, Window, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core GrabKey request. It
+establishes a passive grab on a device. Consequently, in the
+future:
+
+     * IF the device is not grabbed and the specified key, which
+       itself can be a modifier key, is logically pressed when the
+       specified modifier keys logically are down on the specified
+       modifier device (and no other keys are down),
+     * AND no other modifier keys logically are down,
+     * AND EITHER the grab window is an ancestor of (or is) the
+       focus window OR the grab window is a descendent of the
+       focus window and contains the pointer,
+     * AND a passive grab on the same device and key combination
+       does not exist on any ancestor of the grab window,
+     * THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for GrabDevice, the
+       last-device-grab time is set to the time at which the key
+       was pressed (as transmitted in the DeviceKeyPress event),
+       and the DeviceKeyPress event is reported.
+
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
+GrabDevice. The active grab is terminated automatically when
+logical state of the device has the specified key released
+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
+
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of
+the X protocol) may lag the physical state if device event
+processing is frozen.
+
+A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the
+combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all
+modifiers specified have currently assigned keycodes. A key of
+AnyKey is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible
+keycodes. Otherwise, the key must be in the range specified by
+min-keycode and max-keycode in the ListInputDevices request. If
+it is not within that range, GrabDeviceKey generates a Value
+error.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+An Access error is generated if some other client has issued a
+GrabDeviceKey with the same device and key combination on the
+same window. When using AnyModifier or AnyKey, the request
+fails completely and the X server generates a Access error and
+no grabs are established if there is a conflicting grab for any
+combination.
+
+This request cannot be used to grab a key on the X keyboard
+device. The core GrabKey request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+To release a passive grab of a single key on an extension
+device, use UngrabDeviceKey.
+
+           UngrabDeviceKey
+                   device: DEVICE
+                   keycode: KEYCODE or AnyKey
+                   modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+                   modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+                   grab-window: WINDOW
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Window, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core UngrabKey request. It
+releases the key combination on the specified window if it was
+grabbed by this client. A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent
+to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations
+(including the combination of no modifiers). A key of AnyKey is
+equivalent to issuing the request for all possible keycodes.
+This request has no effect on an active grab.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+2.15 Passively Grabbing A Button
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To establish a passive grab for a single button on an extension
+device, use GrabDeviceButton.
+
+                GrabDeviceButton
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        button: BUTTON or AnyButton
+                        modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+                        modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+                        grab-window: WINDOW
+                        owner-events: BOOL
+                        event-list: LISTofEVENTCLASS
+                        this-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+                        other-device-mode: {Synchronous, Asynchronous}
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Window, Access, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core GrabButton request. It
+establishes an explicit passive grab for a button on an
+extension input device. Since the server does not track
+extension devices, no cursor is specified with this request.
+For the same reason, there is no confine-to parameter. The
+device must have previously been opened using the OpenDevice
+request.
+
+The GrabDeviceButton request establishes a passive grab on a
+device. Consequently, in the future,
+
+   * IF the device is not grabbed and the specified button is
+     logically pressed when the specified modifier keys
+     logically are down (and no other buttons or modifier
+     keys are down),
+
+   * AND the grab window contains the device,
+
+   * AND a passive grab on the same device and button/ key
+     combination does not exist on any ancestor of the grab
+     window,
+
+   * THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for GrabDevice,
+     the last-grab time is set to the time at which the
+     button was pressed (as transmitted in the
+     DeviceButtonPress event), and the DeviceButtonPress
+     event is reported.
+
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
+GrabDevice. The active grab is terminated automatically when
+logical state of the device has all buttons released
+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
+
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of
+the X protocol) may lag the physical state if device event
+processing is frozen.
+
+A modifier of AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the
+combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all
+modifiers specified have currently assigned keycodes. A button
+of AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible buttons. It is not required that the specified button
+be assigned to a physical button.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+An Access error is generated if some other client has issued a
+GrabDeviceButton with the same device and button combination on
+the same window. When using AnyModifier or AnyButton, the
+request fails completely and the X server generates a Access
+error and no grabs are established if there is a conflicting
+grab for any combination. The request has no effect on an
+active grab.
+
+This request cannot be used to grab a button on the X pointer
+device. The core GrabButton request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+To release a passive grab of a button on an extension device,
+use UngrabDeviceButton.
+
+                UngrabDeviceButton
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        button: BUTTON or AnyButton
+                        modifiers: SETofKEYMASK or AnyModifier
+                        modifier-device: DEVICE or NULL
+                        grab-window: WINDOW
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Window, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core UngrabButton request. It
+releases the passive button/key combination on the specified
+window if it was grabbed by the client. A modifiers of
+AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no
+modifiers). A button of AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the
+request for all possible buttons. This request has no effect on
+an active grab. The device must have previously been opened
+using the OpenDevice request otherwise a Device error will be
+generated.
+
+NULL may be passed for the modifier_device. If the
+modifier_device is NULL, the core X keyboard is used as the
+modifier_device.
+
+This request cannot be used to ungrab a button on the X pointer
+device. The core UngrabButton request should be used for that
+purpose.
+
+2.16 Thawing A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To allow further events to be processed when a device has been
+frozen, use AllowDeviceEvents.
+
+                AllowDeviceEvents
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        event-mode: {AsyncThisDevice, SyncThisDevice, AsyncOtherDevices,
+                        ReplayThisdevice, AsyncAll, or SyncAll}
+                        time:TIMESTAMP or CurrentTime
+
+   Errors: Device, Value
+
+The AllowDeviceEvents request releases some queued events if
+the client has caused a device to freeze. The request has no
+effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab time
+of the most recent active grab for the client, or if the
+specified time is later than the current X server time.
+
+The following describes the processing that occurs depending on
+what constant you pass to the event-mode argument:
+
+   * If the specified device is frozen by the client, event
+     processing for that device continues as usual. If the
+     device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf
+     of multiple separate grabs, AsyncThisDevice thaws for
+     all. AsyncThisDevice has no effect if the specified
+     device is not frozen by the client, but the device need
+     not be grabbed by the client.
+
+   * If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed
+     by the client, event processing for that device
+     continues normally until the next button or key event is
+     reported to the client. At this time, the specified
+     device again appears to freeze. However, if the reported
+     event causes the grab to be released, the specified
+     device does not freeze. SyncThisDevice has no effect if
+     the specified device is not frozen by the client or is
+     not grabbed by the client.
+
+   * If the specified device is actively grabbed by the
+     client and is frozen as the result of an event having
+     been sent to the client (either from the activation of a
+     GrabDeviceButton or from a previous AllowDeviceEvents
+     with mode SyncThisDevice, but not from a Grab), the grab
+     is released and that event is completely reprocessed.
+     This time, however, the request ignores any passive
+     grabs at or above (towards the root) the grab-window of
+     the grab just released. The request has no effect if the
+     specified device is not grabbed by the client or if it
+     is not frozen as the result of an event.
+
+   * If the remaining devices are frozen by the client, event
+     processing for them continues as usual. If the other
+     devices are frozen multiple times by the client on
+     behalf of multiple separate grabs, AsyncOtherDevices
+     “thaws” for all. AsyncOtherDevices has no effect if the
+     devices are not frozen by the client, but those devices
+     need not be grabbed by the client.
+
+   * If all devices are frozen by the client, event
+     processing (for all devices) continues normally until
+     the next button or key event is reported to the client
+     for a grabbed device (button event for the grabbed
+     device, key or motion event for the device), at which
+     time the devices again appear to freeze. However, if the
+     reported event causes the grab to be released, then the
+     devices do not freeze (but if any device is still
+     grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause
+     all devices to freeze). SyncAll has no effect unless all
+     devices are frozen by the client. If any device is
+     frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate
+     grabs, SyncAll "thaws" for both (but a subsequent freeze
+     for SyncAll will only freeze each device once).
+
+   * If all devices are frozen by the client, event
+     processing (for all devices) continues normally. If any
+     device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf
+     of multiple separate grabs, AsyncAll "thaws" for all.
+     AsyncAll has no effect unless all devices are frozen by
+     the client.
+
+AsyncThisDevice, SyncThisDevice, and ReplayThisDevice
+have no effect on the processing of events from the
+remaining devices. AsyncOtherDevices has no effect on
+the processing of events from the specified device. When
+the event_mode is SyncAll or AsyncAll, the device
+parameter is ignored.
+
+It is possible for several grabs of different devices
+(by the same or different clients) to be active
+simultaneously. If a device is frozen on behalf of any
+grab, no event processing is performed for the device.
+It is possible for a single device to be frozen because
+of several grabs. In this case, the freeze must be
+released on behalf of each grab before events can again
+be processed.
+
+2.17 Controlling Device Focus
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The current focus window for an extension input device can be
+determined using the GetDeviceFocus request. Extension devices
+are focused using the SetDeviceFocus request in the same way
+that the keyboard is focused using the SetInputFocus request,
+except that a device is specified as part of the request. One
+additional focus state, FollowKeyboard, is provided for
+extension devices.
+
+To get the current focus state, revert state, and focus time of
+an extension device, use GetDeviceFocus.
+
+                GetDeviceFocus
+                        device: DEVICE
+                =>
+                        focus: WINDOW, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+                        revert-to: Parent, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+                        focus-time: TIMESTAMP
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request returns the current focus state, revert-to state,
+and last-focus-time of an extension device.
+
+To set the focus of an extension device, use SetDeviceFocus.
+
+                SetDeviceFocus
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        focus: WINDOW, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+                        revert-to: Parent, PointerRoot, FollowKeyboard, or None
+                        focus-time: TIMESTAMP
+
+   Errors: Device, Window, Value, Match
+
+This request changes the focus for an extension input device
+and the last-focus-change-time. The request has no effect if
+the specified time is earlier than the last-focus-change-time
+or is later than the current X server time. Otherwise, the
+last-focus-change-time is set to the specified time, with
+CurrentTime replaced by the current server time.
+
+The action taken by the server when this request is requested
+depends on the value of the focus argument:
+
+   * If the focus argument is None, all input events from
+     this device will be discarded until a new focus window
+     is set. In this case, the revert-to argument is ignored.
+
+   * If a window ID is assigned to the focus argument, it
+     becomes the focus window of the device. If an input
+     event from the device would normally be reported to this
+     window or to one of its inferiors, the event is reported
+     normally. Otherwise, the event is reported relative to
+     the focus window.
+
+   * If you assign PointerRoot to the focus argument, the
+     focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window
+     of whatever screen the pointer is on at each input
+     event. In this case, the revert-to argument is ignored.
+
+   * If you assign FollowKeyboard to the focus argument, the
+     focus window is dynamically taken to be the same as the
+     focus of the X keyboard at each input event.
+     The specified focus window must be viewable at the time
+     of the request (else a Match error). If the focus window
+     later becomes not viewable, the X server evaluates the
+     revert-to argument to determine the new focus window.
+
+   * If you assign RevertToParent to the revert-to argument,
+     the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable
+     ancestor), and the new revert-to value is taken to be
+     RevertToNone.
+
+   * If you assign RevertToPointerRoot,
+     RevertToFollowKeyboard, or RevertToNone to the revert-to
+     argument, the focus reverts to that value.
+
+When the focus reverts, the X server generates DeviceFocusIn
+and DeviceFocusOut events, but the last-focus-change time is
+not affected.
+
+This request causes the X server to generate DeviceFocusIn and
+DeviceFocusOut events.
+
+2.18 Controlling Device Feedback
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To get the settings of feedbacks on an extension device, use
+GetFeedbackControl. This request provides functionality
+equivalent to the core GetKeyboardControl and GetPointerControl
+functions. It also provides a way to control displays
+associated with an input device that are capable of displaying
+an integer or string.
+
+                GetFeedbackControl
+                        device: DEVICE
+                =>
+                        num_feedbacks_return: CARD16
+                        return_value: LISTofFEEDBACKSTATE
+
+where
+
+                    FEEDBACKSTATE: {KbdFeedbackState, PtrFeedbackState,
+                                    IntegerFeedbackState, StringFeedbackState,
+                                    BellFeedbackState, LedFeedbackState}
+
+Feedbacks are reported by class. Those feedbacks that are
+reported for the core keyboard device are in class KbdFeedback,
+and are returned in the KbdFeedbackState structure. The members
+of that structure are as follows:
+
+                CLASS Kbd:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         key_click_percent: CARD8
+                         bell_percent: CARD8
+                         bell_pitch: CARD16
+                         bell_duration: CARD16
+                         led_value: BITMASK
+                         global_auto_repeat: {AutoRepeatModeOn, AutoRepeatModeOff}
+                         auto_repeats: LISTofCARD8]
+
+Those feedbacks that are equivalent to those reported for the
+core pointer are in feedback class PtrFeedback and are reported
+in the PtrFeedbackState structure. The members of that
+structure are:
+
+                CLASS Ptr:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         accelNumerator: CARD16
+                         accelDenominator: CARD16
+                         threshold: CARD16]
+
+Some input devices provide a means of displaying an integer.
+Those devices will support feedback class IntegerFeedback,
+which is reported in the IntegerFeedbackState structure. The
+members of that structure are:
+
+                  CLASS Integer:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         resolution: CARD32
+                         min-val: INT32
+                         max-val: INT32]
+
+Some input devices provide a means of displaying a string.
+Those devices will support feedback class StringFeedback, which
+is reported in the StringFeedbackState structure. The members
+of that structure are:
+
+                  CLASS String:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         max_symbols: CARD16
+                         num_keysyms_supported: CARD16
+                         keysyms_supported: LISTofKEYSYM]
+
+Some input devices contain a bell. Those devices will support
+feedback class BellFeedback, which is reported in the
+BellFeedbackState structure. The members of that structure are:
+
+                  CLASS Bell:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         percent: CARD8
+                         pitch: CARD16
+                         duration: CARD16]
+
+The percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off)
+and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. Setting to -1 restores
+the default. Other negative values generate a Value error.
+
+The pitch sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if
+possible. Setting to -1 restores the default. Other negative
+values generate a Value error.
+
+The duration sets the duration (specified in milliseconds) of
+the bell, if possible. Setting to -1 restores the default.
+Other negative values generate a Value error.
+
+A bell generator connected with the console but not directly on
+the device is treated as if it were part of the device. Some
+input devices contain LEDs. Those devices will support feedback
+class Led, which is reported in the LedFeedbackState structure.
+The members of that structure are:
+
+                  CLASS Led:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         led_mask: BITMASK
+                         led_value: BITMASK]
+
+Each bit in led_mask indicates that the corresponding led is
+supported by the feedback. At most 32 LEDs per feedback are
+supported. No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined.
+
+This function will fail with a BadMatch error if the device
+specified in the request does not support feedbacks.
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+To change the settings of a feedback on an extension device,
+use ChangeFeedbackControl.
+
+                ChangeFeedbackControl
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        feedbackid: CARD8
+                        value-mask: BITMASK
+                        value: FEEDBACKCONTROL
+                        FEEDBACKCONTROL: {KBDFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+                                          PTRFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+                                          INTEGERFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+                                          STRINGFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+                                          BELLFEEDBACKCONTROL,
+                                          LEDFEEDBACKCONTROL}
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+Feedback controls are grouped by class. Those feedbacks that
+are equivalent to those supported by the core keyboard are
+controlled by feedback class KbdFeedbackClass using the
+KbdFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are:
+
+                KBDFEEDBACKCTL
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         key_click_percent: INT8
+                         bell_percent: INT8
+                         bell_pitch: INT16
+                         bell_duration: INT16
+                         led_mask: INT32
+                         led_value: INT32
+                         key: KEYCODE
+                         auto_repeat_mode: {AutoRepeatModeOn, AutoRepeatModeOff,
+                                            AutoRepeatModeDefault}]
+
+The key_click_percent sets the volume for key clicks between 0
+(off) and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. Setting to -1
+restores the default. Other negative values generate a Value
+error.
+
+If both auto_repeat_mode and key are specified, then the
+auto_repeat_mode of that key is changed, if possible. If only
+auto_repeat_mode is specified, then the global auto-repeat mode
+for the entire keyboard is changed, if possible, without
+affecting the per-key settings. It is a Match error if a key is
+specified without an auto_repeat_mode.
+
+The order in which controls are verified and altered is
+server-dependent. If an error is generated, a subset of the
+controls may have been altered.
+
+Those feedback controls equivalent to those of the core pointer
+are controlled by feedback class PtrFeedbackClass using the
+PtrFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure are
+as follows:
+
+                PTRFEEDBACKCTL:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         accelNumerator: INT16
+                         accelDenominator: INT16
+                         threshold: INT16]
+
+The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a multiplier for
+movement. For example, specifying 3/1 means the device moves
+three times as fast as normal. The fraction may be rounded
+arbitrarily by the X server. Acceleration only takes effect if
+the device moves more than threshold pixels at once and only
+applies to the amount beyond the value in the threshold
+argument. Setting a value to -1 restores the default. The
+values of the do-accel and do-threshold arguments must be
+nonzero for the device values to be set. Otherwise, the
+parameters will be unchanged. Negative values generate a Value
+error, as does a zero value for the accel-denominator argument.
+
+Some devices are capable of displaying an integer. This is done
+using feedback class IntegerFeedbackClass using the
+IntegerFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are as follows:
+
+                INTEGERCTL:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         int_to_display: INT32]
+
+Some devices are capable of displaying a string. This is done
+using feedback class StringFeedbackClass using the
+StringFeedbackCtl structure. The members of that structure are
+as follows:
+
+                STRINGCTL:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         syms_to_display: LISTofKEYSYMS]
+
+Some devices contain a bell. This is done using feedback class
+BellFeedbackClass using the BellFeedbackControl structure. The
+members of that structure are as follows:
+
+                BELLCTL:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         percent: INT8
+                         pitch: INT16
+                         duration: INT16]
+
+Some devices contain leds. These can be turned on and off using
+the LedFeedbackControl structure. The members of that structure
+are as follows:
+
+                LEDCTL:
+                        [class: CARD8
+                         length: CARD16
+                         feedback id: CARD8
+                         led_mask: BITMASK
+                         led_value: BITMASK]
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+2.20 Ringing a Bell on an Input Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To ring a bell on an extension input device, use DeviceBell.
+
+                DeviceBell:
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        feedbackclass: CARD8
+                        feedbackid: CARD8
+                        percent: INT8
+
+   Errors: Device, Value
+
+This request is analogous to the core Bell request. It rings
+the specified bell on the specified input device feedback,
+using the specified volume. The specified volume is relative to
+the base volume for the feedback. If the value for the percent
+argument is not in the range -100 to 100 inclusive, a Value
+error results. The volume at which the bell rings when the
+percent argument is nonnegative is:
+
+                base - [(base * percent) / 100] + percent
+
+The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is
+negative is:
+
+                base + [(base * percent) / 100]
+
+To change the base volume of the bell, use
+ChangeFeedbackControl request.
+
+Controlling Device Encoding
+
+To get the keyboard mapping of an extension device that has
+keys, use GetDeviceKeyMapping.
+
+                GetDeviceKeyMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        first-keycode: KEYCODE
+                        count: CARD8
+                =>
+                        keysyms-per-keycode: CARD8
+                        keysyms: LISTofKEYSYM
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+This request returns the symbols for the specified number of
+keycodes for the specified extension device, starting with the
+specified keycode. The first-keycode must be greater than or
+equal to min-keycode as returned in the connection setup (else
+a Value error), and
+
+                first-keycode + count - 1
+
+must be less than or equal to max-keycode as returned in the
+connection setup (else a Value error). The number of elements
+in the keysyms list is
+
+                count * keysyms-per-keycode
+
+and KEYSYM number N (counting from zero) for keycode K has an
+index (counting from zero) of
+
+                (K - first-keycode) * keysyms-per-keycode + N
+
+in keysyms. The keysyms-per-keycode value is chosen arbitrarily
+by the server to be large enough to report all requested
+symbols. A special KEYSYM value of NoSymbol is used to fill in
+unused elements for individual keycodes.
+
+If the specified device has not first been opened by this
+client via OpenDevice, or if that device does not support input
+class Keys, this request will fail with a Device error.
+
+To change the keyboard mapping of an extension device that has
+keys, use ChangeDeviceKeyMapping.
+
+                ChangeDeviceKeyMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        first-keycode: KEYCODE
+                        keysyms-per-keycode: CARD8
+                        keysyms: LISTofKEYSYM
+                        num_codes: CARD8
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core ChangeKeyMapping request.
+It defines the symbols for the specified number of keycodes for
+the specified extension device. If the specified device has not
+first been opened by this client via OpenDevice, or if that
+device does not support input class Keys, this request will
+fail with a Device error.
+
+The number of elements in the keysyms list must be a multiple
+of keysyms_per_keycode. Otherwise, ChangeDeviceKeyMapping
+generates a Length error. The specified first_keycode must be
+greater than or equal to the min_keycode value returned by the
+ListInputDevices request, or this request will fail with a
+Value error. In addition, if the following expression is not
+less than the max_keycode value returned by the
+ListInputDevices request, the request will fail with a Value
+error:
+
+                first_keycode + (num_codes / keysyms_per_keycode) - 1
+
+To obtain the keycodes that are used as modifiers on an
+extension device that has keys, use GetDeviceModifierMapping.
+
+                GetDeviceModifierMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                =>
+                        keycodes-per-modifier: CARD8
+                        keycodes: LISTofKEYCODE
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+This request is analogous to the core GetModifierMapping
+request. This request returns the keycodes of the keys being
+used as modifiers. The number of keycodes in the list is
+8*keycodes-per-modifier. The keycodes are divided into eight
+sets, with each set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements.
+The sets are assigned in order to the modifiers Shift, Lock,
+Control, Mod1, Mod2, Mod3, Mod4, and Mod5. The
+keycodes-per-modifier value is chosen arbitrarily by the
+server; zeroes are used to fill in unused elements within each
+set. If only zero values are given in a set, the use of the
+corresponding modifier has been disabled. The order of keycodes
+within each set is chosen arbitrarily by the server.
+
+To set which keycodes that are to be used as modifiers for an
+extension device, use SetDeviceModifierMapping.
+
+                SetDeviceModifierMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        keycodes-per-modifier: CARD8
+                        keycodes: LISTofKEYCODE
+                =>
+                        status: {Success, Busy, Failed}
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value, Alloc
+
+This request is analogous to the core SetModifierMapping
+request. This request specifies the keycodes (if any) of the
+keys to be used as modifiers. The number of keycodes in the
+list must be 8*keycodes-per-modifier (else a Length error). The
+keycodes are divided into eight sets, with the sets, with each
+set containing keycodes-per-modifier elements. The sets are
+assigned in order to the modifiers Shift, Lock, Control, Mod1,
+Mod2, Mod3, Mod4, and Mod5. Only non-zero keycode values are
+used within each set; zero values are ignored. All of the
+non-zero keycodes must be in the range specified by min-keycode
+and max-keycode in the ListInputDevices request (else a Value
+error). The order of keycodes within a set does not matter. If
+no non-zero values are specified in a set, the use of the
+corresponding modifier is disabled, and the modifier bit will
+always be zero. Otherwise, the modifier bit will be one
+whenever at least one of the keys in the corresponding set is
+in the down position.
+
+A server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be
+changed (for example, if certain keys do not generate up
+transitions in hardware or if multiple keys per modifier are
+not supported). If some such restriction is violated, the status
+reply is MappingFailed, and none of the modifiers are changed.
+
+If the new keycodes specified for a modifier differ from those
+currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that
+modifier are in the logically down state, the status reply is
+MappingBusy, and none of the modifiers are changed.
+
+This request generates a DeviceMappingNotify event on a Success
+status. The DeviceMappingNotify event will be sent only to
+those clients that have expressed an interest in receiving that
+event via the XSelectExtensionEvent request.
+
+2.20 Controlling Button Mapping
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These requests are analogous to the core GetPointerMapping and
+ChangePointerMapping requests. They allow a client to determine
+the current mapping of buttons on an extension device, and to
+change that mapping.
+
+To get the current button mapping for an extension device, use
+GetDeviceButtonMapping.
+
+                GetDeviceButtonMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        nmap: CARD8
+                =>
+                        map_return: LISTofCARD8
+
+   Errors: Device, Match
+
+The GetDeviceButtonMapping function returns the current mapping
+of the buttons on the specified device. Elements of the list
+are indexed starting from one. The length of the list indicates
+the number of physical buttons. The nominal mapping is the
+identity mapping map[i]=i.
+
+nmap indicates the number of elements in the map_return array.
+Only the first nmap entries will be copied by the library into
+the map_return array.
+
+To set the button mapping for an extension device, use
+SetDeviceButtonMapping.
+
+                SetDeviceButtonMapping
+                        device: DEVICE
+                        map: LISTofCARD8
+                        nmap: CARD8
+                =>
+                        status: CARD8
+
+   Errors: Device, Match, Value
+
+The SetDeviceButtonMapping function sets the mapping of the
+specified device and causes the X server to generate a
+DeviceMappingNotify event on a status of MappingSuccess.
+Elements of the list are indexed starting from one. The length
+of the list, specified in nmap, must be the same as
+GetDeviceButtonMapping would return. Otherwise,
+SetDeviceButtonMapping generates a Value error. A zero element
+disables a button, and elements are not restricted in value by
+the number of physical buttons. If any of the buttons to be
+altered are in the down state, the status reply is MappingBusy
+and the mapping is not changed.
+
+In servers supporting XI 1.x, no two elements can have the same
+nonzero value. Otherwise, this function generates a Value
+error.
+
+2.21 Obtaining The State Of A Device
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To obtain vectors that describe the state of the keys, buttons
+and valuators of an extension device, use QueryDeviceState.
+
+                QueryDeviceState
+                        device: DEVICE
+                =>
+                        device-id: CARD8
+                        data: LISTofINPUTCLASS
+
+where
+
+                INPUTCLASS: {VALUATOR, BUTTON, KEY}
+                CLASS VALUATOR:
+                            [class: CARD8
+                             num_valuators: CARD8
+                             mode: CARD8
+                             #x01 device mode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+                             #x02 proximity state (0 = InProximity, 1 = OutOfProximity)
+                             valuators: LISTofINT32]
+                CLASS BUTTON:
+                            [class: CARD8
+                             num_buttons: CARD8
+                             buttons: LISTofCARD8]
+                CLASS KEY:
+                            [class: CARD8
+                             num_keys: CARD8
+                             keys: LISTofCARD8]
+
+   Errors: Device
+
+The QueryDeviceState request returns the current logical state
+of the buttons, keys, and valuators on the specified input
+device. The buttons and keys arrays, byte N (from 0) contains
+the bits for key or button 8N to 8N+7 with the least
+significant bit in the byte representing key or button 8N.
+
+If the device has valuators, a bit in the mode field indicates
+whether the device is reporting Absolute or Relative data. If
+it is reporting Absolute data, the valuators array will contain
+the current value of the valuators. If it is reporting Relative
+data, the valuators array will contain undefined data.
+
+If the device reports proximity information, a bit in the mode
+field indicates whether the device is InProximity or
+OutOfProximity.
+
+2.22 Listing Device Properties
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+            ListDeviceProperties
+                     deviceid: CARD8
+            =>
+                     nAtoms: CARD16
+                     Atoms: LISTofATOM
+
+   Errors: Device
+
+Each device can store an arbitrary number of properties. These
+properties can be allocated by either the client or the driver.
+The client can change device properties and the server
+guarantees that the device driver is notified about a change of
+the device's properties.
+
+ListDeviceProperties returns all properties of a device. The
+client is expected to retrieve details about the properties it
+is interested in separately.
+
+2.23 Getting a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+            GetDeviceProperty:
+                     property: ATOM
+                     type: ATOM
+                     longOffset: CARD32
+                     longLength: CARD32
+                     deviceid: CARD8
+                     delete: BOOL
+            =>
+                     propertyType: ATOM
+                     bytesAfter: CARD32
+                     nItems: CARD32
+                     format: CARD8
+                     deviceid: CARD8
+                     data: [LISTofCARD8]
+
+   Errors: Atom, Device, Value, Access
+
+Retrieve the value for a property. If the property does not
+exist, propertyType is None and all other fields are undefined.
+
+If type is not AnyPropertyType and does not match the
+property's actual type, the propertyType, bytesAfter, and
+format are returned but not the actual data.
+
+longOffset and longLength specify the offset and length
+respectively in 32-bit multiples of the data to retrieve.
+
+If delete is True, the property is deleted after querying its
+data. If the property cannot be deleted, a BadAccess error is
+returned.
+
+propertyType returns the atom identifier that defines the
+actual type of the property.
+
+If bytesAfter is non-zero, it specifies the number of data
+4-byte units after the retrieved chunk of data.
+
+format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of
+8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. Possible values are 8, 16,
+and 32. This information allows the X server to correctly
+perform byte-swap operations as necessary.
+
+nItem specifies the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
+returned after the request.
+
+2.24 Changing a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+            ChangeDeviceProperty:
+                     property: ATOM
+                     type: ATOM
+                     deviceid: CARD8
+                     format: CARD8
+                     mode: CARD8
+                     nUnits: CARD32
+
+   Errors: Atom, Device, Value, Match, Access
+
+Changes the value of a specified property.
+
+The type specifies the atom identifier that defines the type of
+the property. If mode is not PropModeReplace, the type must
+match the current type of the property or a BadMatch error is
+returned.
+
+format specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of
+8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. Possible values are 8, 16,
+and 32. This information allows the X server to correctly
+perform byte-swap operations as necessary.
+
+If mode is PropModeReplace, a preexising value for this
+property is replaced with the new value. If mode is
+PropModePrepend or PropModeAppend, the value is prepended or
+appended, respectively, to the current value of the property.
+
+nUnits specifies the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
+supplied after the reply.
+
+Changing a device property results in a
+DevicePropertyNotifyEvent being sent to all clients.
+
+2.25 Deleting a Device Property
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5
+
+            DeleteDeviceProperty:
+                     property: ATOM
+                     deviceid: CARD8
+
+   Errors: Atom, Device, Match, Access.
+
+Deletes the specified property. If the property cannot be
+deleted by the client, a BadAccess error is returned.
+
+3. Events
+---------
+
+The input extension creates input events analogous to the core
+input events. These extension input events are generated by
+manipulating one of the extension input devices.
+
+3.1 Button, Key, and Motion Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+            DeviceKeyPress
+            DeviceKeyRelease
+            DeviceButtonPress,
+            DeviceButtonRelease
+            DeviceMotionNotify
+                    device: CARD8
+                    root, event: WINDOW
+                    child: Window or None
+                    same-screen: BOOL
+                    root-x, root-y, event-x, event-y: INT16
+                    detail: 
+                    state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+                    time: TIMESTAMP
+
+These events are generated when a key, button, or valuator
+logically changes state. The generation of these logical
+changes may lag the physical changes, if device event
+processing is frozen. Note that DeviceKeyPress and
+DeviceKeyRelease are generated for all keys, even those mapped
+to modifier bits. The “source” of the event is the window the
+pointer is in. The window with respect to which the event is
+normally reported is found by looking up the hierarchy
+(starting with the source window) for the first window on which
+any client has selected interest in the event. The actual
+window used for reporting can be modified by active grabs and
+by the focus window.The window the event is reported with
+respect to is called the “event” window.
+
+The root is the root window of the “source” window, and root-x
+and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's
+origin at the time of the event. Event is the “event” window.
+If the event window is on the same screen as root, then event-x
+and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the event
+window's origin. Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero. If
+the source window is an inferior of the event window, then
+child is set to the child of the event window that is an
+ancestor of (or is) the source window. Otherwise, it is set to
+None.
+
+The state component gives the logical state of the buttons on
+the X pointer and modifier keys on the core X keyboard just
+before the event.
+
+The detail component type varies with the event type:
+Event               Component
+DeviceKeyPress      KEYCODE
+DeviceKeyRelease    KEYCODE
+DeviceButtonPress   BUTTON
+DeviceButtonRelease BUTTON
+DeviceMotionNotify  { Normal , Hint }
+
+The granularity of motion events is not guaranteed, but a
+client selecting for motion events is guaranteed to get at
+least one event when a valuator changes. If DeviceMotionHint is
+selected, the server is free to send only one
+DeviceMotionNotify event (with detail Hint) to the client for
+the event window, until either a key or button changes state,
+the pointer leaves the event window, or the client issues a
+QueryDeviceState or GetDeviceMotionEvents request.
+
+3.2 DeviceValuator Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                DeviceValuator
+                        device: CARD8
+                        device_state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+                        num_valuators: CARD8
+                        first_valuator: CARD8
+                        valuators: LISTofINT32
+
+DeviceValuator events are generated to contain valuator
+information for which there is insufficient space in DeviceKey,
+DeviceButton, DeviceMotion, and Proximity wire events. For
+events of these types, a second event of type DeviceValuator
+follows immediately. The library combines these events into a
+single event that a client can receive via XNextEvent.
+DeviceValuator events are not selected for by clients, they
+only exist to contain information that will not fit into some
+event selected by clients.
+
+The device_state component gives the state of the buttons and
+modifiers on the device generating the event.
+
+Extension motion devices may report motion data for a variable
+number of axes. The valuators array contains the values of all
+axes reported by the device. If more than 6 axes are reported,
+more than one DeviceValuator event will be sent by the server,
+and more than one DeviceKey, DeviceButton, DeviceMotion, or
+Proximity event will be reported by the library. Clients should
+examine the corresponding fields of the event reported by the
+library to determine the total number of axes reported, and the
+first axis reported in the current event. Axes are numbered
+beginning with zero.
+
+For Button, Key and Motion events on a device reporting
+absolute motion data the current value of the device's
+valuators is reported. For devices that report relative data,
+Button and Key events may be followed by a DeviceValuator event
+that contains 0s in the num_valuators field. In this case, only
+the device_state component will have meaning.
+
+3.3 Device Focus Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                DeviceFocusIn
+                DeviceFocusOut
+                        device: CARD8
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        event: WINDOW
+                        mode: { Normal, WhileGrabbed, Grab, Ungrab}
+                        detail: { Ancestor, Virtual, Inferior, Nonlinear,
+                                  NonlinearVirtual, Pointer, PointerRoot, None}
+
+These events are generated when the input focus changes and are
+reported to clients selecting DeviceFocusChange for the
+specified device and window. Events generated by SetDeviceFocus
+when the device is not grabbed have mode Normal. Events
+generated by SetDeviceFocus when the device is grabbed have
+mode WhileGrabbed. Events generated when a device grab activates
+have mode Grab, and events generated when a device grab
+deactivates have mode Ungrab.
+
+All DeviceFocusOut events caused by a window unmap are
+generated after any UnmapNotify event, but the ordering of
+DeviceFocusOut with respect to generated EnterNotify,
+LeaveNotify, VisibilityNotify and Expose events is not
+constrained.
+
+DeviceFocusIn and DeviceFocusOut events are generated for focus
+changes of extension devices in the same manner as focus events
+for the core devices are generated.
+
+3.4 Device State Notify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                DeviceStateNotify
+                time: TIMESTAMP
+                device: CARD8
+                num_keys: CARD8
+                num_buttons: CARD8
+                num_valuators: CARD8
+                classes_reported: CARD8 {SetOfDeviceMode | SetOfInputClass}
+                    SetOfDeviceMode:
+                        #x80 ProximityState 0 = InProxmity, 1 = OutOfProximity
+                        #x40 Device Mode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+                    SetOfInputClass: #x04 reporting valuators
+                        #x02 reporting buttons
+                        #x01 reporting keys
+                buttons: LISTofCARD8
+                keys: LISTofCARD8
+                valuators: LISTofCARD32
+
+This event reports the state of the device just as in the
+QueryDeviceState request. This event is reported to clients
+selecting DeviceStateNotify for the device and window and is
+generated immediately after every EnterNotify and
+DeviceFocusIn. If the device has no more than 32 buttons, no
+more than 32 keys, and no more than 3 valuators, This event can
+report the state of the device. If the device has more than 32
+buttons, the event will be immediately followed by a
+DeviceButtonStateNotify event. If the device has more than 32
+keys, the event will be followed by a DeviceKeyStateNotify
+event. If the device has more than 3 valuators, the event will
+be followed by one or more DeviceValuator events.
+
+3.5 Device KeyState and ButtonState Notify Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                DeviceKeyStateNotify
+                        device: CARD8
+                        keys: LISTofCARD8
+                DeviceButtonStateNotify
+                        device: CARD8
+                        buttons: LISTofCARD8
+
+These events contain information about the state of keys and
+buttons on a device that will not fit into the
+DeviceStateNotify wire event. These events are not selected by
+clients, rather they may immediately follow a DeviceStateNotify
+wire event and be combined with it into a single
+DeviceStateNotify client event that a client may receive via
+XNextEvent.
+
+3.6 DeviceMappingNotify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                DeviceMappingNotify
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        device: CARD8
+                        request: CARD8
+                        first_keycode: CARD8
+                        count: CARD8
+
+This event reports a change in the mapping of keys, modifiers,
+or buttons on an extension device. This event is reported to
+clients selecting DeviceMappingNotify for the device and window
+and is generated after every client SetDeviceButtonMapping,
+ChangeDeviceKeyMapping, or ChangeDeviceModifierMapping request.
+
+3.7 ChangeDeviceNotify Event
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                ChangeDeviceNotify
+                        device: CARD8
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        request: CARD8
+
+This event reports a change in the physical device being used
+as the core X keyboard or X pointer device. ChangeDeviceNotify
+events are reported to clients selecting ChangeDeviceNotify for
+the device and window and is generated after every client
+ChangeKeyboardDevice or ChangePointerDevice request.
+
+3.7 Proximity Events
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+                ProximityIn
+                ProximityOut
+                        device: CARD8
+                        root, event: WINDOW
+                        child: Window or None
+                        same-screen: BOOL
+                        root-x, root-y, event-x, event-y: INT16
+                        state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        device-state: SETofKEYBUTMASK
+                        axis-count: CARD8
+                        first-axis: CARD8
+                        axis-data: LISTofINT32
+
+These events are generated by some devices (such as graphics
+tablets or touchscreens) to indicate that a stylus has moved
+into or out of contact with a positional sensing surface.
+
+The “source” of the event is the window the pointer is in. The
+window with respect to which the event is normally reported is
+found by looking up the hierarchy (starting with the source
+window) for the first window on which any client has selected
+interest in the event. The actual window used for reporting can
+be modified by active grabs and by the focus window.The window
+the event is reported with respect to is called the “event”
+window.
+
+The root is the root window of the “source” window, and root-x
+and root-y are the pointer coordinates relative to root's
+origin at the time of the event. Event is the “event” window.
+If the event window is on the same screen as root, then event-x
+and event-y are the pointer coordinates relative to the event
+window's origin. Otherwise, event-x and event-y are zero. If
+the source window is an inferior of the event window, then
+child is set to the child of the event window that is an
+ancestor of (or is) the source window. Otherwise, it is set to
+None. The state component gives the logical state of the
+buttons on the core X pointer and modifier keys on the core X
+keyboard just before the event. The device-state component
+gives the state of the buttons and modifiers on the device
+generating the event.
+
+3.8 DevicePresenceEvents
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.4.
+
+                DevicePresence
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        devchange: BYTE
+                            #x00: DeviceAdded
+                            #x01: DeviceRemoved
+                            #x02: DeviceEnabled
+                            #x03: DeviceDisabled
+                            #x04: DeviceUnrecoverable
+                            #x05: DeviceControlChanged
+                        deviceid: BYTE
+                        control: CARD16
+
+DevicePresence events are sent when the server adds or removes,
+or enables or disables an input device. The client is expected
+to query the server for the list of input devices using the
+ListInputDevices request to obtain the updated list of input
+devices. DevicePresence events are also sent when a control on
+the device has been changed.
+
+The devchange field specifies the type of operation. In case of
+DeviceAdded, a new device has been added to the server, but
+this device does not yet send events. If devchange is set to
+DeviceEnabled, the device is enabled and will generate events.
+If the field is DeviceDisabled or DeviceRemoved, the given
+device is disabled and stops sending events or was removed from
+the server, respectively. If the field is DeviceUnrecoverable,
+an IO-error has occured on the device and the device is
+forcibly disabled and removed by the server. If devchange is
+DeviceControlChanged, control specifies the type of control
+that has been changed.
+
+3.9 DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Introduced with XI 1.5.
+
+                DevicePropertyNotifyEvent
+                        deviceid: CARD8
+                        state: CARD8
+                        time: TIMESTAMP
+                        atom: ATOM
+
+A DevicePropertyNotifyEvent is sent to all clients when a
+property on the device is created, deleted, or changes value.
+
+The deviceid specifies the device which's property has been
+modified.
+
+The atom specifies the named identifier of the property that
+has been altered.
+
+If state is PropertyNewValue, the given property has a new
+value or has been newly created. If state is PropertyDeleted,
+the given property has been deleted.
-- 
2.7.4